GENERAL CATALOGUE

Solutions for Power, Control, Safety

& Energy Efficiency

2013
2014

Contents
Introduction pages
An independent manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 4
Four key applications: the benefit of a specialist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 5
Adapted solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 6
Services & Technical Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 8
A cutting-edge laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 10
For a high quality power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 11
A worldwide presence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 12
A new website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 13
Application Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 14

Load break switches

Load break switches for machine control,
power distribution and photovoltaic applications . . . . . p. 18

SIRCO M and
MV
p. 26

IDE
p. 44

FUSERBLOC
p. 188

SIDERMAT
combination
p. 230

COMO C
p. 316

SIRCOVER and
SIRCOVER BY-PASS
p. 328

COUNTIS E
p. 420

DIRIS A
p. 436

Earth leakage relays

RESYS M40 R
p. 518

Core balance
WUDQVIRUPHU,&
p. 522

COMBIESTER
p. 550

CADRYS
enclosures
p. 551

Enclosed
switches
p. 600

Safety enclosures
p. 608

Fuse protection
Fuses, fuse bases
and fuse combination switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 182

Changeover switches
Changeover switches, control relays
and configuration software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 308

Metering, monitoring & power quality

Energy meters, multifunction meters
and supervision software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 406

Electronic protection
Differential protection, voltage surge protection,
current protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 508

Enclosures & accessories

All the components to facilitate
the use of your electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 546

Integrated products & solutions

Enclosed protection and
switching devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 596

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO and
SIRCO AC
p. 52

SIDER
p. 74

SIDERMAT
p. 88

SIRCO PV
p. 116

FUSOMAT
p. 238

RM - RMS
p. 262

Fuse bases
p. 266

,QGXVWULDOIXVHV
p. 278

ATyS M
p. 366

ATyS S
p. 374

ATyS p
p. 388

Control relays

RETROFIT Line
p. 468

Supervision
and interfaces
p. 482

Current transformers
p. 488

Surge arrester
SURGYS
G50-FE
p. 532

Surge arrester
SURGYS
D40
p. 538

Surge arrester
SURGYS
Low currents
p. 542

CADRYS DELTA
modular
p. 552

Busbar supports
p. 562

Mounting rails and

profiles
p. 592

Enclosed changeover
switches
p. 622

PV enclosures
p. 646

Customised design
and solutions
p. 648

p. 404

,QGLFDWRUVDQG
transducers
p. 506

General Catalogue 2013-2014

An independent manufacturer
the benefit of a specialist

CORPO 308 A

Founded in 1922, SOCOMEC is

an industrial group with a
ZRUNIRUFHRI}SHRSOH
Our core business: the availability,
control and safety of low voltage
electrical networks with increased
focus on our customers energy
SHUIRUPDQFH

The culture of independence

The independence of the SOCOMEC Group
ensures it retains control of the decisionmaking process, respecting the values
advocated by its own family shareholders and
shared by its employees.
With around 30 subsidiaries located on all
five continents, SOCOMEC has developed
internationally by targeting industrial and
service applications where the quality of its
expertise makes all the difference.

A flexible manufacturing
structure
Backed by two European centres of
excellence (France and Italy), the Group also
benefits from competitive production sites,
such as in Tunisia, and locations in the major
emerging markets (India and China).
All sites have implemented a policy of
continuing development based on 'Lean
management' principles; this ensures they are
in a position to offer the quality, lead times and
cost expected by our customers.

The spirit of innovation

As undisputed specialists in UPS systems,
source supply changeover, power conversion
and measurement, SOCOMEC dedicates
nearly 10% of its turnover to R&D. This means
the group devotes the resources required
to achieve its ambition: to always be at the
cutting-edge of technology.

The vision of a specialist

As a manufacturer with complete control
over its technological processes, SOCOMEC
is quite unlike the more general providers.
The Group is constantly building on its fields
of expertise in order to offer its customers
increasingly customised, better adapted
solutions.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

The focus on service

Our manufacturing expertise naturally extends
to a complete range of services designed
to facilitate the research, implementation
and operation of our solutions. Our teams
of engineers have built their reputation on
reassuring closeness, specialist expertise and
a focus on customer needs.

Responsible growth
As a Group which is open to all cultures
and firmly committed to human values,
SOCOMEC promotes employee initiative
and commitment. Working relationships are
based on the idea of partnerships and respect
for shared ethics. Through the companys
commitment to achieving harmonious, lasting
development, SOCOMEC fully embraces
its responsibilities not only towards its
shareholders, employees, customers and
partners, but also towards society as a whole
and its environment.
SOCOMEC has been a signatory to the Global
Compact since 2003.

Four key applications: the know-how of a specialist

Critical Power
Ensuring the availability of high-quality
power for critical applications.

Power Control & Safety

Managing power and protecting
individuals and property.

Solar Power
Guaranteeing the safety and durability of
photovoltaic (PV) facilities.

Energy Efficiency
Improving building and facility energy
efficiency.

Thanks to the companys wide range of

continuously evolving products, solutions and
services, SOCOMEC are experts in the three
essential technologies that ensure the high
availability of supply to critical facilities and
buildings:
q uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) that
provide high-quality power and reduce
distortion and interruptions to the mains
supply,

q changeover of high availability sources to

transfer supply to an operational backup
source,
q continuous monitoring of installation facilities
to prevent failures and reduce operating
losses.

A specialist manufacturer of electrical

equipment since 1922, SOCOMEC is the
undisputed leader in power switching and
changeover solutions.
The company has always promoted the
benefits of fuses for the safety of both
individuals and equipment.
In addition, it has become a major player
in cutting-edge technology such as the
monitoring and detection of insulation defects.

SOCOMEC guarantees solutions and services

which are both relevant and efficient.

As experts in the solar energy equipment field,

SOCOMEC has all the specialist know-how
for implementing key strategic functions in PV
facilities, including:
q safety, through specially designed load
break switches that cut the DC current
generated by solar panels regardless of
the configuration of the installation and the
operating conditions,

q ensuring the reliability of DC facilities thanks

to solutions that prevent the degradation of
insulation and electric arc failure in the DC
current,
q control of very high-efficiency energy
conversion, via PV inverters that transform
all energy generated by the solar panels into
power to be consumed locally or re-injected
into the national grid.

SOCOMEC solutions, ranging from sensors

to the wide choice of innovative, modular
software packages, are driven by experts in
energy efficiency. They meet the essential
requirements of managers or operators of
tertiary, industrial or local authority buildings,
and make it possible to:
q measure power consumption, identify
sources of excess consumption, and raise
occupant awareness,

q limit reactive energy and prevent associated

tariff penalties,
q use the best tariffs, check supplier invoicing
and accurately distribute energy bills amongst
consumer entities.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Adapted solutions
energy objectives met

In the face of increasingly

important and complex energy
challenges, it is vital to choose a
specialist partner that
understands fully the
requirements and constraints of
your own area of business.

SOCOMEC's support approach

rests on three principles:
sWKHDYDLODELOLW\RIDQ
experienced consultant,
sWKHDELOLW\WRRIIHUDVROXWLRQWRD
global problem,
sWKHFUHDWLRQRIDWUXH
commercial partnership - a
source of confidence.

When you choose SOCOMEC,

you're choosing multidisciplinary
expertise in managing the
availability, monitoring, safety and
energy performance of low
voltage electrical installations. You
also benefit from the
responsiveness of an
independent, family business
operating on a human scale.

Data Centres: The Socomec "Power & Energy Performance" offering

Continuity of service is a major challenge
for data centres. To achieve this, the
reliability, quality and maintainability
of the power supply must be a strategic
consideration.
SOCOMEC offers a range of products,
solutions and services which guarantee
excellent all-round performance for data
centres.

Green Power 2.0

UDQXGHFGDEjBHDMBX4/2

Smart PowerPort
container solution

STATYS
static transfer systems

We respond to your needs

q High energy-availability: High-quality,
reliable energy, maintainable equipment.
q Reducing the total cost of ownership
(TCO): Optimisation of operating costs,
energy bills, technical area costs,
investment costs, etc.
q Flexible electrical infrastructure:
Adaptation of the supply power and
configuration to constantly changing
requirements.
q Management of electrical power supply
capacity: Monitoring, optimisation and
allocation of energy resources.
q Reducing the environmental impact:
reducing GHG emissions.

ATyS
automatic transfer switch

2(1".
KN@CAQD@JRVHSBGDR

ATS Bypass solution:

Enclosed automatic transfer
switch with bypass

".4-3(2$DMDQFXLDSDQR
#(1(2 LTKSHETMBSHNMLD@RTQDLDMSTMHSR
#(1(2-MDSVNQJ@M@KXRDQR
5$13$+(2$MDQFX/NVDQ,NMHSNQHMF2XRSDLRNESV@QD

General Catalogue 2013-2014

industry

Process, Oil, Gas

and petrochemical,
Energy production,
Manufacturing.

bui l di ng

Commercial buildings,
Residential buildings,
Hotel & Leisure.

infrastructure

Transport,
Telecommunications,
Public distribution, Military,
Water treatment.

critical b uild ing

Data centres, Healthcare buildings,

High Rise buildings,
Shopping centres,
Banking & Insurance.

renewable energy

Solar power, Wind

power, Hydro-electric
power

Healthcare buildings: The Socomec "Power & Energy Performance" offering

R@JDXE@BSNQHMDMRTQHMFPT@KHSXB@QD
patient safety is your number 1 concern.
That's why the power supply to vital
medical equipment must never fail.
SOCOMEC recommends complete
architecture and offers a state-of-theart range to guarantee reliability and
productivity in healthcare buildings, in
accordance with normative requirements
governing critical premises.

Green Power 2.0

UDQXGHFGDEjBHDMBX4/2

STATYS
static transfer systems

We respond to your needs

q High energy-availability: Supply of
high-quality, reliable energy for hospital
equipment and premises: Medical
imaging, laboratories, pharmacies, group
2-type operating theatre areas, etc.
q Safety of property and personnel:
Guaranteed operation of safety systems
such as emergency lighting, fire
protection, controlled access, etc.
q Energy efficiency: Monitoring, analysis
and optimisation of multi-utility
consumption.
q Protection and continuity of the power
supply for computer systems and
BNLLTMHB@SHNMMDSVNQJR&T@Q@MSDDC
energy availability and a flexible electrical
infrastructure - an essential solution to
meet constantly changing needs.

2(1".
KN@CAQD@JRVHSBGDR

ATS Bypass solution:

Enclosed automatic transfer
switch with bypass

Energy distribution solution

ENQ(3LDCHB@KRXRSDLR

".4-3(2$DMDQFXLDSDQR
#(1(2 LTKSHETMBSHNMLD@RTQDLDMSTMHSR
#(1(2-MDSVNQJ@M@KXRDQR
5$13$+(2$MDQFX/NVDQ,NMHSNQHMF2XRSDLRNESV@QD

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Services & Technical Assistance

the manufacturers guarantee

APPLI 566 A

Over several decades,

SOCOMEC Systems have
acquired a distinguished
reputation in the control, safety
and performance of low voltage
electrical distribution equipment.
Our manufacturers expertise
naturally extends to a complete
offer of services designed to help
you select, implement and get the
most out of our solutions.

Specially adapted skills

Our service team consists of field personnel
specialising in our specific domains and
experienced in the maintenance of industrial
electrical systems. This means you benefit
from a dual skills base:
q technical expertise relating to the products
that have been installed,
q practical knowledge of your usage needs.

Reassuringly close at hand

Our geographical coverage means that we are
close to each user and can respond quickly
to all requests. We can provide a complete
service from the technical diagnostics before
repair right up to implementation of the most
suitable solutions for your installation.

Customised support
Assessment and sizing
Depending on your requirements, our experts
collect and analyse all the relevant data in
order to recommend the system best adapted
to your installation.

Commissioning
Installation of your equipment is carried out by
a specialist, and is totally compatible with and
adapted to your use.

Maintenance
A wide range of preventive or corrective
maintenance options designed to suit your
installation and its environment, and to
ensure continuity of service of your electrical
networks.

Training
You will receive training, specially adapted to
your needs, in order to familiarise yourself with
our equipment and enable you to use it to
your best advantage.

Customer-oriented service
True to our own principles, we encourage
direct and friendly contact. Our interventions
offer solutions targeted to a single problem:
Yours. Our engineers are always very attentive
to your needs, to ensure that we provide the
most relevant technical support and advice.
So you can plan your investments with
confidence.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SITES EN FRANCE

 to ensure you a successful project

Your energy consumption

efficiently and comprehensively
managed
Monitoring of energy consumption within
a production unit is one of your primary
operational considerations From the
preliminary assessment of your installation
to the adaptation of the software, dedicated
SOCOMEC experts are on hand to assist you
throughout the entire energy performance
process.

To ensure that your fault monitoring and

location system operates to its optimum
capacity, our team of specialists perform all
operations on site.
This means that you benefit from renowned
expertise, as well as solutions tailored to
the specific monitoring requirements of your
electrical installation.

The control of reactive energy

on your electricity bill
In terms of power factor correction, the
support of a specialist is essential to
appropriately size your system and meet
the desired efficiency.
SOCOMEC will help you to make the right
choices and therefore to benefit from a longterm solution. A real return on investment.
For more information, please see pages
"Reactive energy power factory correction.

CORPO 164A

Changeover switches are strategic

components that ensure continuity of service
of supplies In order to guarantee complete
operational safety, we will implement our
range of innovative source transfer solutions.

Effective insulation
monitoring for your electrical
installation

APPLI 540 A

Source inversion in complete

safety

General Catalogue 2013-2014

A cutting-edge laboratory
the backing of an expert

CORPO 342 A

Since 1965, the Pierre Siat test

laboratory has used its expertise
to guarantee the reliability and
compliance of SOCOMEC
products and solutions. Our
customers are also welcome

A decisive link

Ongoing commitment

Customised services

Located at the Companys headquarters in

Benfeld, France, the Pierre Siat test laboratory
is one of SOCOMECs main quality pillars: its
contribution to the development, qualification
and certification phases plays a decisive role
in the process leading to the creation of a
product or solution.

To adapt to the increasingly demanding

standards and ever more innovative and
high-performance products, the Pierre Siat
laboratory is constantly extending the scope of
its tests, investing whenever necessary in new
equipment.

These test facilities and expertise are

also available to our partners who require
assistance with the qualification and
certification of their products or equipment.

Global scale
This totally independent laboratory is
recognised by the major certification bodies
worldwide: A member of ASEFA(1) and
LOVAG(2), it is accredited by COFRAC(3), UL
(CTDP(4)), CSA (shared certification) and KEMA
(SMT / WMT(5)). It also works in partnership
with numerous international certification
organisations(6). The quality and safety
requirements specific to each country are
therefore fully taken into account.

Specialist facilities
With its 100 MVA (Idc 100 kA rms 1 s) shortcircuit platform, three 10 kA overload platforms
and numerous other test instruments, in
facilities covering 1500 m2, the Pierre Siat
laboratory is currently the 2nd largest French
power laboratory. It combines expertise in
electricity and mechanics, pneumatics and
computing.

10

General Catalogue 2013-2014

A vast range of tests

The laboratory submits all SOCOMEC
products and solutions (including those in
enclosures) to numerous tests in the following
fields:
qfunctional: component resistance and
operating tests,
qdielectric: immunity to interference, dielectric
insulation, overvoltage, overcurrent,
qmechanical: endurance and mechanical
shocks, etc.
qEnvironment: functional or electrical tests
under extreme conditions (temperatures, salt
spray), vibrations, etc.),
qAC / DC endurance: in operation and under
controlled temperatures (arcs, LV / HV
outages, etc.),
qtemperature rise,
qelectromagnetic compatibility (EMC),
qmetrology,
qsafety: flammability, etc.
Conducted during the design and production
phases, these tests guarantee the long-term
reliability of the equipment sold.

We issue certificates
of conformity
and performance
declarations upon
request.
For more information, visit our web site:
www.socomec.fr/laboratoire-essais_fr.html
(1) Association des Stations dEssais Franaises
dAppareils lectriques basse tension (French
association of low voltage electrical equipment test
stations)
(2) Low Voltage Agreement Group
(3) Comit Franais dAccrditation (French accreditation body)
(4) Client test data programme
(5) Supervised Manufacturers testing / Witnessed
manufacturers testing
(6) KEMA, CEBEC, UL, CSA, ASTA, Lloyds Register
of Shipping, Bureau Vritas, BBJ-SEP, EZU,
GOST-R, etc.

For a high quality power supply

innovative power solutions

GAMME 008 W

Critical equipment requires high

quality energy and faultless
continuity of the power supply.
Our uninterruptible power systems
(UPS), static transfer systems
(STS), and DC/AC and AC/DC
converters (inverters and rectifiers,
respectively) comprise the most
complete ranges in the world and
cover a very wide range of
applications for every sector of
activity.

> Uninterruptible power systems (UPS)

> Static transfer systems (STS)
> Rectifier chargers
> DC / AC converters (inverters)
> Energy storage systems
> Harmonic compensators
> Communication interfaces and software
> Commissioning Inspection and Maintenance

High availability

Recognised expertise

The availability of electrical energy is a

strategic factor in a range of industries
as varied as telecommunications, data
processing centres or some industrial
processes. It is sometimes vital for certain
medical applications. In all these sectors,
SOCOMEC can put over 40 years of
experience at your disposal.

Our users' needs are at the forefront of

everything we do, as demonstrated by the
prestigious distinctions that SOCOMEC and
its UPS solutions have received:
qcustomer service excellence award (2004),
qproduct innovation award (2006),
qaward for the best product offer (UPS) in
Europe (2009),
qaward for innovation in new UPS (2011).

Product solutions that meet

requirements

Continuing innovation

Underspinned by significant R&D resources,

our product offer continually evolves as a
consequence of our contact with customers.
Our products have gained approval from the
most demanding of users: telecoms operators,
the nuclear industry, naval industry etc.

VALID FOR FRANCE

The constant search for innovation is

hardwired into SOCOMECs approach to
technology:
qfirst French manufacturer to offer static
power systems (1968),
qfirst UPS to use PWM technology (1980),
qfirst range of high power UPS with IGBT
technology (1996),
qfirst modular, upgradeable and redundant
UPS (2000),
qfirst manufacturer to integrate hybrid
components (2001),
qfirst 200 kVA UPS with IGBT rectifier (2003),

qnew battery charging concept (2004),

qdynamic energy storage system / Flywheel
(2006),
qfirst UPS with 96% efficiency in true online
double conversion mode (2007),
qthe most compact STS, in a 19 hotswappable rack version (2009),
qmost compact 900 kVA UPS (2010),
qfirst complete UPS range (10-2400 kW / kVA)
with 3-level technology, 96% efficiency and
power factor 1 (2012).

Customer-oriented service
Our sales and after-sales network means
we are always there for you. Our partnercustomers recognise the quality of our
products, availability and flexibility in meeting
requirements and commitment.

VALID FOR ITALY

ISO 9001
FM 28237

ISO14001
EMS 553476

General Catalogue 2013-2014

11

A worldwide presence

Key
International Sales Department
Sales, Marketing and Service
Management
CARTE 062 A

 1DOQDRDMS@SHUDNEjBDR
Subsidiaries
Distributors

For your needs in Power Control & Safety and Energy Efficiency

Head office / International

Sales Department
SOCOMEC
1, rue de Westhouse - B.P. 60010
F - 67235 Benfeld Cedex - France
[email protected]

Representative offices
Austria
[email protected]
United Arab Emirates
[email protected]

Subsidiaries
Belgium - [email protected]
France - [email protected]
Germany - [email protected]
Italy - [email protected]
North East Asia [email protected]
Poland - [email protected]
Slovenia - [email protected]
Spain - [email protected]

South Asia - [email protected]

2NTSG$@RS RH@/@BHkc [email protected]
The Netherlands - [email protected]
The United Kingdom [email protected]
Turkey - [email protected]
USA, Canada & Mexico [email protected]

For your needs in Critical Power and Solar Power

Sales, Marketing and Service

Management
SOCOMEC Paris
95, rue Pierre Grange
F-94132 Fontenay-sous-Bois Cedex - France
[email protected]

Representative offices
United Arab Emirates
[email protected]

12

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Subsidiaries
Australia - [email protected]
Belgium - [email protected]
China - [email protected]
France - [email protected]
Germany - [email protected]
India - [email protected]
Italy - [email protected]
Malaysia - [email protected]
Poland - [email protected]
Portugal - [email protected]
Romania - [email protected]
Russia - [email protected]
Singapore - [email protected]

Slovenia - [email protected]
Spain - [email protected]
Thailand - [email protected]
The Netherlands - [email protected]
The United Kingdom [email protected]
Turkey - [email protected]
Vietnam - [email protected]
Other countries (Europe) [email protected]
(EMEA) [email protected]
(Latin America) [email protected]
(Asia Pacific) [email protected]

www.socomec.com
to be directly connected to our solutions

100% mobility

Access multimedia contents from

your smartphone by scanning the
codes available in our catalogues or
documentations.

How?

1. Download
a QR code application from your
mobile phone (QR Code Sanner Pro,
Mobiletag, ScanLife flashcode, etc.).

2. Scan

1 Find out about products, services and systems meeting the

requirements of applications for which we have a real expertise

2 Download documentations, pictures, logos and CAD files

3. Browse!
A few examples:

4 Find answers to technical questions (FAQ)

5 Find out about our job offers

Flash banner for

ATyS transfer switch

FLCD_URL_048_A_GB

3 Find and contact the nearest Socomec contact

Download section
on the Socomec
website

Find out more on

Banners

FLCD_URL_004_A_GB

6 Get informed about our news: products, events and advice

Software

Selection guides Photos

Brochures

Videos

User guides Tutorials

General Catalogue 2013-2014

13

Application Guide
Monitor your electrical installation

CORPO 286A

The basic information for

controlling and protecting an
electrical installation in just a few
mouse clicks!
The Socomec Application Guide is
regularly updated and incorporates
all the experience and know-how
of our specialist engineers.

FLCD_URL_010_A_GB

Download the Application Guide

CATEC 276 B GB - 277 A GB

www.socomec.com/application-guide-scp_en

14

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Contents
qL.V. distribution
qOverload currents
qShort circuit currents
qDirect and indirect contact
qVoltage drops
qSwitching and isolating devices
qFuse protection
qControl and energy management
qIndustrial communication networks
qElectrical measurement
qDigital protection of networks
qDifferential protection

qInsulation Monitoring
qOvervoltage limitor
qSurge arresters
qReactive energy power factor
correction
qEnclosures
qBusbars
qUninterruptible Power Systems (UPS)

Alphabetical index

Core balance transformers (type A) _________________________ 522

Active energy meter and concentrator COUNTIS E ___________ 406

COUNTIS E0x __________________________________________ 420

Analogue meters ________________________________________ 506

ATEX enclosures ________________________________________ 618
ATS Bypass ____________________________________________ 346
ATS Bypass solution _____________________________________ 642
ATyS (d, t, g, p) _________________________________________ 382
ATyS S ________________________________________________ 374
ATyS 3s steel enclosure __________________________________ 630

COUNTIS ECix __________________________________________ 434

COUNTIS E1x __________________________________________ 422

COUNTIS E2x __________________________________________ 424
COUNTIS E3x __________________________________________ 426
COUNTIS E4x __________________________________________ 428
COUNTIS E5x __________________________________________ 430
COUNTIS E63 __________________________________________ 432
Current transformers _____________________________________ 488

ATyS 6e steel enclosure __________________________________ 630

ATyS M ________________________________________________ 366
ATyS M steel enclosure __________________________________ 630
ATyS_C30_C40 controller ________________________________ 404
Automatic Transfer Switch Equipment ______________________ 308

D
Differential protection ____________________________________ 508
Digital meters ___________________________________________ 506
DIRIS A10 ______________________________________________ 436

B
Bar or cable-through saturation current transformer ___________ 504
BS88 fuses _____________________________________________ 182
BS88 industrial fuselinks __________________________________ 272
BS88, NFC and DIN fuses ________________________________ 182
Busbar ________________________________________________ 546
Busbar supports ________________________________________ 562

DIRIS A17 ______________________________________________ 440

DIRIS A20 ______________________________________________ 444
DIRIS A40 / A41 ________________________________________ 448
DIRIS A60 ______________________________________________ 454
DIRIS A80 ______________________________________________ 460
DIRIS multifunction meters ________________________________ 406
DIRIS N300 / N600 ______________________________________ 474
Distribution _____________________________________________ 546
Distribution blocks _______________________________________ 586

C
Cable clamps and cage terminals __________________________ 584
CADRYS DELTA modular_________________________________ 552

CADRYS enclosures _____________________________________ 551

Effective protection for your electrical installation _____________ 508

Changeover SIRCO VM1 steel enclosure ____________________ 626

Energy management _____________________________________ 406

Changeover switches ____________________________________ 308

Electronic protection _____________________________________ 508

Changeover switches SIRCO M ___________________________ 320

Enclosed changeover switches ____________________________ 622

Changeover switches standards UL and CSA ________________ 350

Enclosed fuse switches __________________________________ 604

COMBIESTER __________________________________________ 550

Enclosures & accessories _________________________________ 546

Communication accessories ______________________________ 486

Enclosures and cabinets equipped for your applications _______ 598

COMO C_______________________________________________ 316

Energy efficiency ________________________________________ 408

General Catalogue 2013-2014

15

Alphabetical index

Fuse bases _____________________________________________ 266

Management software for COUNTIS and DIRIS ______________ 464

Fuse protection _________________________________________ 182

Manual changeover switches ______________________________ 312

FUSERBLOC ___________________________________________ 188

Manual motorised and automatic changeover switches ________ 312

FUSERBLOC and high speed fuses (UR) ____________________ 224

Manual Transfer Switch Equipment (MTSE) __________________ 626

FUSERBLOC in polyester enclosure ________________________ 605

Measurement devices ____________________________________ 406

FUSERBLOC in steel enclosure ____________________________ 607

Measurement shunts ____________________________________ 502

FUSERBLOC UL ________________________________________ 248

Modular transducers _____________________________________ 506

FUSOMAT _____________________________________________ 238

Monitoring software and communication interfaces ___________ 406

Motorised Changeover ___________________________________ 308
Mounting rails and profiles ________________________________ 592

Multi-utility meters _______________________________________ 412

High speed fuses (UR) ___________________________________ 288

Hour counters __________________________________________ 506

N
NFC and DIN fuses ______________________________________ 182

NFC and DIN industrial fuselinks ___________________________ 278

IDE______________________________________________________44
Indicators and transducers ________________________________ 418
Insulated flat copper braids _______________________________ 560
Insulated flexible copper bars _____________________________ 558

O
Other electrical measurement devices ______________________ 506

Integrated products and solutions __________________________ 596

Customised design and solutions __________________________ 648

P
Plug-in ranges __________________________________________ 182

Power terminals _________________________________________ 582

Primary wound saturation current transformer________________ 504

Load break switches _______________________________________18

Load break switches for all your applications___________________20
Load break switches for specific applications __________________18
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications ______________18
Load break switches standards UL and CSA __________________18

16

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Protection against overvoltages ____________________________ 514

PTI : CT automatic short-circuiter __________________________ 504
PV fuses _______________________________________________ 298
PV fuse bases __________________________________________ 306
PV surge protection devices ______________________________ 526

SURGYS E10 __________________________________________ 540

RESYS M40R___________________________________________ 518

SURGYS G100-F_______________________________________ 528

RESYS M40 ____________________________________________ 516

SURGYS G40-FE ______________________________________ 534

RESYS P40 ____________________________________________ 520

SURGYS G50-FE ______________________________________ 532

Rigid copper bars _______________________________________ 556

SURGYS G51-PV ______________________________________ 526

RM - RMS _____________________________________________ 262

SURGYS G70 _________________________________________ 536

RM PV_________________________________________________ 304

SURGYS Low current ___________________________________ 542

SURGYS G140-F_______________________________________ 530

Remote Transfer Switch Equipment ________________________ 630

RETROFIT line __________________________________________ 468

T
S

Transducers ____________________________________________ 418

Safety enclosures _______________________________________ 608

TVSS UL98_____________________________________________ 178

Transformer with integrated transducer _____________________ 504

Sensor PT100 - screw type _______________________________ 505

SIDER ___________________________________________________74
SIDER polyester enclosure ________________________________ 610
SIDER steel enclosure____________________________________ 610
SIDERMAT _______________________________________________88
SIDERMAT combination __________________________________ 230

U
UL/CSA range (Load break switches) _________________________24
UL/CSA range (Fuse protection) ___________________________ 182
UL/CSA range (Changeover switches) ______________________ 308

SIRCO & SIRCO AC _______________________________________52

SIRCO DC UL98B _______________________________________ 158
SIRCO MOT PV ________________________________________ 128
SIRCO M and MV _________________________________________26
SIRCO M UL508 ________________________________________ 134
SIRCO M UL98 _________________________________________ 144

V
Voltage transformer BTV 25 _______________________________ 504
VERTELIS VISION software _______________________________ 482

SIRCO MV PV __________________________________________ 110

SIRCO polyester enclosure _______________________________ 600
SIRCO PV ______________________________________________ 116
SIRCO steel enclosure ___________________________________ 600
SIRCO UL98 ___________________________________________ 150
SIRCO VM1 ____________________________________________ 324
SIRCOVER and SIRCOVER Bypass ________________________ 328
SIRCOVER Bypass steel enclosure _________________________ 629
SIRCOVER polyester enclosure ____________________________ 625
SIRCOVER steel enclosure _______________________________ 625
SIRCOVER UL __________________________________________ 350
SURGYS D40__________________________________________ 538

General Catalogue 2013-2014

17

Load break switches

Load break switches for all your applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 20

Why choose a load break switch designed for photovoltaic applications? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 21
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 22

Load break switches

Specific applications
new

SIRCO M/MV

IDE

SIRCO
SIRCO AC

16 to 160 A
p. 26

32 to 160 A
p. 44

125 to 5000 A
p. 52

SIDER

SIDERMAT

125 to 1600 A
p. 74

250 to 1800 A
p. 88

Load break switches

qVHSGNUDQQ@SDCMDTSQ@K
qRGNQSBHQBTHSODQENQL@MBD
qLTKSHONK@QRVHSBGDR
qENQD@QSGHMF
qENQ5MDSVNQJ
qRODBH@KLNSNQHRDCRVHSBGDR

Load break switches for photovoltaic applications

new

new

SIRCO MC PV

SIRCO MV PV

SIRCO PV

25 to 40 A
p. 98

63 to 160 A
p. 110

100 to 3200 A
p. 116

SIRCO DC
UL98B

SIRCO MOT PV

SN
p. 158

200 to 630 A
p. 128

p. 180

Load break switches standards UL and CSA

new
SIRCO M
UL508

SIRCO M
UL98

SIRCO UL98

16 to 80 A
p. 134

30 to 100 A
p. 144

100 to 1200 A
p. 150

SIRCO DC
UL98B

TVSS SURGE
SWITCH

100 to 2000 A
p. 158

2ODBH@KCDRHFMR
p. 178

More about our products

Other product enclosures
2.".,$"NEEDQRXNT@
Q@MFDNEOQDDPTHOODC
DMBKNRTQDRHMRSDDKNQHM
ONKXDRSDQ

p. 596

Special requests
2.".,$"@KRNL@JDR
RODBHjBNQBTRSNLHRDC
OQNCTBSR
6DVHKKGDKOXNTjMCSGD
QHFGSRNKTSHNMENQXNTQ
@OOKHB@SHNM
Please feel free to consult us.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

19

Load break
switches

+N@CAQD@JRVHSBGDRENQ@KKXNTQ
applications
,@BGHMDBNMSQNKONVDQCHRSQHATSHNM@MCOGNSNUNKS@HBHMRS@KK@SHNMR
.TQQ@MFDNEKN@CAQD@JRVHSBGDRHR
BTQQDMSKXNMDNESGDVHCDRSNMSGDL@QJDS 
KSGNTFGSGD2(1".,@MC2(1".
OQNCTBSR@KNMDLDDSSGDL@INQHSXNE
QDPTHQDLDMSR2.".,$"G@RRDSNTSSN
BNUDQSGDDMSHQDQ@MFDNE@OOKHB@SHNMR
Discover all our products in the selection
guides in the following pages.

.ODQ@SHMFHMSGDDKDBSQHB@KAQD@JHMF
SDBGMNKNFXL@QJDSRHMBD2.".,$"
HRANSG@FKNA@KKD@CDQ@MCTMQHU@KKDC
ADMBGL@QJ

A specific need?
6DG@UDCDUDKNODCMTLDQNTRRODBH@K
OQNCTBSRRVHSBGDRVHSGNUDQQ@SDC
MDTSQ@KGHFGRGNQSBHQBTHSB@O@AHKHSX
RVHSBGDRLTKSHONK@QRVHSBGDRD@QSGHMF
RVHSBGDRRVHSBGDRENQ5MDSVNQJR
RODBH@KLNSNQHRDCRVHSBGDRDSB
6G@SDUDQXNTQQDPTHQDLDMSRXNTVHKK
EHMCSGDQHFGSRNKTSHNMHMSGDMDWSEDV
O@FDR

SOCOMEC load break switches in energy distribution and machine

control applications

I
I

I
O

//+(>>

2(1",>>$>&!

Load break switches for photovoltaic applications

Strings combiner box
SIRCO
PV

Junction box
SIRCO
PV

From 100 to 600 A

up to 1000 V

Inverter connection box

SIRCO
PV

2(1"./5>> >&!

SIRCO
PV

20

Junction box
SIRCO
PV

From 100 to 600 A

up to 1000 V

Double circuit switches permit

increased numbers of inputs

General Catalogue 2013-2014

From 400 to 2000 A

up to 1000 V

SIRCO disconnect switch

up to 1200 A
or FUSERBLOC fuse combination
switch up to 800 A

& ,,$>>

Why choose a load break switch

CDRHFMDCENQOGNSNUNKS@HB@OOKHB@SHNMR

SIRCO MC PV and SIRCO PV devices available in IEC and UL versions.

Safe operations
3NDMRTQDDKDBSQHB@KRDO@Q@SHNMCTQHMF
L@HMSDM@MBDNODQ@SHNMRNQENQDLDQFDMBX
AQD@JHMFSNOQDUDMS@QHRJNEEHQDNQDKDBSQHB@K
RGNBJHSHRDRRDMSH@KSG@SCDCHB@SDC
OGNSNUNKS@HBRVHSBGDR@QDTRDC
3GDRDCDUHBDRLTRSADHMRS@KKDC@SD@BG
ETMBSHNM@KKDUDKNESGDHMRS@KK@SHNMA@RDCNMHSR
@QBGHSDBSTQD
(MNQCDQSNCHRBNMMDBS@CHQDBSBTQQDMS
OGNSNUNKS@HBRSQHMFFDMDQ@SNQNQ4/2NMKX
2(1"./5NQ2(1".,"/5CDUHBDRB@M
q (RNK@SDSGD@RRNBH@SDCGHFG#"UNKS@FDR
q &T@Q@MSDDR@EDNMKN@CCHRBNMMDBSHNM
RDUDQ@KSGNTR@MCSHLDR@BQNRRSGDETKKQ@MFD
NE#"BTQQDMSRKHMJDCSNC@HKXEKTBST@SHNMRHM
RTMKHFGSTOSN5#"

Devices designed for extreme

conditions

Back-to-back design,
an innovative solution

2(1".RG@UDADDMCDRHFMDCENQHMCTRSQH@K
TRD 3GDX@QDDWSQDLDKXQNATRSVHSGB@RHMFR
L@CDEQNLFK@RREHAQDQDHMENQBDCSGDQLNRDS
L@SDQH@KRAQHMFHMFMTLDQNTRADMDEHSR
q 2S@AKDSDLODQ@STQDRTMKHJDRNLD
SGDQLNOK@RSHBR
q $WBDKKDMSQDRHRS@MBDSNGHFGSDLODQ@STQDR
q &NNCDKDBSQHB@KBG@Q@BSDQHRSHBR QB@MC
HMRTK@SHNMQDRHRS@MBD
q &NNCLDBG@MHB@KBG@Q@BSDQHRSHBR
#HLDMRHNM@KRS@AHKHSX@MCQHFHCHSXNUDQSHLD
3GDRDADMDEHSR@QDO@QSHBTK@QKXHLONQS@MS
HMOGNSNUNKS@HBHMRS@KK@SHNMRVGDQDSGD
SDLODQ@STQDL@XADADKNV"NQ@ANUD"

3GD2.".,$"Q@MFDNEOGNSNUNKS@HBKN@C
AQD@JRVHSBGDRDM@AKDRRHLTKS@MDNTRNMKN@C
CHRBNMMDBSHNMNESVNBHQBTHSRTRHMF@RHMFKD
G@MCKD
Advantages
q Space saving:3GDNUDQ@KKVHCSGHRSGD
R@LD@RSG@SNENQONKDCDUHBDR 3GHR
DM@AKDRRHFMHEHB@MSR@UHMFR@RBNLO@QDCSN
SGDTRDNESVNRDO@Q@SDCDUHBDR
q Simple connection@MCHMSDFQ@SHNM
q Increasing the voltage:"NMMDBSHMF
SGDSVNCDUHBDRHMRDQHDR@KKNVRNMKN@C
CHRBNMMDBSHNMNEUNKS@FDR@ANUD5#"
q Doubling the rating:!XBNMMDBSHMFSGDSVN
CDUHBDRHMO@Q@KKDK

What are the standards that apply to photovoltaic installations?

For installations
/GNSNUNKS@HBHMRS@KK@SHNMR@QDFNUDQMDCAXHMSDQM@SHNM@KRS@MC@QCR
RTBG@R($"@MC4+ 3GDRDRS@MC@QCROQNUHCDSGDFTHCDKHMDRENQ
BNLLHRRHNMHMF@OGNSNUNKS@HBHMRS@KK@SHNM
q($"$KDBSQHB@KHMRS@KK@SHNMRNEATHKCHMFR
1DPTHQDLDMSRENQRODBH@KHMRS@KK@SHNMRNQKNB@SHNMR
2NK@QOGNSNUNKS@HB/5ONVDQRTOOKXRXRSDLR
q($"(MRS@KK@SHNM@MCR@EDSXQDPTHQDLDMSRENQOGNSNUNKS@HB
/5FDMDQ@SNQR

For breaking devices

3NC@SDSGDQDHRMNRODBHEHB($"RS@MC@QC
,@MTE@BSTQDQRLTRSSGDQDENQDQDEDQSNRS@MC@QC
($" In the USA, the reference standard is UL98B 3GHR
RS@MC@QCVGHBGHRLNQDRSQHMFDMSSG@M($"QDPTHQDRRSQHBS
SDRSHMFHMO@QSHBTK@QBNMBDQMHMFSDLODQ@STQDR@MCQDRHRS@MBDSN
DKDBSQHB@K@QBHMF
SIRCO PVs have been developed in compliance with both IEC
60947-3 and UL98B.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

21

Selection guide
Load break switches

Load break
switches

Which
application?

Which
function?

Machine control

Power distribution

new

SIRCO M
WRb$

SIRCO MV
WR$

IDE
WRb$

SIRCO
WRb$

SIRCO AC
WRb$

p. 26

p. 26

p. 44

p. 52

p. 52

Main switchboard

Distribution panel

Emergency load break

Genset output

Network coupling

Local safety load break

Machine control

3/4 pole load break switch

6/8 pole load break switch

(1)

3/4 pole changeover switch (I-0-II)

3/4 pole changeover switch (I-I+II-II)

p. 328
p. 328

p. 328
p. 328

p. 181

p. 181

Applications

Photovoltaic load break

Enclosed switches

Functions

Characteristics
Operation
Manual (rotating)

Manual toggle

Trippable
Motorised
Direct operation handle

Front

Right side

Left side

Front
Side
External operation handle

Indication of breaking
Positive break indication

Visible contacts
Switch body
Modular
(1) Please consult us.

22

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Selection guide
Load break switches

Which operation
handle?

Which type of
breaking?

Power distribution

Which switch
body?

Photovoltaic

new

n ew

SIDER
WRb$

SIDERMAT
WR$

SIRCO MC PV
WRb$

SIRCO MV PV
WR$

SIRCO PV
WR$

SIRCO DC PV UL
WRb$

SIRCO MOT PV
WRb$

p. 74

p. 88

p. 98

p. 110

p. 116

p. 158

p. 128

p. 328

p. 328

(1)

(1)

General Catalogue 2013-2014

23

Selection guide

UL/ CSA standards for Disconnect Switches

UL489 - Molded case switches

(equivalent to CSA-C22.2 no 5)
This requirements cover Molded-case Circuit Breaker, Molded
case switches and fused Molded-case switches, rated at 600
volts or less and 6 000 amperes or less.

Typical control panel

UL 98 or UL 489
Non fusible Disconnect switches
SIRCO M3, SIRCO and SIRCO V
or
Fusible Disconnect switches
FUSERBLOC

UL 508
Non fusible switches
SIRCO M1 and M2

UL standards for Electrical Machinery

UL508 - Industrial Control Equipment
(equivalent to CSA-C22.2 no 14)
These requirements cover Manual, magnetic and solidstate
Starters and Controllers, Overload relays, pushbuttons, selector
switches, control lights
These products are IEC type products, smaller requiring only a
creepage distance between phases of 1/2 inch. UL508 standard
requested only 5 kA or 10 kA as short circuit withstand with
fuse protection. Their use as a disconnecting mean is therefore
limited to local disconnection of motors. These products
can only be used as a disconnect mean when they have
been additionally tested suitable as motor disconnect. This
additional testing ensures that the switch as a proper closing
capacity on short circuit. UL508 (switches or Circuit breakers)
can not be used as main disconnect of a electrical panel. (i.e. in
entrance of control panels).
A manual motor controller marked Suitable as motor
disconnect shall be installed only on the load side of
the branch circuit protective device (UL508A 30.3.3 and
NEC 430.109(6)).

24

General Catalogue 2013-2014

NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for industrial machinery

The following types of machines are identified as industrial
machinery:
q metalworking machine tools, including machines
that cut or form metal,
qplastics machinery,
qwood machinery, including woodworking, laminating, and
sawmill machines,
q assembly machines,
q material handling machines, including industrial robots and
transfer machines,
q inspection and testing machines, including coordinate
measuring and in-process gauging machines.

sirco-ul_022_b_1_cat

UL98 - Enclosed and dead front switches

(equivalent to CSA-C22.2 no 4)
These requirements cover enclosed or dead front Switches,
with or without provision for fuses, at 600 V or less.
These products are used as disconnecting meanswithout
restrictions ; they are heavy duty products requiring 2 inches
(50 mm) minimum of creepage distance, which gives a
maximum safety for users and installation. The short circuit
withstand of those products goes up to 200 kA.

sircom_174_a

Load break
switches

Load break switches - UL products

Selection guide

Load break switches - UL products

Which
application?

Which
function?

Which operation
handle?

Which type of
breaking?

Machine control

Power distribution

new

SIRCO M UL 508
WRb$

SIRCO M UL 98
WR$

SIRCO UL 98
WRb$

SIRCO DC UL 98B
WRb$

TVSS UL 98

p. 134

p. 144

p. 150

p. 158

p. 178

Main switchboard

Distribution panel

Emergency load break

Applications

Genset output

Local safety load break

Machine control

Network coupling

Photovoltaic load break

Enclosed switches

Surge protection

Functions
3/4 pole load break switch

6/8 pole load break switch

3/4 pole changeover switch (I-0-II)

3/4 pole changeover switch (I-I+II-II)

Characteristics
Operation
Manual (rotating)

Manual toggle

Motorised

Direct operation handle

Front

Right side

Front
External operation handle

Indication of breaking
Positive break indication
Switch body
Modular

General Catalogue 2013-2014

25

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A
The solution for
Main incoming load break.
Distribution load break.
Machine control.
Local safety load break.

sircm_132_a

sircm_099_a

Load break
switches

>
>
>
>

4 pole SIRCO MV
direct operation
4 pole SIRCO M
direct operation

Strong points

Function
SIRCO M and MV are manually operated and
modular multipolar load break switches.
They make and break under load conditions
and provide safety isolation for any low voltage
circuit, particularly for machine control circuits.

Through the use of accessories,6,5&2b0

can be transformed into multipolar load break
NQONKDBG@MFDNUDQRVHSBGDR 2(1".,
changeover switches provide on load
changeover switching between two sources
or two low voltage power circuits, as well as
their safety isolation.

Wide range of accessories

A single standard 3 pole load break switch
module, which can be complemented with
a choice of accessories, offers a range of
advantages:
q Simplicity when choosing the device.
q Flexibility to adapt to the most varied
applications.
q Reduction in the cost of management and
storage.
Upgradeability
Its wide range of accessories means that
SGD2(1".,B@MADTOFQ@CDCDUDM@ESDQ
it has been commissioned, enabling future
requirements to be met.

26

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Total integration.
Wide range of accessories.
Upgradeability.
Compliance to major
certifications and approvals.
> Specific characteristics.

Conformity to standards

Advantages
Total integration
3GD2(1".,@MC,5ETKKXHMSDFQ@SDHRNK@SHNM
breaking and switching functions.
6HSGHM@RHMFKDOQNCTBS2(1".,NEEDQREQNMS
right side or left side operation. Their highly
ETMBSHNM@KCDRHFMDM@AKDR2(1".,SNAD
easily transformed from a load break switch
to a changeover switch, offering a highly
innovative modular solution for numerous
applications.

>
>
>
>

Compliance with major certifications and

approvals
3GD2(1".,@MC,5Q@MFDNEKN@CAQD@J
switches have been designed, qualified and
tested according to the criteria defined by
standards IEC 60947-3, UL508 and UL98.
This process guarantees a high quality level
for the product which is fully adapted to
arduous operating environments.
General characteristics
q Double break per pole.
q ,NTMSHMFNOSHNMR#(-Q@HKO@MDKNQ
modular panel with 45 mm front cut-out.
q IP20 accessories.
q Severe utilisation categories
(AC-22 and AC-23).
Specific characteristics
2(1".,
q Positive break indication.
q Contact point technology.
q Product can be mounted directly on the
door or panel side; see Door mounting kit
in the accessory section.
2(1".,5
q 5HRHAKDCNTAKDAQD@JHMFA@RDC
q Positive break indication.

> IEC 60947-3

> Other standards

available:

*See pages SIRCO UL

and CSA range

Approvals and certifications(1)

(1) Product reference on request.

Local safety enclosures

> Fitted within a polycarbonate
HQFORVXUHWKH6,5&2}0FDQ
be used, for example, for
on-load breaking of a motor
(AC23).

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

What you need to know

Complete switch body for toggle operation

sircm_030_a_1_x_cat

sircm_029_c_2_x_cat

sircm_028_a_2_x_cat

SIRCO M
q 2(1".,B@MADNODQ@SDCHMCHEEDQDMSV@XR

External operation
front, left side or right side

Direct front operation with handle

q From 16 to 125 A, through the wide range of available

accessories, it is possible to convert a 3 pole SIRCO M into a
4, 6 or 8 pole load break switch or a 3/4 pole changeover
switch.
q 3GQNTFGTRDNEHSRCNNQLNTMSHMFJHS2(1".,KN@CAQD@J
switches can be mounted on the panel door.

sircm_173_a_1_cat

q3
 GD2(1".,HR@3 pole load break switch which is available
from 16 to 125 A. It can be combined with a switched 4th
pole, an unswitched neutral or PE pole and pre-break and
signalling auxiliary contacts.
q The basic 3 pole device is available enclosed in a
polycarbonate enclosure from 16 to 100 A (see page 600).

Changeover switches I - 0 - II

Direct front operation

sircm_033_a_1_x_cat

sircm_034_a_2_x_cat

sircm_032_c_1_x_cat

SIRCO MV
q 3 operations are available:

External right side operation

External front and left side operation

q 2(1".,5B@MADNQCDQDCHM3 or 4 pole from 100 to 160 A.

q Two types of auxiliary contacts are available:
- U-type pre-break,
,SXODENQRHFM@KHR@SHNM

General Catalogue 2013-2014

27

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

References
2(1".,
Rating
(A)

Complete switch
No. of
body with toggle
poles
operation

16 A

3P

2205 3000

2200 3000(1)(2)(3)

20 A

3P

2205 3001

2200 3001(1)(2)(3)

25 A

3P

2205 3002

2200 3002(1)(2)(3)

2205 3003

(1)(2)(3)

Switch body

Direct handle

3P

2200 3003

3P

2205 3004

2200 3004(1)(2)(3)

63 A

3P

2205 3006

2200 3006(1)(2)(3)

80 A

3P

2205 3008

2200 3008(1)(2)(3)

100 A

3P

Black
IP65

Black
IP65

147A 5111

2299 5013

1473 1111(4)

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

147B 5111

I - 0 - II
Black IP65

1473 1113

1473 1114(4)

S0 type

S0 type

I -0
Black IP55

1481 1111(4)

I -0
Black
IP65

Black IP65

148A 5111

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

1484 1111

148B 5111

1483 1111(4)
(4)

(1) Front and side operation.

(2) For a 6-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + conversion kit (for external
operation, add the shaft + the handle).
(3) For an 8-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + 2 x 4th poles + conversion
kit (for external operation, add the shaft + the handle).

General Catalogue 2013-2014

2200 1003
S00 type

I - I+II - II
Black IP65

2299 5032

28

2200 1002

S0, S00 type

150 mm

1407 0515

2200 1004

(4)

1474 1111(4)

2200 3010(1)(2)(3)

2200 3011(1)(2)(3)

4th pole

2200 1001

1471 1111(4)

2299 5012

Blue
3P

Shaft for
external front
and side
handle(5)

S00 type
I -0

Black
IP55

,SXOD

,SXOD

125 A

External front
handle
for changeover
switch(5)

S00 type
I -0

Red
40 A

External left
side handle(5)

2200 1000

Blue
32 A

Door
interlocked
external front
and right side
handle(5)

200 mm

1407 0520

2200 1006

320 mm

1407 0532

(4) Defeatable handle.

(5) Other handles are available. Please see accessory pages.

2200 1008

2200 1010

2200 1011

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

2(1".,
Complete switch
body toggle
operation

Switch body

3P

2205 3000

2200 3000(1)(2)(3)

20 A

3P

2205 3001

2200 3001(1)(2)(3)

25 A

3P

2205 3002

2200 3002(1)(2)(3)

Rating
(A)

No. of
poles

16 A

Unswitched
neutral pole

Unswitched
protective earth Auxiliary contact
module

Terminal
shrouds

3/4 P
1P

32 A
40 A
63 A

3P
3P
3P

80 A

3P

100 A

3P

125 A

3P

1P

1P

2200 5005

2200 9005

2294 1005(4)
3P

2205 3003

2200 3003(1)(2)(3)

,SXOD
contact

2205 3004

(1)(2)(3)

-.
-"

2205 3006
2205 3008

2200 3004

-.

2200 3006

1P

1P

2200 5009

2200 9009

1P

1P

2200 5011

2200 9011

2200 3010(1)(2)(3)
2200 3011(1)(2)(3)

2294 3005(4)

2299 0011

2299 3309(5)
2209 3409(5)

1P

2294 1009(4)

6/8 P
Steel support

2299 3609(5)

3P

2294 3009(4)
1P

(1) Front and side operation.

(2) For a 6-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + conversion kit (for external
operation, add the shaft + the handle).
(3) For an 8-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + 2 x 4th poles + conversion
kit (for external operation, add the shaft + the handle).

Complete
protection
IP2X

Compact design

2299 0001

(1)(2)(3)

2200 3008(1)(2)(3)

Door mounting
kit

2294 1011(4)
3P

2294 3016(4)

3/4 P
Steel support

2299 3609(5)

(4) Top and bottom.

(5) Delivered with a shaft.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

29

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

References (continued)
2(1".,5
Rating (A)

No. of
poles

Switch
body

3P

2200 3110

4P

2200 4110

Direct handle

External
Shaft for external
front and right
External
front and side Auxiliary signal
(4)
(4)
side handle
left side handle
contact
handle(4)

Pre-break
auxiliary
contact

Terminal
shrouds

100 A

S0 type
I -0
3P

2200 3012

,ASXOD
Blue

(1)

2299 5042
125 A
4P

2200 4012

,SXOD
Blue

2299 5022

S0 type
I -0

S0 type

1491 0111(2)

Black
IP65

1409 0615

Black
IP65

149A 9111

Black
IP55

2200 3016

4P

2200 4016

160 A

(1) Standard.
(2) Defeatable handle.
(3) Top and bottom.
(4) Other handles are available. Please see accessory pages.

30

General Catalogue 2013-2014

200 mm

1409 0620

1493 0111(2)

Red/Yellow
IP65

320 mm

Red/Yellow
IP65

149B 9111

1409 0632

1494 0111(2)
3P

150 mm

,SXODBNMS@BS

U type

-.
-"

BNMS@BS-"

2299 0001

3999 0701

-.

BNMS@BS-.

2299 0011

3999 0702

3P

2294 3016(3)
4P

2294 4016(3)

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Accessories
Direct operation handle
SIRCO M
Handle

Blue

,SXOD

16 80

Red

,SXOD

100 125

Blue

,SXOD

Reference

2299 5012(1)
2200 5013
2200 5032(1)

,G@MCKD

(1) Standard.

acces_352_a

Handle colour

16 80

acces_347_a

Rating (A)

,G@MCKD

SIRCO MV
Handle

Blue

,ASXOD

100 160

Blue

,SXOD

Reference

2299 5042(1)
2299 5022
,G@MCKD

(1) Standard.

acces_359_a

Handle colour

100 160

acces_344_a

Rating (A)

,AG@MCKD

2(1".,$WSDQM@KNODQ@SHNMG@MCKD
S000 type handle
Switch

No. of
poles
3/4 P

Front and side operation

Handle
colour
Black

IP65

Defeatable
handle
no

Switch

3/4 P

Front and side operation

Red/Yellow

IP65

no

1464 5111

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

no

1463 5113

3/4 P

%QNMS

Black

IP65

no

1463 5114

16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80

Changeover
switches I - 0 - II
Changeover
switches I - I+II - II

Operation

External IP

Reference

1463 5111

S000 handle

S00 type handle

Rating (A)

Type

16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
100 125
100 125
100 125

Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch

Changeover
switches I - 0 - II
Changeover
16 80
switches I - I+II - II
Changeover
100 125
switches I - 0 - II
Changeover
100 125
switches I - I+II - II
16 80

acces_307_a_1_cat

Type

No. of
poles
3/4 P(1)
3/4 P(1)
3/4 P(1)
3/4 P
3/4 P
6/8 P
6/8 P
6/8 P

Front and side operation

Front and side operation
Front and side operation
Left side
Left side
Front
Front
Front

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1473 1113

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1473 1114

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1473 0113

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1473 0114

Operation

Handle
External IP
colour
Black
IP55
Black
IP65
Red/Yellow
IP65
Black
IP65
Red/Yellow
IP65
Black
IP55
Black
IP65
Red/Yellow
IP65

Defeatable
handle
yes
yes
yes
no
no
yes
yes
yes

Reference

1471 1111
1473 1111
1474 1111
147A 5111
147B 5111
1471 0111
1473 0111
1474 0111

acces_341_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

S00 handle

(1) Can also be used with 6 and 8 poles with front operation.

100 125
100 125
100 125
100 125
100 125

Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch

No. of
poles
3/4 P
3/4 P
3/4 P
3/4 P
3/4 P

Operation
Front and side operation
Front and side operation
Front and side operation
Left side
Left side

Handle
External IP
colour
Black
IP55
Black
IP65
Red/Yellow
IP65
Black
IP65
Red/Yellow
IP65

Defeatable
handle
yes
yes
yes
no
no

Reference

1481 1111
1483 1111
1484 1111
148A 5111
148B 5111
S0 handle

S01 type handle

Rating (A)

Type

16 125
16 125

Switch
Switch

16 125
16 125
16 125
16 125

Changeover
switches I - 0 - II
Changeover
switches I - 0 - II
Changeover
switches I - I+II - II
Changeover
switches I - I+II - II

No. of
poles
3/4 P(2)
3/4 P(2)

Front and side operation

Front and side operation

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1403 2113

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1403 2813(1)

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1403 2114

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

1403 2814(1)

Operation

Handle
External IP
colour
Black
IP65
Red/Yellow
IP65

Defeatable
handle
yes
yes

Reference

1403 2111
1404 2111
acces_304_a_1_cat

Type

access_343_a

S0 type handle
Rating (A)

S01 handle

(1) Padlockable in 3 positions

(2) Can also be used with 6 and 8 pole devices from 16 to 40 A.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

31

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Accessories (continued)
2(1".,5$WSDQM@KNODQ@SHNMG@MCKD
Rating (A)

Type

No. of
poles

Operation

Handle
colour

External
IP

Defeatable
handle

Reference

Black

IP55

yes

1491 0111
1493 0111

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Front and side

operation

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Front and side

operation

Black

IP65

yes

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Front and side

operation

Red/Yellow

IP65

yes

1494 0111

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Left side

Black

IP65

no

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Left side

Red/Yellow

IP65

no

149A 9111
149B 9111

acces_343_a

S0 type handle

S0 handle

S1 type handle
Type

No. of
poles

Operation

Handle
colour

External
IP

Defeatable
handle

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP55

yes

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Front

Black

IP65

yes

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Front

Red/Yellow

IP65

yes

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Right side

Black

IP55

no

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Right side

Black

IP65

no

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Right side

Red/Yellow

IP65

no

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Left side

Black

IP65

no

100 160

Switch

3/4 P

Left side

Red/Yellow

IP65

no

Reference

1411 2111
1413 2111
1414 2111
1415 2111
1517 2111
1418 2111
141A 2111
141B 2111

acces_284_a_2_cat

Rating (A)

S1 Handle

Shaft for external handle

Handle

Type

Length (mm)

Reference

16 ... 125

S000/S00/S0 type

Switch

150 mm

16 ... 125

S000/S00/S0 type

Switch

200 mm

16 ... 125

S000/S00/S0 type

Switch

320 mm

16 ... 125

S01 type

Switch

200 mm

16 ... 125

S01 type

Switch

320 mm

16 ... 125

S01 type

Switch

400 mm

1407 0515
1407 0520
1407 0532
1404 0520
1404 0532
1404 0540

SIRCO M 6/8 P load break switch and 3/4 P changeover switch

Rating (A)

Handle

Type

Length (mm)

Reference

16 80

S00, S000 type

6/8 P and changeover switch

150 mm

16 80

S00, S000 type

6/8 P and changeover switch

200 mm

16 80

S00, S000 type

6/8 P and changeover switch

320 mm

100 125

S00 type

6/8 P and changeover switch

150 mm

100 125

S00 type

6/8 P and changeover switch

200 mm

100 125

S00 type

6/8 P and changeover switch

320 mm

16 40

S01 type

6/8 P

200 mm

16 40

S01 type

6/8 P

320 mm

16 40

S01 type

6/8 P

400 mm

16 80

S01 type

Changeover switch

200 mm

16 80

S01 type

Changeover switch

320 mm

16 80

S01 type

Changeover switch

400 mm

100 125

S01 type

Changeover switch

150 mm

100 125

S01 type

Changeover switch

200 mm

100 125

S01 type

Changeover switch

320 mm

1407 0515
1407 0520
1407 0532
1409 0615
1409 0620
1409 0632
1404 0520
1404 0532
1404 0540
1404 0520
1404 0532
1404 0540
1409 0615
1409 0620
1409 0632

For SIRCO MV

32

Rating (A)

Handle

Type

Length (mm)

Reference

100 ... 160

S0 type

Switch

150 mm

100 ... 160

S0 type

Switch

200 mm

100 ... 160

S0 type

Switch

320 mm

100 ... 160

S1 type

Switch

200 mm

100 ... 160

S1 type

Switch

320 mm

100 ... 160

S1 type

Switch

400 mm

1409 0615
1409 0620
1409 0632
1401 0620
1401 0632
1401 0640

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_346_a_1_cat

SIRCO M 3/4 P
Rating (A)

Use
Standard lengths:
- 150 mm,
- 200 mm,
- 320 mm,
- 400 mm.
Other lengths: Please consult us.
For 3/4 pole switches, shaft extensions are
for external front and side operation.
For 6/8 pole switches and changeover
switches, shaft extensions are for front
operation only.

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Shaft guide for external operation

Description

Handle type

To be ordered in
multiples of

Shaft guide

S00 and S0 / S000

10 pieces

Shaft guide

S01 and S1

1 piece

acces_260_a_2_cat

This accessory enables handle to engage

extension shaft with a misalignment of up
to 15 mm.
Required for a shaft lengths over 320 mm.

Use
To guide the shaft extension into the
external handle.

Reference

1419 0000
1429 0000

SGONKD CCHSHNM@KONKDENQ2(1".,
Use
Installation of this switched pole converts:
@ONKD2(1".,HMSN@ONKDKN@CAQD@JRVHSBG
@ONKD2(1".,HMSN@MONKDKN@CAQD@JRVHSBG
@ONKD2(1".,BG@MFDNUDQRVHSBGHMSN@ONKD
changeover switch..
Reference

2200 1000
2200 1001
2200 1002
2200 1003
2200 1004
2200 1006
2200 1008
2200 1010
2200 1011

4th pole

acces_324_a

Type
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched

acces_323_a

No. of poles
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P

acces_322_a

Rating (A)
16
20
25
32
40
63
80
100
125

-DTSQ@KONKD

Protective
earth module

1P

unswitched

100 125

1P

unswitched

2200 5005
2200 5009
2200 5011

Protective earth module

Use
/QNUHCDR@OQNSDBSHUDD@QSGONKDENQ@ONKD2(1".,
No. of poles

Type

Reference

16 40

Rating (A)

1P

unswitched

63 80

1P

unswitched

100 125

1P

unswitched

2200 9005
2200 9009
2200 9011

N or PE

63 80

N or PE

Reference

unswitched

N or PE

Type

1P

N or PE

No. of poles

16 40

N or PE

Rating (A)

N or PE

Use
/QNUHCDR@RNKHCMDTSQ@KONKDENQ@ONKD2(1".,

sircm_078_a_1_gb_cat

-DTSQ@KONKD

Additional pole configuration

Terminal shrouds

For SIRCO M
No. of poles
1P
3P
1P
3P
1P
3P

Position
top and bottom
top and bottom
top and bottom
top and bottom
top and bottom
top and bottom

Reference

2(1".,/

2294 1005
2294 3005
2294 1009
2294 3009
2294 1011
2294 3016

No. of poles

Position

Reference

100 160

3P

top and bottom

100 160

4P

top and bottom

2294 3016
2294 4016

acces_327_a

For SIRCO MV
Rating (A)

2(1".,/

2(1".,5/

2(1".,5/

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_326_a

Rating (A)
16 40
16 40
63 80
63 80
100 125
100 125

acces_329_a

acces_328_a

Use
Top and bottom protection against direct contact with the terminals or connection parts.
U@HK@AKDHMNQONKDUDQRHNMRENQ2(1".,@MCHMNQONKDUDQRHNMRENQ2(1".,5
An opening on each terminal cover makes it possible to insert a temperature measurement probe.

33

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Accessories (continued)
,SXOD@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
M type

acces_320_a

,@W@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSRLNCTKDR
Pre-break is not guaranteed on the
2(1".,5
Characteristics
-.
-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR(/VHSGEQNMS
operation.

Use
Pre-break and signalisation of positions 0
@MC(AX-.
-"NQ-.@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
They allow to anticipate the switching of the
main poles. They can be mounted on the
KDESNQNMSGDQHFGSRHCDNESGDCDUHBD
SIRCO M
Rating (A)

Number of AC

Type of AC

16 125

1 AC

-.
-"

16 125

1 AC

-.

2299 0001
2299 0011

SIRCO MV
Rating (A)

Number of AC

-.

Reference

Type of AC

Reference

100 160

1 AC

-.
-"

100 160

1 AC

-.

2299 0001
2299 0011

-.
-"

Auxiliary contact configurations

for SIRCO M
Pre-break

,@WAKNBJR,@W "

-N/QDAQD@J

Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)

Nominal current
(A)

-.
-"

230 VAC
AC-13

AC-15

10

10

sircm_188_a_1_gb_cat

Contact type

Auxiliary contact configurations for SIRCO MV

1

sircm_098_a_1_cat

 ,@WHLTL4SXOD
auxiliary contacts.
 ,@WHLTL,SXOD
auxiliary contact modules.

sircm_048_a_1_x_cat

U type
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A)

Number of AC

Type of AC

Reference

100 160

1 AC

-"

100 160

1 AC

-.

3999 0701
3999 0702

Characteristics
Contact Nominal
type
current (A)

Operating current Ie (A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-15

AC-15

DC-13

DC-13

-"

10

1.8

2.8

1.4

-.

10

1.8

2.8

1.4

Use
/QDAQD@J@MCRHFM@KHR@SHNMAX-.NQ-"@TWHKH@QX
contact.
,@WHLTL@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR .MKX@U@HK@AKDENQ
2(1".,5RVHSBGDR

Conversion kit
Conversion kit
for 6 or 8 pole
load break
switches

acces_348_a

2(1".,BG@MFDNUDQRVHSBGDROQNUHCDNM
load changeover switching between two
sources or two low voltage power circuits,
as well as their safety isolation (I - 0 - II);
transfer without interruption of the supply is
also possible (I - I+II - II).
Conversion kits are supplied with a direct
front operation handle. For external operation
the appropriate handle needs to be ordered.

Conversion kit
for changeover
switches I - 0 - II

acces_49_a

Use
This accessory enables the assembly of two
3 pole switches (+ additional pole) in order
to create a:
NQONKD2(1".,KN@CAQD@JRVHSBG
@NQONKD2(1".,BG@MFDNUDQRVHSBG

Load break switches 6/8 P

Type
6/8P switch
6/8P switch

Reference

2269 6009
2269 6011

Changeover switches I - 0 - II
Rating (A)
Type
16 80
Changeover switches I - 0 - II
100 125 Changeover switches I - 0 - II

34

acces_350_a

Rating (A)
16 80
100 125

Changeover switches I - I+II - II

Reference

2209 6009
2209 6011

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Rating (A)
Type
16 80
Changeover switches I - I+II - II
100 125 Changeover switches I - I+II - II

Reference

2299 6009
2299 6011

Conversion kit for changeover

switches I - I+II - II

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

The external handle is quick and easy

to install with the supplied locking nut
mounted on the inside of the enclosure.
3 kits are available:
- one for complete IP2X protection
- one with compact design
NMDHMRSDDKENQ/@MC/

acces_331_a

Use
This kit enables the direct mounting of the
switch on the panel door, or on the left or
right side of the panel.
The connection clamps of the switch are
always accessible.

acces_330_a

Door mounting kit

3/4 pole

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Description

Reference

16 80

3/4 P

Complete IP2X protection

16 80

3/4 P

Compact version

16 80

6/8 P

Steel support

100 ... 125

3/4 P

Steel support

2299 3309
2299 3409
2299 3609
2299 3609

acces_332_a

For SIRCO M

6/8 pole

Cap for side operation mounting

This piece snaps into place directly on the
front face of the switch.
sircm_126_a_2_cat

Use
This accessory enables the front face of the
2(1".,SNADB@OODCVGDMSGDRVHSBGHR
side operated. 20 pieces supplied per pack.
For SIRCO M
Rating (A)

Pack

Reference

16 125

20 pieces

2299 9409

6/8 pole joining accessory

For multi-pole switches, please consult us.
sircm_134_a_2_cat

Use
This accessory enables two 3/4 pole
switches to be coupled in order to provide
a 6 or 8 pole switch for external side
operation.40 pieces supplied per pack.
For SIRCO M
Rating (A)
16 80

Pack

Reference

40 pieces

2299 9909

#(-Q@HKKNBJHMFBKHO
Use
3GHRKNBJHMFBKHOOQDUDMSRSGD2(1".,5EQNLRKHCHMFVGDM
#(-Q@HKLNTMSDC
Type

Reference

100 160

+NBJHMFBKHO,

100 160

+NBJHMFBKHO,

5000 0041
5000 0051

acces_337_a

For SIRCO MV
Rating (A)

5NKS@FDRDMRHMF@MCONVDQRTOOKXS@O

acces_336_a

Use
3GHRRHMFKDONKDUNKS@FDRDMRHMFS@O@KKNVRSGDBNMMDBSHNMNEW LL
UNKS@FDRDMRHMFNQONVDQB@AKDRSN@MX2(1".,5ONVDQSDQLHM@KVHSGNTS
reducing its connection capacity.
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A)

Pack

Reference

100 160

2 pieces

1399 4006

General Catalogue 2013-2014

35

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

2(1".,SN
Thermal current Ith (40 C)

16 A

20 A

25 A

32 A

40 A

63 A

80 A

100 A

125 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui5

800

800

800

800

800

800

800

800

800

Rated impulse withstand voltage UimpJ5

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

5 "

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

25/25

25/25

63/63

63/63

80/80

100/100

5 "

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5 "

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

32/40

40/63

63/80

80/100

100/125

5 "

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

25/25

25/25

40/40

40/40

63/63

63/63

5#"

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5#"

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

16/16(2)

20/20(2)

25/25(2)

32/32(2)

40/40(2)

63/63(2)

80/80(2)

5#"

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

5#"

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

16/16(3)

20/20(3)

25/25(3)

32/32(3)

40/40(3)

63/63(3)

80/80(3)

5#"

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

100/100

125/125

5#"

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

16/16(4)

20/20(4)

25/25(4)

25/25(4)

25/25(4)

40/40(4)

40/40(4)

63/63(4)

63/63(4)

5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6(5)

7.5

11

15

18.5

30

37

45

55

5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6(5)

7.5

11

15

18.5

30

37

45

55

5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6(5)

7.5

11

15

15

15

30

37

45

55

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

25

25

Associated fuse rating (A)

16

20

25

32

40

63

80

100

125

Rated voltage

100/100(2) 125/125(2)
100/100

125/125

100/100(3) 125/125(3)

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)(6)

Circuit breaker protected short-circuit withstand with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms)

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms)

1.26

1.26

1.26

1.26

1.26

1.5

1.5

2.75

2.75

Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm (kA peak)

1.8

1.8

1.8

1.8

1.8

2.1

2.1

3.9

3.9

,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2.5

2.5

10

10

,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL

16

16

16

16

16

35

35

70

70

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

4/4.4

4/4.4

Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Connection

3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDLHML@W-L

3.5 / 3.85 3.5 / 3.85

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

.ODQ@SHMFDEENQSONKDCDUHBD-L

1.4

1.4

1.6

1.6

.ODQ@SHMFDEENQSONKDCDUHBD-L

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.6

1.6

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

0.18

0.18

0.18

0.18

0.18

0.27

0.27

0.55

0.55

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

0.23

0.23

0.23

0.23

0.23

0.33

0.33

0.72

0.72

Weight of a 6 pole device (kg)

0.40

0.40

0.40

0.40

0.40

0.59

0.59

1.30

1.30

Weight of a 8 pole device (kg)

0.50

0.50

0.50

0.50

0.50

0.69

0.69

1.65

1.65

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

0.40

0.40

0.40

0.40

0.40

0.59

0.59

1.30

1.30

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

0.50

0.50

0.50

0.50

0.50

0.69

0.69

1.65

1.65

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) one pole per polarity.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 poles in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-".
(4) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.

36

General Catalogue 2013-2014

(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer
to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

2(1".,5SN
Thermal current Ith (40 C)
Rated insulation voltage Ui5
Rated impulse withstand voltage UimpJ5

100 A

125 A

160 A

800

800

800

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

5 "

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5 "

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5 "

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5 "

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

100/100

125/125

125/160

5 "

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5 "

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5 "

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

100/100

125/125

125/160

5 "

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

80/80

100/100

100/100

5 "

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5 "

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5 "

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

63/80

80/100

100/125

5 "

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

63/63

80/80

80/80

5#"

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5#"

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

100/100(2)

125/125(2)

160/160(2)

5#"

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5#"

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

100/100(3)

125/125(3)

160/160(3)

5#"

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

100/100

125/125

160/160

5#"

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

100/100(4)

125/125(4)

160/160(4)

5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6(5)

45

55

75

5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6(5)

45

55

75

5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6(5)

45

75

75

Rated voltage

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

(6)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

100

65

50

Associated fuse rating (A)

100

125

160

Circuit breaker protected short-circuit withstand with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms)

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms)

Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm (kA peak)

,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL

10

10

10

,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL

70

70

70

4 / 4.4

4 / 4.4

4 / 4.4

50 000

Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Connection

3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDLHML@W-L

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

50 000

50 000

.ODQ@SHMFDEENQSONKDCDUHBD-L

.ODQ@SHMFDEENQSONKDCDUHBD-L

4.2

4.2

4.2

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

0.68

0.68

0.68

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

0.85

0.85

0.85

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) One pole per polarity.
(3) 2 poles in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-".
(4) 2 poles in series per polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

37

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Dimensions
2(1".,
SIRCO M 16 to 80 A
Direct operation with handle

F
M
1

G
68

N
AC

8.8 F1
M5

F
M

F1 8.8

50

1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched
neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.
Note: max 2 additional blocks.

8.8

F1
M5

F1

8.8

1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched
neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.
Note: max 2 additional blocks.

External front operation

External side operation

36

E
D

36

81
64
50.6
B

F
M
J

36

sircm_054_e_1_x_cat

50

75
64

G
68

90

sircm_052_b_1_x_cat

N
AC

81
73
64

44

71

T
M5

1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched
neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact only.
Note: max 2 additional blocks.

A. S000 Handle
B. S01 Handle.
C. S00 Handle.

Terminal
shrouds

Overall dimensions

Rating (A)

F1 8.8

8.8 F1

6
50

38

N
AC

G
68
41

80

45

25

sircm_053_b_1_x_cat

Toggle operation

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

D min

D max

E min

E max

AC

F1

1640

30

235

100

372

110

45

15

68

15

30

75

15

6380

30

235

100

372

110

52.5

17.5

76

17.5

35

85

17.5

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

2(1".,
SIRCO M 16 to 80 A (continued)
Direct front operation for 6/8 pole load break switches
or 3/4 pole changeover switches.

External front operation for 6/8 pole load break switches or

3/4 pole changeover switches.

45

25

6
8,8

F1

F1
T

44

36

34,7

7,5

T
52,5

Overall dimensions
E min
E max
105
372
105
372

1640
6380

43

8,8

1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module

(1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole or
1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.

Rating (A)

2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.

Note: max 2 additional blocks.

sircm_182_d_1_x_cat

80

78

68

N
G

52,5

71

89
1

45

J
F2
M

A. S000 Handle.
B. S00 Handle.
C. S01 Handle.

F
97.5
105

F1
15
17.5

F
M

Switch body
F2
45
52.5

G
68
76

Switch mounting
M
N
30
75
35
85

J
48.75
52.5

Connection
T
X
15
7.5
17.5
8.75

SIRCO M 100 to 125 A

Direct operation with handle
75
64

N
AC

1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched
neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.
Note: max 2 additional blocks.

sircm_056_d_1_x_cat

8.8

53

F1

F1

8.8

M5

External front operation

37

External side operation

E
81
64
50.6

37

F
M
J

41

N
AC

71
88

80

sircm_057_d_1_x_cat

37

44
6

8.8

F1

53

100 125

D min
30

Overall dimensions
D max
E min
201
100

F1

8.8

M5

1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or

1 unswitched neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.

Rating (A)

E max
372

A. S01 Handle.

2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.

Note: max 2 additional blocks.

Terminal shrouds
AC
189

F
78

Switch body
F1
G
26
124.6

B. S0 Handle.

J
13

Switch mounting
M
N
26
131.4

Connection
T
26

General Catalogue 2013-2014

39

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Dimensions (continued)
2(1".,SN /@MC/BG@MFDNUDQRVHSBG
Direct front operation for 3/4 pole changeover switches

84.5

79.6
M

50

13.8

36

F1

100

8.8

79.6

Overall dimensions

100 125

1. Location for: 1 main pole or 1 auxiliary contact (See accessories page 33 and 34).
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only
Note: max 2 additional blocks.

Rating (A)

sircm_183_e_1_x_cat

71

68

External front operation for 3 and 4 pole changeover switches

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

E min

E max

F1

105

372

159

26

124.5

52.8

131.5

26

2(1".,5
SIRCO MV - 100 to 160 A
Direct front operation

A
109
35 26

B
135
61

8,8

70

71
88

131,4
189

124,6

8,8

D
44

sircm_058_c_1_x_cat

2
76
64

External front operation

110 min.
C
357 max.
37
69,9
29,5

1
6

26
M5

A. 3 poles
B. 4 poles

 ,@WHLTL,SXOD@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
 ,@WHLTL4SXOD@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR

C. S0 type handle
D. S1 type handle

External side operation

A
69,9
50,6

B
109
26
57

C
135

30 min.
300 max.

D
37

F
69,9

E
44

83

8,8

70

71
88

124,6

189
131,4

8,8

1
6
53

26
M5

A. Right side operation.

B. 3 poles
C. 4 poles

40

General Catalogue 2013-2014

2
D. S0 type handle
E. S1 type handle
F. Left side operation

 ,@WHLTL,SXOD@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
 ,@WHLTL4SXOD@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR

sircm_059_d_1_x_cat

53

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Dimensions for external handles

2(1".,
Handle type

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

Load break switches

Door drilling

Right side operation

I

S000 type
I

90

90

With 4 xing screws

With xing nut

3.2

45

22.5

13.5

22

45

27

poign_016_a_1_gb_cat

16 to 80 A

25
3.2
36

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

0
or
I+II

S000 type
Changeover switches
I-0-II and I - I+II - II

With 4 xing screws

90

90

22.5

25

poign_017_b_1_gb_cat

27

II
3.2

45

With xing nut

22

45

Door drilling

3.2

13.5

36

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

S00 type
Load break switches

Door drilling

I
90

90

40

40

27

47

28

71

71

IP65 with 4 xing screws

IP55 with 2 xing clips

Right side operation

36

28

Handle type

31

37

Left side operation

With xing nut

I
13.5

poign_024_a_1_gb_cat

90

0
22.5

Front operation
Direction of operation

Door drilling
IP55 with 2 xing clips

0
or
I+II

With xing nut

13.5

37

37

22.5

90

71

40

90

71

IP65 with 4 xing screws

I
36

II
28

27

28

poign_025_b_1_gb_cat

S00 type
Changeover switches
I-0-II and I - I+II - II

40

Handle type

47

General Catalogue 2013-2014

41

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

Dimensions for external handles

2(1".,BNMSHMTDC
16 to 80 A 3/4 P and 16 to 40 A 6/8 P
Handle type

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

Load break switches

I
9

90

IP65 with 4 xing screws

37
poign_018_a_1_gb_cat

41

80

40

78

Door drilling

Right side operation

I

S01 type

47

44

28

Front operation
Direction of operation

S01 type

Door drilling

0
or
I+II

IP65 with 4 xing screws

40

90

90

Changeover switches
I-0-II and I - I+II - II

78

47

28

II

41

80

poign_019_b_1_gb_cat

Handle type

37

44

100 to 125 A
Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

S0 type
Load break switches

Door drilling

90

27

47

28

88

71

40

40

IP65 with 4 xing screws

IP55 with 2 xing clips

Right side operation

I

28

Handle type

31

37

37

Left side operation

With xing nut

poign_026_a_1_gb_cat

13.5

90

0
22.5

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation
Right side operation
I

S01 type
Load break switches

90

90

IP65 with 4 xing screws

37

41

80

40

78

Door drilling

47

44

42

General Catalogue 2013-2014

28

poign_018_a_1_gb_cat

Handle type

SIRCO M and MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A

2(1".,5
100 to 160 A
Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

S0 type
Load break switches

Door drilling

Right side operation

I

90

90

27

71

47

28

88

40

40

IP65 with 4 xing screws

IP55 with 2 xing clips

28

Handle type

31

37

37

Left side operation

With xing nut

13.5

poign_026_a_1_gb_cat

90

0
22.5

Handle type
S1 type
Load break switches

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

Door drilling
IP55 with 2 xing clips

Right side operation

IP65 with 4 xing screws

40

40

I
90

90

27

47

78

28

28

70

37

31

Left side operation

poign_027_a_1_gb_cat

44

I
90

General Catalogue 2013-2014

43

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A
The solution for
Industry.
Non critical buildings.
Public Access Sites.
High Rise Buildings.

ide_021_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

>
>
>
>

ide_022_a_1_cat

IDE 4x40 A
Direct operation

Strong points
> Safety.
> Easy to install.
> Low consumption.

IDE 4x40 A
External operation

Empty enclosure for IDE

> This drilled
pre-equipped
IP65 enclosure
enables
immediate
installation of a
direct control
rear mounted IDE without
auxiliary contact.

Function
IDE are manually operated multipolar load
break switches with a remote tripping
function.
They make and break under load conditions
and provide safety isolation for any low
voltage electric circuit, particularly for
compliance with the machine directive.

General characteristics
q Positive break indication.
q IP2X protection with terminal shrouds
(accessory).
q Shunt trip or undervoltage trip coil.

Advantages
Safety
Remote tripping is especially adapted for
protection against automatic machine restart
after isolation and restoration of the mains
voltage (EN 60204.1 7.5).
Low consumption
The device coils (including undervoltage)
have a low consumption, providing increased
reliability.

44

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Easy to install
As standard the IDE is supplied with its
tripping coil factory fitted and with its
connections made internally.
For IDE 125 and 160A a factory fitted auxiliary
contact is supplied as standard, simplifying
product installation.The various fixing systems
(front or rear mount with direct or external
operation) enable easy device implementation.

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A

What you need to know

q Direct and external operation handles are available for the IDE.
q IDEs are supplied in 3 or 4 pole versions, with two mounting types available:
- rear mounting on a back-plate or DIN-rail, direct or external operation.
- door or panel mounting, direct operation.
External operation

ide_009_c_1_x_cat

ide_008_b_1_x_cat

Direct operation

2
1. Base mounted

1. Base mounted
2. Door mounted

q Available in 230 or 400 VAC versions, the IDEs can be tripped remotely via a shunt trip or undervoltage coil.
They are used to protect against automatic restarting and to prevent damage caused if the network
malfunctions and is then re-established.

q Factory fitted, the IDEs tripping coil is connected internally.

The coil is supplied between:
- L1 and N for 230 VAC devices.
- L1 and L2 for 400 VAC devices.
For an IDE 32 A, an actuator relay can be incorporated between D2 and D14 (other wiring on request).

IDE 32 A

Internal cabling IDE 40 to 160 A

D2

14

L1

L2

L3

L1

L2 L3

OI
OI

PE

T1

T2

T3

ide_019_b_1_x_cat

ide_018_c_1_x_cat

U >
N1 T1 T1

24

T1

14

General Catalogue 2013-2014

45

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A

References
Base mounted

Rating (A)
32 A

No. of poles
3P

Switch body
Undervoltage
coil

Switch body
Shunt trip coil

1260 3003(1)
1270 3003(2)

4P
3P
40 A
4P
3P
63 A
4P
3P
125 A
4P
3P
160 A
4P

1260 3004(1)(3)
1270 3004(2)(3)
1260 4004(1)(3)
1270 4004(2)(3)
1260 3007(1)(3)
1270 3007(2)(3)
1260 4007(1)(3)
1270 4007(2)(3)
1260 3013(1)
1270 3013(2)
1260 4013(1)
1270 4013(2)
1260 3016(1)
1270 3016(2)
1260 4016(1)
1270 4016(2)

1280 3004(1)(3)
1290 3004(2)(3)
1280 4004(1)(3)
1290 4004(2)(3)
1280 3007(1)(3)
1290 3007(2)(3)
1280 4007(1)(3)
1290 4007(2)(3)
1280 3013(1)
1290 3013(2)
1280 4013(1)
1290 4013(2)
1280 3016(1)
1290 3016(2)
1280 4016(1)
1290 4016(2)

Direct handle

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Terminal
covers top/
bottom
(2 sets)

Black IP65

Black IP65

1299 5012

1299 6022

1 contact NO+NC

3/4 P

Red / Yellow IP65

Red / Yellow IP65

1299 5001

1299 8003

1299 5013

1299 6023

Black IP65

1299 6032

1 contact NO+NC

3/4 P

Red / Yellow IP65

Red / Yellow IP65

1299 0031

1299 8007

1299 6143(4)

Empty
enclosure

1295 9001(5)

Black IP65

1299 6142(4)

1299 6033

Please consult us

Black IP65

Black IP65

1299 5032

1299 6042

1 contact NO+NC

3/4 P

Red / Yellow IP65

Red / Yellow IP65

1299 0021

1299 8013

1299 5033

1299 6043

(1) 230 VAC.

(2) 400 VAC.
(3) Modular device.
(4) Modular handle.
(5) This drilled pre-equipped enclosure enables immediate installation of a direct control rear
mounted IDE without auxiliary contact, with protection rating of IP65.

46

External operation
200 mm

Position
auxiliary
contact

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A

Door mounted

Rating (A)
32 A

No. of poles
3P

Switch body
Undervoltage coil

Switch body
Shunt trip coil

1210 3003(1)
1220 3003(2)

3P
4P
3P
63 A
4P
3P
125 A
4P
3P
160 A
4P

Auxiliary contact
position

Terminal covers top/

bottom (2 sets)

Black IP65

4P

40 A

Direct handle

1299 5012

1 contact NO+NC

3/4 P

Red / Yellow IP65

1299 5001

1299 8003

1299 5013
1210 3004(1)
1220 3004(2)
1210 4004(1)
1220 4004(2)
1210 3007(1)
1220 3007(2)
1210 4007(1)
1220 4007(2)
1210 3013(1)
1220 3013(2)
1210 4013(1)
1220 4013(2)
1210 3016(1)
1220 3016(2)
1210 4016(1)
1220 4016(2)

1230 3004(1)
1240 3004(2)
1230 4004(1)
1240 4004(2)
1230 3007(1)
1240 3007(2)
1230 4007(1)
1240 4007(2)
1230 3013(1)
1240 3013(2)
1230 4013(1)
1240 4013(2)
1230 3016(1)
1240 3016(2)
1230 4016(1)
1240 4016(2)

Black IP65

1299 5022

1 contact NO+NC

3/4 P

Red / Yellow IP65

1299 0031

1299 8007

1299 5023

Black IP65

1299 5032

1 contact NO+NC

3/4 P

Red / Yellow IP65

1299 0021

1299 8013

1299 5033

(1) 230 VAC.

(2) 400 VAC.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

47

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A

Accessories
Direct operation handle for base mounting
Rating (A)

Handle colour

External IP

32

Black

IP65

32

Red/Yellow

IP65

40 63

Black

IP65

40 63

Red/Yellow

IP65

125 160

Black

IP65

125 160

Red/Yellow

IP65

Reference

1299 5012
1299 5013
1299 6142(1)
1299 6143(1)
1299 5032
1299 5033

(1) Modular handle.

Direct operation handle for door mounting

Rating (A)

Handle colour

External IP

Reference

32

Black

IP65

32

Red/Yellow

IP65

1299 5012
1299 5013
1299 5022
1299 5023
1299 5032
1299 5033

40 63

Black

IP65

40 63

Red/Yellow

IP65

125 160

Black

IP65

125 160

Red/Yellow

IP65

External operation for rear mounting device

Use
Standard shaft length: 200 mm.
Other lengths: Please consult us.
Shaft extension and black handle
Rating (A)

Shaft length (mm)

External IP

Reference

32

200

IP65

40 63

200

IP65

125 160

200

IP65

1299 6022
1299 6032
1299 6042

Shaft extension and red handle

Rating (A)

48

Shaft length (mm)

External IP

Reference

32

200

IP65

40 63

200

IP65

125 160

200

IP65

1299 6023
1299 6033
1299 6043

General Catalogue 2013-2014

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A

Position auxiliary contact

ide_023_b_1_cat

Connection to the control circuit

By terminal.

Use
1 NO+NC auxiliary contact for position 0
and I signalling.
Characteristics
Rating (A)

Contact type

Nominal current (A)

32 63

NO + NC

12

125 160

NO + NC

Rating (A)

Mounting

Contact(s)

Reference

32

by customer

1 NO+NC

40 63

by customer

1 NO+NC

125 160

by customer

1 NO+NC

125 160

factory fitted

1 NO+NC

1299 5001
1299 0031
1299 0021
1299 0121

Terminal shrouds

Rating (A)

Position

Reference

32

top / bottom

40 63

top / bottom

125 160

top / bottom

1299 8003(1)
1299 8007(1)
1299 8013(1)

ide_035_a_1_cat

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact with
terminals or connection parts.
Top and bottom pair.

(1) Reference composed of 2 pieces.

IP65 enclosure for direct operation IDE

Use
This drilled pre-equipped IP65 enclosure
enables immediate installation of a direct
operation, rear mounted IDE without
auxiliary contact.
Rating (A)
32
40 160

Reference

1295 9001
Please consult us

General Catalogue 2013-2014

49

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A

Characteristics
Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3
IDE - 32 to 160 A
Thermal current Ith (40 C)

32 A

40 A

63 A

125 A

160 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

690

690

690

690

690

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

415 VAC

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

32/32

40/40

63/63

125/125

160/160

415 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

32/32

40/40

63/63

125/125

160/160

415 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

32/32

40/40

63/63

125/125

160/160

415 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

14/14

40/40

63/63

125/125

160/160

Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage

415 VAC

AC-3

14

30

44

100

100

690 VAC

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

32/32

40/40

63/63

125/125

160/160

690 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

32/32

40/40

63/63

125/125

160/160

690 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

13/13

32/32

40/40

125/125

160/160

690 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

4.9/4.9

17.5/17.5

21/21

42/42

49/49

7.5

22

30

63

80

7.5

15

22

55

55

Operational power in AC-23 A (kW)

(2)

415 VAC without pre-break AC

Operational power in AC-3 A (kW)

(2)

415 VAC without pre-break AC

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

(3)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

10

10

Associated fuse rating (A)

32

40

63

125

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. ICW (kA rms)

1.5

1.5

2.5

2.5

Icm (prospective kA peak)

5.2

5.2

6.6

6.6

Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)

2.5

2.5

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)

10

10

70

70

1.2/1.5

2/2.5

2/2.5

6/12

6/12

30 000

Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Connection

Tightening torque min/max (Nm)

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

100 000

50 000

50 000

30 000

Operating effort - 3 pole device (Nm)

0.35

0.38

0.45

1.6

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

0.26

0.35

0.39

1.35

1.45

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(3) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.

50

General Catalogue 2013-2014

IDE
Load break switches for machine control
Remotely trippable switch from 32 to 160 A

Dimensions
IDE 32 A
Direct operation with door or
panel mounting

Direct operation with DIN-rail mounting

Door interlocked external front operation

with DIN-rail mounting

47

34 55.5
4 max.

7.3

67

79
min. 52

63

ide_031_a_1_x_cat

4.5

72

58.5
92

M4

Enclosure for IDE 32 A

4.5
34

75

91

ide_024_a_1_x_cat

106

72

121

76

1. For PE 16 mm

IDE 40 to 63 A
Direct operation with door or
panel mounting

Door interlocked external front operation

with DIN-rail or back plate mounting

Direct operation with DIN-rail or

back plate mounting

47

72

83

92

M4

76
100

72

34
68
4 max.

ide_032_a_1_x_cat

35

4.3

18

min. 76

73

IDE 125 to 160 A

Direct operation with door or
panel mounting

Direct operation with DIN-rail or

back plate mounting

65

110

min. 76

ide_033_a_1_x_cat

38
67
80

90

5.2 max.

M5

115
144

96

44
88
4 max.

Door interlocked external front operation

with DIN-rail or back plate mounting

125

General Catalogue 2013-2014

51

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
from 125 to 5000 A

sirco_456_a_1

Load break
switches

The solution for

new

>
>
>
>
>

Main switchboard.
Distribution panel.
Emergency breaking.
Network coupling.
Local safety breaking.

sirco_273_a_1_cat

SIRCO 3 x 250 A
direct handle

Strong points
> Reliability and performance.
> Safety of property
and personnel.
> Simplicity.
> Easy to install.

SIRCO AC 3 x 250 A
direct handle

Enclosures

Function
SIRCO and SIRCO AC are manually operated multipolar load break switches.
They make and break under load conditions and provide safety isolation.
SIRCO are designed for 415 VAC and DC low voltage electrical circuits.
SIRCO AC are designed for heavy duty applications up to 690 VAC - AC 23.

General characteristics
q Double positive break indication given through a position indication window, located directly
on the product, and by the operating handle.
q Severe utilisation categories (AC-22 and AC-23).
q High resistance to damp heat (supplied "tropicalised").

Advantages
Reliability and performance
The SIRCOs double breaking per pole,
achieved through its sliding bar contact
system, is a proven design that offers very
high durability and short-circuit withstand.
The quick opening and rapid closure of the
SIRCOs contacts, combined with specifically
designed arcing chambers, provides
the SIRCO AC with improved breaking
performance.
Safety of property and personnel
The position indicator is located directly on
the sliding bar contact mechanism, ensuring it
can be seen in all circumstances.
The use of glass fibre reinforced polyester
gives the SIRCO and SIRCO AC both high
mechanical and thermal resistance.

52

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Simplicity
The standardisation of the SIRCO and
2(1". "Q@MFDDM@AKDR@BNRSQDCTBSHNM
in stock management and storage thanks to
their shared accessories.
Easy to install
Easy installation is facilitated thanks to:
q A good centre-to-centre distance
(up to 120 mm).
q Connection up to 6x185 mm.
q Connection accessories which facilitate
connection, both flat and edgewise
connections.

> 7KH6,5&2DQG6,5&2}$&
range can be easily fitted in
our enclosures and cabinets
designed for electrical
distribution.

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

What you need to know

sirco_372_b_1_cat

q In front direct or external operation, SIRCO

is available in 3 and 4 pole versions from
125 to 5000 A.
q It can be ordered in 6 or 8 pole versions
from 125 to 1600 A.
q The switch is available in a polyester or
sheet metal enclosure from 125 to 1250 A.

For ratings 2000, 2500 and 3200A, a copper bar connection kit enables the
connection between the two power terminals of one pole.

acces_223_b_2_cat

Edgewise connection
Top or bottom

acces_220_c_2_cat

Flat connection
Top or bottom

General Catalogue 2013-2014

53

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO - References
Front operation - 3 & 4 pole
Rating (A)

No. of poles
3P

125 A

4P
3P

160 A

4P
3P

200 A

4P
3P

250 A

4P
3P

315 A

4P
3P

400 A

4P
3P

500 A

4P
3P

630 A

4P
3P

800 A

4P

1000 A
CD 1250 A
1250 A
1600 A
1800 A
2000 A
2500 A
3200 A
4000 A
5000 A

3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Switch body
only(1)

2600 3014
2600 4014
2600 3017
2600 4017
2600 3021
2600 4021
2600 3026
2600 4026
2600 3032
2600 4032
2600 3041
2600 4041
2600 3051
2600 4051
2600 3064
2600 4064
2600 3081
2600 4081
2600 3099
2600 4099
2600 3119
2600 4119
2600 3121
2600 4121
2600 3161
2600 4161
2600 3181
2600 4181
2600 3200
2600 4200
2600 3250
2600 4250
2600 3320
2600 4320
2600 3401
2600 4401
2600 3500
2600 4500

Direct handle

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Shaft for external

Auxiliary contact
handle

B1 type
Black

Terminal
shrouds
3P

2694 3014(3)

2699 5042(2)

4P

Red

2694 4014(3)

2699 5043

3P

S2 type
Black IP55
B2 type
Black

1400 1020

Black IP65

1400 1032(2)

Red

Red IP65

1424 2111

2694 3021(3)

200 mm

1421 2111(2)

1423 2111

2699 5052(2)

4P

2694 4021(3)

320 mm

Terminal screens
3P

2698 3012(3)
4P

2698 4012(3)
3P

2698 3020(3)
4P

2698 4020(3)

500 mm

1400 1050
3P

2699 5053

2694 3051(3)
4P

2694 4051(3)

3P

2698 3050(3)
4P

2698 4050(3)

1st contact NO/NC

2699 0031
2nd contact NO/NC

2699 0032

3P

2698 3080(3)
4P

S4 type
Black IP65

1443 3111(2)
Red IP65
C2 type
Black

1444 3111

2698 4080(3)

200 mm

1401 1520
320 mm

1401 1532(2)
400 mm

1401 1540

3P

2698 3120(3)

(2)

2799 7012

4P

2698 4120(3)

Red

2799 7013

V2 type
Black IP65

2799 7136(2)
Red IP65

2799 7134

3P

2698 3200(3)

200 mm

4P

2799 3015

2698 4200(3)

320 mm

2799 3018(2)
450 mm
V0 type
Black

2799 7072(2)

(1) Device available enclosed (see "Enclosed load break switches" page 600).
(2) Standard.
(3) Top or bottom.

54

External handle

V0 type
Black IP65

2799 7155(2)

2799b

1st/2nd contact
NO/NC
included

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO AC - References
Heavy duty applications - Front operation 3 & 4 pole
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Switch body

3P

26AC 3020

4P

26AC 4020

3P

26AC 3025

4P

26AC 4025

3P

26AC 3031

4P

26AC 4031

1112 1111

3P

26AC 3040

J1 type
Red

4P

26AC 4040

1113 1111

3P

26AC 3050

4P

26AC 4050

3P

26AC 3063

200 A

250 A

315 A

400 A

500 A

CD 630 A
4P

26AC 4063

3P

26AC 3064

4P

26AC 4064

3P

26AC 3080

4P

26AC 4080

3P

26AC 3100

630 A

800 A

1000 A
4P

26AC 4100

3P

26AC 3120

4P

26AC 4120

3P

26AC 3121

4P

26AC 4121

3P

26AC 3160

4P

26AC 4160

3P

26AC 3200

CD 1250 A

1250 A

1600 A

Direct handle

4P

26AC 4200

3P

26AC 3400

4000 A
4P

26AC 4400

Shaft for external

Auxiliary contact
handle

Terminal
shrouds

3P

2694 3021(2)(3)

J1 type
Black

S2 type
Black
IP55

(1)

1421 2111(1)
Black
IP65

4P

2694 4021(2)(3)

Terminal screens

3P

2698 3020(3)
4P

2698 4020(3)

200 mm

1400 1020
320 mm

1400 1032(1)

1423 2111

500 mm

Red
IP65

1400 1050
3P

1424 2111

2694 3051(2)(3)
4P

2694 4051(2)(3)

3P

2698 3050(3)
4P

2698 4050(3)

1st contact NO/NC

2699 0031
2nd contact NO/NC

2699 0032
3P

2698 3080(2)(3)
J4 type
Black

1142 1111(1)
Red

S4 type
Black
IP65

1443 3111(1)
Red
IP65

1143 1111

4P

200 mm

2698 4080(2)(3)

1401 1520
320 mm

1401 1532(1)
400 mm

1444 3111

1401 1540
3P

2698 3120(2)(3)
4P

2698 4120(2)(3)
S5 type
Black

(1)

2799 7042

2000 A

External handle

S5 type
Black IP65

1453 8111(1)

Red

Red IP65

2799 7043

1454 8111

V0 type
Black

V0 type
Black

(1)

2799 7072

(1)

2799 7155

3P

2698 3200(2)(3)

200 mm

2799 3015
320 mm

4P

2698 4200(2)(3)

(1)

2799 3018
450 mm

2799 3019

1st / 2nd
included

3/4P

1509 4200(4)

(1) Standard.
(2) Mandatory for voltage greater than 415 VAC.
(3) Top or bottom.
(4) Top and bottom.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

55

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO - References
Standard applications - Front operation - 6 & 8 pole
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Switch body

6P

2601 6013

8P

2601 8013

Direct handle

125 A

6P

2601 6016

8P

2601 8016

6P

2601 6025

8P

2601 8025

6P

2601 6040

B3 type
Black

4199 5012(1)

External handle

S2 Type
Black IP55

1421 2111(1)
Red IP65

1424 2111

160 A

Shaft for external

Auxiliary contact
handle

200 mm

Terminal
shrouds

6P

2694 3014(2)(3)

1400 1020
320 mm

8P

1400 1032(1)

2694 4014(2)(3)

6P

2694 3021(2)(3)

250 A

8P

2694 4021(2)(3)
C1 type
Black

(1)

2799 7052

400 A
8P

2601 8040

6P

2601 6063

Red

2799 7053

S4 type
Black IP65

1443 3111(1)
Red IP65

1444 3111

Terminal screens

6P

1509 3012(4)
8P

1509 4012(4)

6P

1509 3025(4)
8P

1509 4025(4)

200 mm

1401 1520
320 mm

6P

1401 1532(1)

2694 3051(2)(3)
1st contact NO/NC

2699 0061

630 A

8P

2694 4051(2)(3)

6P

1509 3063(4)
8P

1509 4063(4)

2nd contact NO/NC

8P

2601 8063

6P

2601 6080

8P

2601 8080

6P

2601 6100

8P

2601 8100

2699 0062

800 A

1000 A

6P

1509 3080(4)
C1 type
Black

2799 7012(1)
6P

2601 6120

8P

2601 8120

6P

2601 6160

8P

2601 8160

1250 A

1600 A

2799 7145(1)

320 mm

1509 4080(4)

2799 3018(1)

2799 7013

6P

1509 3160(4)
8P

(1) Standard.
(2) Upstream or downstream at the front or rear of the device.
(3) Select 2 sets for front or rear.
(4) Upstream or downstream at the front of the device.

56

Red

8P

V1 type
Black IP65

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1509 4160(4)

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Accessories

Reference

Black
Red
Black
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black

2699 5042(1)
2699 5043
4199 5012(1)
2699 5052(1)
2699 5053
2799 7052(1)
2799 7053
2799 7012(1)
2799 7013
2799 7012(1)
2799 7013
2799 7072(1)

Handle colour

Reference

Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black

1112 1111(1)
1113 1111
1142 1111(1)
1143 1111
2799 7042(1)
2799 7043
2799 7072(1)

J1 type
handle

B2 type
handle

C2 type
handle

acces_286_a_2_cat

Handle colour

B1 type
B1 type
B3 type
B2 type
B2 type
C1 type
C1 type
C2 type
C2 type
C2 type
C2 type
V0 type

acces_153_a_2_cat

Handle

access_355_a

SIRCO direct operation handle

No. of
Rating (A)
poles
125 160
3/4 P
125 160
3/4 P
125 160
6/8 P
200 630
3/4 P
200 630
3/4 P
250 630
6/8 P
250 630
6/8 P
800 3200
3/4 P
800 3200
3/4 P
800 1600
6/8 P
800 1600
6/8 P
4000 5000
3/4 P

acces_114_a_2_cat

Direct operation handle

S5 type
handle

(1) Standard.

SIRCO AC direct operation handle

No. of
Rating (A)
Handle
poles
200 CD 630
3/4 P
J1 type
200 CD 630
3/4 P
J1 type
630 1600
3/4 P
J4 type
630 1600
3/4 P
J4 type
2000
3/4 P
S5 type
2000
3/4 P
S5 type
4000
3/4 P
V0 type
(1) Standard.

Door interlocked external operation handle

S2 type handle

S3 type handle

S4 type handle

acces_286_a_1_cat

1421 2111(2)(3)
1423 2111
1424 2111
1421 2111(2)
1423 2111
1424 2111
1443 3111
1444 3111
2799 7145(2)
1443 3111(2)(3)
1444 3111
2799 7136(2)
2799 7134
1453 8111(3)
1454 8111
2799 7155(2)(3)

acces_150_a_2_cat

IP55
IP65
IP65
IP55
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65

Reference

acces_152_a_2_cat

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

(2) Standard.

External
IP(1)

Use
Door interlocked external operation handles include an
escutcheon, are padlockable and must be utilised with
an extension shaft.

acces_151_a_2_cat

SIRCO and SIRCO AC external front operation handle

No.
Rating (A)
Rating (A)
Handle
of Handle
SIRCO
SIRCO AC
colour
poles
Black
125 630
200 CD 630 3/4 P
Black
Red
S2 type
Black
125 160
6/8 P
Black
Red
Black
250 630
6/8 P S4 type
Red
800 1600
6/8 P V1 type
Black
Black
800 1800
630 1600 3/4 P S4 type
Black
Black
V2 type
Red
2000 3200
2000
3/4 P
Black
S5 type
Red
4000 5000
4000
3/4 P V0 type
Black

S5 type handle

General Catalogue 2013-2014

57

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Shaft for external handle

Rating (A)
SIRCO AC

125 160

200 250

315 630

800 1800

200 315

400 CD 630

630 1600

2000 3200

4000 5000

2000

4000

Dimension X
(mm)

Length (mm)

Reference

125 250

200

125 300

250

125 370

320

125 550

500

1400 1020
1400 1025
1400 1032
1400 1050
1400 1075
1400 1020
1400 1025
1400 1032
1400 1050
1400 1075
1400 1020
1400 1025
1400 1032
1400 1050
1400 1075
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540
2799 3015
2799 3018
2799 3019
2799 3015
2799 3018

125 850

750

135 265

200

135 315

250

135 385

320

135 565

500

135 880

750

165 295

200

165 345

250

165 415

320

165 595

500

165 940

750

221 343

200

221 463

320

221 543

400

415 570

200

415 690

320

415 820

450

550 680

200

651 921

320

Use
Standard lengths:
- 200 mm
- 250 mm
- 300 mm
- 400 mm
- 500 mm
- 750 mm

Other lengths: Please

consult us.

acces_368_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)
SIRCO

acces_144_b_1_cat

For 3/4 pole SIRCO and SIRCO AC

58

Rating (A)

Dimension X (mm)

Length (mm)

Reference

125 160

270 436

200

125 160

270 556

320

250 630

221 308

200

250 630

221 428

320

250 630

221 508

400

1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1520
1400 1532
1400 1540

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

For 6/8 pole SIRCO

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Accessories (continued)
Alternative S-type handle cover colours

To be ordered
in multiples of

Handle

Reference

Light grey

50

S2, S3 type

Dark grey

50

S2, S3 type

Light grey

50

S4 type

Dark grey

50

S4 type

1401 0001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

Handle colour

acces_198_a_2_cat

Use
For single lever handles S1, S2, S3 type and
for double lever handle S4 type.
Other colours: Please consult us.

S-type cover

S-type handle adapter

Handle colour
Black

To be ordered
in multiples of

External IP(1)

Reference

IP65

1493 0000

acces_187_a_1_cat

Use
Enables S-type handles to be fitted in place of older style
Socomec handles. Adapter can be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel door and the handle
lever.
Adds 12 mm to the depth.

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

Shaft guide for external operation

Description

Reference

Shaft guide

1429 0000

acces_260_a_2_cat

Use
For utilisation with S-type handles, to guide the shaft extension into the external handle.
This accessory enables the handle to engage the extension shaft with a misalignment
NETOSNLL
Required for shaft lengths over 320 mm.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

59

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Auxiliary contact

NO/NC contact for 3/4 pole SIRCO and SIRCO AC

Rating (A)
Position A/C
125 3200
1st
125 3200
2nd
4000 5000
1st/2nd

acces_065_a_1_cat

Characteristics
NO/NC A/C: IP2 with front operation.
Connection to the control circuit
6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I:
- 1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts.
- 1 to 4 NO+NC auxiliary contacts.
- 1 to 2 low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts.

Reference
acces_076_a_1_cat

2699 0031
2699 0032
included

NO/NC contact for 6/8 pole SIRCO

Rating (A)
Position A/C
125 1600
1st
125 1600
2nd

Reference

2699 0061
2699 0062

NO+NC contact for 3/4 pole SIRCO and SIRCO AC

Rating (A)
Position A/C
125 3200
1st
nd rd th
125 3200
2 /3 /4

Reference

2699 0141
2699 0142

NO/NC low level contact for 3/4 pole SIRCO and SIRCO AC
Rating (A)
Position A/C
Reference
125 3200
1st
2699 0301
125 3200
2nd
2699 0302

Characteristics

Rating (A)
125 3200
125 3200

Contact type
NO/NC
NO + NC

230 VAC
AC-12
AC-13/15
16
4
16
4

Current
nominal (A)
16
16

Operating current Ie (A)

400 VAC
24 VDC
AC-12
AC-13/15 DC-12
DC-13
DC-14
12
3
2.5
2.5
1
16
3
16
5
1

DC-12
2.5
2.5

48 VDC
DC-13
1.2
1.2

DC-14
0.2
0.2

Inter-phase barrier

For 3/4 poles

Rating (A)
SIRCO
125 160
125 160
200 250
200 250
315 630
315 630
800 5000
800 5000

60

Rating (A)
SIRCO AC

200 315
200 315
315 CD 360
315 CD 360
630 4000
630 4000

No. of poles

Reference

3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

2998 0033
2998 0034
2998 0023
2998 0024
2998 0013
2998 0014

General Catalogue 2013-2014

included
included

acces_036_a_1_cat

Use
Safety isolation between the terminals, essential
for use at 690 VAC or in a polluted or dusty
atmosphere.

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Terminal shrouds

For 3/4 poles

Rating (A)
SIRCO
125 160
125 160
200 250
200 250
315 630
315 630

Rating (A)
SIRCO AC

200 315
200 315
400 CD 630
400 CD 630

No. of
poles
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Position
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom

acces_077_a_1_cat

Advantage
Perforations allow remote thermographic
inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds.The terminal shrouds also provide
phase separation for SIRCO and SIRCO AC
125 to 630 A.

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct
contact with terminals or connection parts.

Reference

2694 3014(1)
2694 4014(2)
2694 3021(1)
2694 4021(2)
2694 3051(1)
2694 4051(2)

(1) Reference includes 3 parts for top or bottom protection.

(2) Reference includes 4 parts for top or bottom protection.

For 6/8 pole SIRCO

Rating (A)
125 160
125 160
250
250
400 630
400 630

No. of poles
6P
8P
6P
8P
6P
8P

Position
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom

Reference

2694 3014(1)(3)
2694 4014(2)(3)
2694 3021(1)(3)
2694 4021(2)(3)
2694 3051(1)(3)
2694 4051(2)(3)

(1) Reference includes 3 parts for top or bottom protection on the front or rear of the device.
(2) Reference includes 4 parts for top or bottom protection on the front or rear of the device.
(3) Select 2 sets for front or rear.

Distribution block
Use
Easy connection of several cables, downstream of the
SIRCO.

Rating
(A)

No. of
poles

No of feeders per
section (mm)

Icc (kA rms)(1)

Reference

160

3P

1x95 + 8x25

10

160

4P

1x95 + 8x25

10

250

3P

1x150 + 8x50

15

250

4P

1x150 + 8x50

15

400

3P

1x240 + 8x95

21

400

4P

1x240 + 8x95

21

630

3P

1x300 + 8x150

21

630

4P

1x300 + 8x150

21

5411 3016
5411 6016
5411 3025
5411 4025
5411 3040
5411 4040
5411 3063
5411 4063

repar_020_c_2_cat

For 3/4 pole SIRCO

3P

154

286

73

46.5

261.5

36

20

54

160

4P

190

286

73

46.5

261.5

36

20

54

250

3P

210

307

83

57.5

279

50

25

56

250

4P

260

307

83

57.5

279

50

25

56

400

3P

281

375

116

82.5

340

65

32

82

400

4P

346

375

116

82.5

340

65

32

82

630

3P

271

438

117

90.5

410.5

65

40

83

630

4P

346

438

117

90.5

410.5

65

40

83

repar_003_c_1_x_cat

160

No. of
poles

Rating
(A)

Dimensions

R
P

P P
A

T
Y
E

General Catalogue 2013-2014

61

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Terminal screens
Use
Top and bottom protection against direct contact
with terminals or connection parts.

Rating (A)
SIRCO

Rating (A)
SIRCO AC

No. of
poles

Position

Reference

125 160

3P

top or bottom

125 160

4P

top or bottom

2698 3012
2698 4012
2698 3020
2698 4020
2698 3050
2698 4050
2698 3080
2698 4080
2698 3120
2698 4120
2698 3200
2698 4200
1509 4200

200 250

200 315

3P

top or bottom

200 250

200 315

4P

top or bottom

315 630

400 CD 630

3P

top or bottom

315 630

400 CD 630

4P

top or bottom

800 CD 1250

630 CD 1250

3P

top or bottom

800 CD 1250

630 CD 1250

4P

top or bottom

1250 1800

1250 1600

3P

top or bottom

1250 1800

1250 1600

4P

top or bottom

2000 3200

2000

3P

top or bottom

2000 3200

2000

4P

top or bottom

4000 5000

4000

3/4 P

top or bottom

acces_079_a_1_cat

For 3/4 poles

For 6/8 pole SIRCO

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

125 160

6P

top or bottom

125 160

8P

top or bottom

250

6P

top or bottom

250

8P

top or bottom

400 630

6P

top and bottom

1509 3012
1509 4012
1509 3025
1509 4025
1509 3063
1509 4063
1509 3080
1509 4080
1509 3160
1509 4160

400 630

8P

top and bottom

800 1250

6P

top and bottom

800 1250

8P

top and bottom

1600

6P

top and bottom

1600

8P

top and bottom

Cage terminals
Material: tin-plated aluminium.

X1
X

Dimensions
Rating (A)

A1

X1

125 160

47.5

22.5

25

12

20

3.5

8.5

M12

10

200 250

62

31.5

31.5

16.5

25

2.5

10.5

M16

14

315 400

71.5

32

38

32

10.5

M20

15

500 630

76.5

37

38

40

12.5

M20

15

References

62

Rating (A)

Tightening
capacity
(mm)

No. of
poles

Tightening
torque (Nm)

Width of
flexible bar
(mm)

125 160

16 95

3P

14

13

125 160

16 95

4P

14

13

200 250

16 185

3P

25

18

200 250

16 185

4P

25

18

315 400

50 240

3P

45

20

315 400

50 240

4P

45

20

500 630

70 300

3P

45

24

500 630

70 300

4P

45

24

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Reference

5400 3016
5400 4016
5400 3025
5400 4025
5400 3040
5400 4040
5400 3063
5400 4063

Z
R

A1

born_019_a_1_x_cat

Use
They enable a direct terminal-free connection
to rigid copper and aluminium conductors
with integration under the IP2X protective
cover.

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Accessories (continued)
Copper bar connection kits
Use
To allow connection between the two power terminals of the same pole for 2000 to 3200 A
ratings (Fig. 1 and Fig 2).
For 3200 A rating, the connection pieces (part A) are delivered bridged from factory.1
Bolt sets must be ordered separately.
Further details for these specific accessories are available in the user guide downloadable from
www.socomec.com.

Fig. 1

Top or bottom flat connection - Fig. 1

Quantity to order
per pole(1)

Reference

2000 2500

Connection - part A

2000 2500

Bolt set - part B

2619 1200
2699 1200

2699 1200

3200

Connection - part A

3200

Bolt set - part B

included

(1) Example for a 3 pole device equipped upstream only: Order 3 times
the indicated quantities.

133.5
96.5
5
59.5

Fig. 1

120

Top or bottom edgewise connection - Fig. 2

Fig.2

Piece

Quantity to order
per pole(1)

2000 2500

Connection - part A

2000 2 500

T piece - part C

2000 2500

Bracket- part D

Rating (A)

acces_222_b_1_x_cat

310

120

258

120

3200

Connection - part A

3200

T piece - part C

3200

Bracket- part D

Reference

2619 1200
2629 1200(2)
2639 1200(2)

acces_220_c_1_x_cat

Piece

acces_224_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

included

2629 1200
2639 1200

156.5
126.5
96.5
66.5

Fig.2

120

120

36.5

420

120

acces_225_a_1_cat

(1) Example for a 3 pole device equipped upstream only: Order 3 times
the indicated quantities.
(2) Bolt set is provided with the accessories.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

63

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Key handle interlocking system

Fig. 1

For 6/8 pole: Please consult us

For SIRCO
Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Operation

Figure

Reference

125 630

3/4 P

front direct

125 1800

3/4 P

external front

800 3200

3/4 P

front direct

1250 5000

3/4 P

external front

2699 6008(1)
1499 7701
2699 6027
2799 7002

Fig.2

Fig. 3

acces_005_a_1_x_cat

the door,
- using lock (not supplied):
see diagrams opposite,
- using undervoltage coil: the SIRCO can
only be closed if the coil is live.

acces_001_a_1_x_cat

Use
Locking in position 0 of the front operation
handle:
- using a padlock (not supplied) - function
is available as standard on the handle.
From 125 to 1800 A, the padlock on the
external front operation handle also locks

Fig.4

No. of poles

Operation

Figure

Reference

200 CD 630

Rating (A)

3/4 P

front direct

630 1600

3/4 P

front direct

2699 6011(1)
2699 6028

For SIRCO
Locking using 230 VAC undervoltage coil
(other voltages: please consult us)
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Operation

Reference

125 630

3/4 P

external front

800 3200

3/4 P

front direct

2699 9063(1)
2699 9315(1)

(1) The locking system is directly mounted on the device.

Locking using CASTELL lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)

No. of
poles

Handle

Lock
type

Operation

Figure

Reference

125 160

6/8 P

S2 type

External front

125 1 800

3/4 P

S2, S4 type

FS

External front

125 1 800

3/4 P

S2, S4 type

External front

250 630

6/8 P

S4 type

External front

800 1 600

6/8 P

S5 type

External front

1 250 4 000

3/4 P

S5, S0 type

External front

4109 8507
1499 7703
1499 7702
2999 8707
2799 7003
2799 7003

Other specific accessories

bd_03_01_01

q Mechanical coupling device for making switches with "n" poles of the
same or different ratings.
q Mechanical interlocking device.

64

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_004_c_1_x_cat

For SIRCO AC
Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)

acces_158_a_1_x_cat

(1) Front handle operation included.

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

125 to 800 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C

125 A

160 A

200 A

250 A

315 A

400 A

500 A

630 A

800 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

800

800

800

800

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

12

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie$

Rated voltage
415 VAC

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

125/125

160/160

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

800/800

415 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

125/125

160/160

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

800/800

415 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

125/125

160/160

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

800/800

415 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

125/125

160/160

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

500/500

800/800

220 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

125/125

160/160

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

800/800

220 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

125/125

160/160

160/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

800/800

220 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

125/125

160/160

160/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

400/500

500/500

800/800

220 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

125/125

125/125

160/160

200/200

315/315

400/400

400/400

500/500

800/800

440 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

125/125

160/160

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

800/800

440 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

125(3)/125(3) 160(3)/160(3) 160(3)/200(3)

200(3)/200(3)

315(3)/315(3)

400(3)/400(3)

400(3)/400(3) 500(3)/500(3) 800(4)/800(4)

440 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

125(3)/125(3)

200(3)/200(3)

315(3)/315(3)

400(3)/400(3)

400(3)/400(3) 500(3)/500(3) 800(4)/800(4)

(4)

(4)

125(3)/125(3)
(4)

(4)

160(3)/160(3)
(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

440 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

125 /125

125 /125

160 /160

200 /200

315 /315

400 /400

400(4)/400(4)

500/500

800(4)/800(4)

500 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

125/125

160/160

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

800/800

500 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

125(3)/125(3)

125(3)/125(3)

160(3)/200(3)

200(3)/200(3)

315(3)/315(3)

400(3)/400(3)

400(3)/400(3) 500(3)/500(3) 800(4)/800(4)

500 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

125(4)/125(4)

125(4)/125(4)

160(4)/160(4)

200(4)/200(4)

315(4)/315(4)

315(4)/400(4)

315(4)/400(4) 500(4)/500(4) 800(4)/800(4)

500 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

125(4)/125(4) 125(4)/125(4)

160(4)/160(4)

200(4)/200(4)

315(4)/315(4)

315(4)/400(4)

315(4)/400(4) 500(4)/500(4) 800(4)/800(4)

(1)(5)

2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&$N:
At 415 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)

63/63

80/80

100/100

132/132

160/160

220/220

280/280

280/280

450/450

55

75

90

115

145

185

230

290

365

5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 400 VAC (kvar)(5)

)XVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYH
Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

100

100

80

50

100

100

100

70

50

Associated fuse rating (A)

125

160

200

250

315

400

500

630

800

25

50

&LUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGZLWKDQ\FLUFXLWEUHDNHUWKDWHQVXUHVWULSSLQJLQOHVVWKDQVDW9$&
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms)

15

15

17

17

25

25

25

6KRUWFLUFXLWFDSDFLW\ZLWKRXWSURWHFWLRQ
Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms)
Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm
(kA peak)

13

13

13

13

35

11.9

11.9

15.3

15.3

26

26

26

26

73.5

35

50

70

95

150

185

240

2 x 150

2 x 185

Connection
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm)

2 x 30 x 5 2 x 40 x 5

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)

50

95

95

150

240

240

240

2 x 300

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

25

25

32

32

40

40

40

50

2 x 300
63

Tightening torque min/max (Nm)

9/-

9/-

20/-

20/-

20/-

20/-

20/-

20/-

40/45

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

3 000

6.5

6.5

10

10

10

14.5

14.5

14.5

37

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

1.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

1.5

1.5

4.5

4.5

10

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)
Operating effort (Nm)

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 pole in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-".
(4) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

65

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

1000 to 5000 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C

1000 A

CD 1250 A

1250 A

1600 A

1800 A

2000 A

2500 A

3200 A

4000 A

5000 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie$

Rated voltage

Utilisation category

415 VAC

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 1800/1800 2000/2000 2500/2500 3200/3200 4000/4000 5000/5000

415 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 1800/1800 2000/2000 2500/2500 3200/3200 4000/4000 5000/5000

415 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 1800/1800 2000/2000 2500/2500 2500/3200 2500/3200 2500/3200

415 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 1600/1600 1600/1600 1800/2000 1800/2000

220 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 1800/1800 2000/2000 2500/2500 3200/3200 4000/4000 5000/5000

220 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1600 1250/1600 2000/2000 2000/2500 2000/2500 2500/3200 2500/3200

220 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1600 1250/1600 1250/1600 1800/2000 1800/2000

220 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1600 1250/1600

440 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 1800/1800 2000/2000 2500/2500 3200/3200 4000/4000 5000/5000

440 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B 1000(4)/1000(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1600(4) 1250(4)/1600(4) 2000(4)/2000(4) 2000(4)/2500(4) 2500(4)/3200(4) 3200(4)/4000(4) 3200(4)/5000(4)

440 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B 1000(4)/1000(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1600(4)/1800(4) 1600(4)/1800(4)

440 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B 1000(4)/1000(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4)

500 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

500 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B 1000(4)/1000(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1600(4) 1250(4)/1600(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1600(4)/1800(4) 1600(4)/1800(4)

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

1800/1800

2000/2000

2500/2500

3250/3250

4000/4000

5000/5000

500 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B 1000(4)/1000(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1600(4) 1250(4)/1600(4)

500 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B 1000(4)/1000(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1250(4)/1250(4) 1000(4)/1000(4) 1000(4)/1000(4) 1000(4)/1000(4) 1000(4)/1000(4) 1000(4)/1000(4)

2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&$N:(1)(5)
At 415 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)

560/560

710/710

710/710

710/710

710/710

710/710

710/710

710/710

710/710

710/710

5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 400 VAC (kvar)(5)

460

)XVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYH(6)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Associated fuse rating (A)

1000

1250

1250

2 x 800

2 x 800

2 x 1000

2 x 1250

&LUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGZLWKDQ\FLUFXLWEUHDNHUWKDWHQVXUHVWULSSLQJLQOHVVWKDQVDW9$&
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s.
Icw (kA rms)

65

65

100

100

100

100

100

100

35

35

50

50

50

50

50

50

75

75

73.5

73.5

75

75

75

80

80

80

165

165

6KRUWFLUFXLWFDSDFLW\ZLWKRXWSURWHFWLRQ
Rated short-time withstand current 1s.
Icw (kA rms)
Rated short-circuit making capacity
without fuses Icm (kA peak)

Connection
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)

2 x 240

Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm)

2 x 50 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

2 x 80 x 5

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)

4 x 185

4 x 185

4 x 185

6 x 185

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

63

63

100

100

100

100

100

100

Tightening torque min/max (Nm)

40/45

40/45

40/45

40/45

40/45

40/45

40/-

40/-

40/-

40/-

3 x 100 x 5 3 x 100 x 5 4 x 100 x 5 4 x 100 x 5 1 x 100 x 5 1 x 100 x 5

6 x 185

Mechanical characteristics
3000

3000

4000

4000

4000

3000

3000

3000

2000

2000

Operating effort (Nm)

Durability (number of operating cycles)

37

37

56

56

56

75

75

75

105

105

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

12

12

12

22

22

22

45

45

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

10

10

15

15

15

25

25

25

50

50

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 pole in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-".
(4) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.

66

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO AC characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

200 to 630 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C

200 A

250 A

315 A

400 A

500 A

CD 630 A

630 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie$

Rated voltage
500 VAC

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

630/630

500 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

630/630

500 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

630/630

500 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

630/630

690 VAC

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400/400

500/500

630/630

630/630

690 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400(2)/400(2) 500(2)/500(2) 630(2)/630(2) 630(2)/630(2)

690 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400(2)/400(2) 500(2)/500(2) 500(2)/630(2) 630(2)/630(2)

690 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

200/200

250/250

315/315

400(2)/400(2) 500(2)/500(2) 500(2)/500(2) 630(2)/630(2)

160

220

250

400

500

500

630

190

250

325

400

400

450

2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&$N:(5)
At 690 VAC without pre-break AC

5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 690 VAC (kvar)

160


)XVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYHDW9$&

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

Associated fuse rating (A)

200

250

315

400

500

630

630

&LUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGZLWKDQ\FLUFXLWEUHDNHUWKDWHQVXUHVWULSSLQJLQOHVVWKDQVDW9$&
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms)

15

15

15

15

15

15

28

6KRUWFLUFXLWFDSDFLW\ZLWKRXWSURWHFWLRQ
Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms)

11

11

11

20

Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm (kA peak)

22

22

22

22

22

22

40

70

70

70

185

240

Connection
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm)

2 x 150

2 x 185

2 x 30 x 5

2 x 40 x 5
2 x 300

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)

95

95

95

240

240

2 x 300

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

32

32

32

40

40

63

63

Tightening torque min/max (Nm)

20/-

20/-

20/-

20/-

20/-

20/-

40/45

Mechanical characteristics
10 000

10 000

10 000

5000

5000

5000

4000

Operating effort (Nm)

Durability (number of operating cycles)

10

10

10

14.5

14.5

14.5

48

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

3.5

3.5

3.5

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

10

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 poles in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-".
(4) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 690 VAC.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

67

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO AC characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

800 to 4000 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C

800 A

1000A

CD 1250 A

1250 A

1600 A

2000 A

4000 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie$

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

500 VAC

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

2000/2000

4000/4000

500 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

2000/2000

-/3200

500 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

2000/2000

500 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

690 VAC

AC-20 A / AC-20 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

2000/2000

4000/4000

690 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

2000/2000

-/3200

690 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

2000/2000

-/-

690 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

800/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

1250/1250

1600/1600

-/-

900

900

750

950

950

Rated voltage

(5)

2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&$N:
At 690 VAC without pre-break AC

5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 690 VAC (kvar)

550

)XVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYHDW9$&

(6)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

50

50

50

50

50

Associated fuse rating (A)

800

800

2 x 500

1250

2 x 800

&LUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGZLWKDQ\FLUFXLWEUHDNHUWKDWHQVXUHVWULSSLQJLQOHVVWKDQVDW9$&
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms)

28

55

55

53

53

53

53

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms)

20

30

30

35

35

35

35

Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm

(prospective kA peak)

40

80

80

75

75

75

75

3 x 100 x 5

1 x 100 x 5

6KRUWFLUFXLWFDSDFLW\ZLWKRXWSURWHFWLRQDW9'&

Connection
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)

2 x 185

2 x 240

Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm)

2 x 40 x 5

2 x 50 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

2 x 80 x 5

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm)

2 x 300

4 x 185

4 x 185

4 x 185

6 x 185

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

63

63

63

100

100

100

Tightening torque min/max (Nm)

40/45

40/45

40/45

40

40

40

40

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

4000

4000

3000

4000

4000

3000

2000

Operating effort (Nm)

48

48

48

55

55

75

100

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

12

12

22

45

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

10

10

10

15

15

25

50

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 poles in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-".
(4) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 690 VAC.

68

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Dimensions - Front operation

SIRCO 125 to 630 A and SIRCO AC 200 to CD 630 A
Direct front operation
M
J1
J2

Y
U

90

sirco_198_i_1_x_cat

I
T
F

X1 T

BC

CA

U1

125

AC
AA
BA
N

CA

External front operation

AD
H

T X2

D min.

45

18

1. Terminal shrouds

A. S2 type handle

Overall
Terminal
dimensions shrouds
Rating (A) Rating (A)
SIRCO
2(1". "

D
min

125160

Switch
mounting

Switch body

F F
AC AD 3p. 4p. G

J1 J1
H 3p. 4p. J2

M M
K BC 3p. 4p. N

Connection
R

U1

235 50 140 170 93 65 45 75 75 31.5 80 120 150 65 5.5 36 20 20.5 25

200250

200250 115

125

315
315400

400500

500

630

CD 630

160

165

280 60 180 230 108 75 55 105 105 34 115 160 210 80 5.5 50

401 89 230 290 170 110 75 135 135 55 115 210 270 140 7

65

20
35
32

X1 X1
W 3p. 4p.

X2

AA BA CA

28

22

20 3.5 20.5 135 115 10

25.5 21.5 11 33

33

27 3.5 22.5 160 130 15

45.5

45

29
41.5

11
13

42.5 37.5 37.5 5

36

235 205 15
260 220 20

SIRCO 800 to 1800 A and SIRCO AC 630 to 1600 A

Direct front operation

External front operation

A
M
=

Z
=

Y 1
221 min.

I
T
F

86
140 26
166
49
215
14

X2

1. Terminal screens

60
61
71
A. Single lever S3 type handle
B. Double lever S4 type handle
C. Double lever S5 type handle

Rating (A)
SIRCO

Rating (A)
SIRCO AC

800 1000

630 1000

CD 1250

CD 1250

1250 1800

1250 1600

498

350

28

Switch body
F 3p.

F 4p.

sirco_325_d_1_x_cat

X1

210

90

470
AA
175

330
= =

102

Switch mounting
M 3p.

M 4p.

Connection
T

280

360

255

335

80

372

492

492

467

120

50

60.5

60

65

90

44

X1

X2

47.5

47.5

46.5

53.5

53.5

47.5

General Catalogue 2013-2014

AA
321
330
288

69

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

SIRCO 2000 to 3200 A and SIRCO AC 2000 A

Direct front operation
External front operation
A
M

226
Y

sirco_448_a_1_x_cat

498

498

380

BA

250

97

L = x-295 mm

71

181

71

1. Double lever S5 type handle

Rating (A)
SIRCO

SIRCO AC
rating (A)

2000 3200

2000

Switch body

Overall dimensions
A 3p.

A 4p.

372

492

Switch mounting

Connection

J 3p.

J 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

BA

173.5

233.5

347

367

120

90

258

SIRCO 4000 to 5000 A and SIRCO AC 4000 A

Direct front operation

External front operation

F
15

97.5

30 (4x)
162.5
V

70

BA
AA

344

sirco_421_c_1_x_cat

AC

AB

X
N

35.5

Rating (A)
SIRCO

Rating (A)
SIRCO AC

4000 5000

4000

L = X - 501 2

Overall
dimensions

Switch body

Switch mounting

122

Connection

F 3p.

F 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

AA

AB

AC

BA

514

695

695

660

660

98

115.5

75

120

86

160

292

482

452

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Dimensions for external handles

SIRCO 125 to 630 A and SIRCO AC 200 to CD 630 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling template

With lock
RONIS EL11AP

S2 type

40

78

90

26

37
47

73

5
3.
45

37

.5

45

26

14 14

24

28

poign_010_a_1_gb_cat

125

28

4 5.5

47

20 20

SIRCO 125 to 630 A

Side operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

S2 type

Right side operation

78

Door drilling template

With lock
RONIS EL11AP

40

26

90

47

125

37

24
73

5
3.
45

.5

37

26

14 14

45

47

28

poign_028_a_1_gb_cat

28

4 5.5

20 20

SIRCO 800 to 1800 A and SIRCO AC 630 to 1600 A

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling template

S4 type

With lock
RONIS EL11AP
O

26

37

40

350

28

4 5.5

90

78

37
47

24
73
.5

26

20 20

47

28

5
3.
45

poign_011_a_1_gb_cat

28
60

SIRCO 800 to 1800 A

Side operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

S3 type

Right side operation

Door drilling template

With lock
RONIS EL11AP

78

90

37

26

40

24
26
.5

47

73

28

20 20

210
poign_029_a_1_gb_cat

37
47

5
3.
45

61

28

4 5.5

28

General Catalogue 2013-2014

71

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Dimensions for external handles (continued)

SIRCO 2000 to 3200 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling template

V2 Type
50

4 6,5

50

330

poign_055_a_1_gb_cat

90

31

SIRCO AC 2000 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S5 type
50

with V Escutcheon

50

4 6,5

498

poign_020_a_1_gb_cat

90

31

71
102

SIRCO 4000 to 5000 A and SIRCO AC 4000 A

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

V0 type

50

122

50

334

180

poign_009_a_1_gb_cat

4 6,5

31

Connection terminal
SIRCO 125 to 630 A and SIRCO AC 200 to CD 630 A

72

Rating (A)

W
V

sirco_451_b_1_x_cat

SIRCO AC
W

sirco_454_b_1_x_cat

SIRCO

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO
125 160
200 250
315 400
500
630

SIRCO AC
200 250
315
400 500
CD 630

U
20
25
35

V
25
21.5

32

29

45

41.5

W
9
11
13

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
IURPWR$

Connection terminal (continued)

SIRCO 800 to 1000 A and SIRCO AC 630 to 1000 A
SIRCO

SIRCO AC
4x W1

W2

X2

X1

X2

V
Y

sirco_453_b_1_x_cat

V
Y

sirco_452_b_1_x_cat

4x W1

W2

X1

X2

X2

Rating (A)
SIRCO

SIRCO AC

W1

W1

X1

X2

800 1000

630 1000

50

60.5

28.5

16

28.5

11

33

SIRCO and SIRCO AC CD 1250 A

SIRCO

SIRCO AC

4x W

X1

X1

sirco-ac_002

V2

V1

V2

V1

sirco_270_c_1_x_cat

4x W

Rating (A)
SIRCO

SIRCO AC

V1

V2

X1

CD 1250 A

CD 1250 A

60

65

28.5

16

28.5

11

SIRCO 1250 to 3200 A and SIRCO AC 1250 to 1600 A

V1

V2

sirco_455_b_1_x_cat

X1 X1
X2
X2
X3
X3
U
Rating (A)
SIRCO

SIRCO AC

V1

V2

X1

X2

X3

1250 3200

1250 1600

90

35.8

15

12.5

25

30

45

12.5

X1

X2

X3

X3

X3

X3

X2

X1

5 x W

V3

V1

V2

sirco_450_b_1_x_cat

SIRCO 4000 to 5000 A and SIRCO AC 4000 A

Rating (A)
SIRCO

SIRCO AC

4000 5000

4000

X1

X2

X3

V1

V2

V3

286

13

48

35

30

86

15

15

General Catalogue 2013-2014

73

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

> Main switchboards.

> Distribution panels.
> Safety enclosures for
emergency load break.
> Normal atmosphere.
> Explosive atmosphere.

SIDER_102_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

The solution for

SIDER W
$WSDQM@KEQNMSNODQ@SHNM

SIDER_089_b_1_cat

Strong points
> Safety thanks to visible
breaking.
> Modular product.

SIDER ND W
$WSDQM@KQHFGSRHCDNODQ@SHNM

Function

Functional diagram

SIDER and SIDER ND are manually

operated 3 or 4 pole load break switches
with visible breaking.
They make and break under load conditions
and provide safety isolation for any low
voltage circuit.

For further details see the installation instructions supplied with the product.
4

SIDER_091_b_1_x_cat

Advantages
Safety thanks to visible breaking
Visible breaking and positive break indication
ensure safe switching. The user can assess
the condition of the device either during a
preventive check or before an operation.
3GD2(#$1@MC2(#$1-#KN@CAQD@J
switches are particularly suited for use in
safety enclosures for explosive atmospheres
(zone 21 and 22). The addition of a
mechanical flag indicator, directly connected
to the device's breaking system (SIDER only),
provides reliable position information on the
front of the enclosure.
Modular product
3GDLNCTK@QCDRHFMNESGD2(#$1-#@KKNVRSGD
product to be easily adapted to suit your needs:
- mixed ratings,
- defining the number of poles,
- centring or offsetting the operating
mechanism.

74

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1. External front operation

2. External side operation
3. 2x2 configurable U type auxiliary contacts for
pre-break and TEST signalling
4. Terminal shrouds

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

References
Front operation
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Switch body
Direct operation

Switch body
External operation

3P

2915 3012

2921 3012

4P

2915 4012

2921 4012

3P

2915 3021

2921 3020

4P

2915 4021

2921 4020

3P

2915 3025

2921 3025

-#

-#

-#

4P
-#

-#

-#

3P

2915 4025
2915 3031

2921 4025
2921 3031

4P

2915 4031

2921 4031

3P

2915 3041

2921 3041

4P

2915 4041

2921 4041

3P

2915 3051

2921 3051

4P

2915 4051

2921 4051

3P

2900 3063

2900 3063

4P

2900 4063

2900 4063

3P

2900 3080

2900 3080

630 A

800 A

Direct handle

S2 type
Black IP55

(1)

Black

3629 7901(1)

Black IP65

1423 2111
1424 2111

Black

2900 4080

2900 4080

2799 7012(1)

3P

2900 3120

2900 3120

Red

4P

2900 4120

2900 4120

3P

2900 3160

2900 3160

4P

2900 4160

2900 4160

1600 A

1421 2111

Red IP65

4P
1250 A

External handle

2799 7013

S4 type
Black IP65

1443 3111(1)
1DC8DKKNV(/

1444 3111

Shaft for external

handle

Auxiliary contact

1stBNMS@BS-.-"
200 mm

3999 0021(2)(3)

1400 1020

BNMS@BSR-.-"

320 mm
1400 1032(1)
500 mm

3999 0701(4)(5)

1400 1050

200 mm
1401 1520
320 mm

3999 0022(2)(3)
BNMS@BS-"

BNMS@BS-.

3999 0702(4)(5)

1stBNMS@BS-.-"

2799 0001

1401 1532(1)

2ndBNMS@BS-.-"

400 mm

2799 0002

1401 1540

2S@MC@QC
 TWHKH@QXRHFM@KBNMS@BS3XOD2
%NQCHQDBSNODQ@SHNM
%NQDWSDQM@KNODQ@SHNM
 TWHKH@QXRHFM@KBNMS@BS3XOD4

General Catalogue 2013-2014

75

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

References (continued)
Side operation

Rating (A)
-#

-#

-#

-#

-#

-#

No. of poles

Switch body
Direct operation

Switch body
External right side
operation

3P

2915 3012

2921 3012

4P

2915 4012

2921 4012

3P

2915 3021

2921 3020

4P

2915 4021

2921 4020

3P

2915 3025

2921 3025

4P

2915 4025

2921 4025

3P

2915 3031

2921 3031

4P

2915 4031

2921 4031

3P

2915 3041

2921 3041

4P

2915 4041

2921 4041

3P

2915 3051

2921 3051

4P

2915 4051

2921 4051

3P

2905 3063

2905 3063

4P

2905 4063

2905 4063

3P

2905 3080

2905 3080

4P

2905 4080

2905 4080

3P

2905 3120

2905 3120

4P

2905 4120

2905 4120

3P

2905 3160

2905 3160

4P

2905 4160

2905 4160

630 A

800 A

1250 A

1600 A
2S@MC@QC
 TWHKH@QXRHFM@KBNMS@BS3XOD2
%NQCHQDBSNODQ@SHNM
%NQDWSDQM@KNODQ@SHNM
"NMUDQRHNMJHSMDBDRR@QXENQ@MXCHQDBSNODQ@SHNM
 TWHKH@QXRHFM@KBNMS@BS3XOD4

76

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Direct handle

External handle

Shaft for external

handle
Auxiliary contact

1stBNMS@BS-.-"

S2 type
Black IP55

3999 0021(2)(3)

BNMS@BSR-.-"

(1)

1425 2111

Black

3629 7901(1)

Black IP65

1427 2111

200 mm

1400 1020(1)

1DC8DKKNV(/

3999 0022(2)(3)
BNMS@BS-"

3999 0701(4)(6)
BNMS@BS-.

1428 2111

3999 0702(4)(6)

Black

2799 7052(1)
"NMUDQRHNMJHS

2799 7070(5)
Red

2799 7053
"NMUDQRHNMJHS
(5)

2799 7070

S3 type
Black IP65

(1)

1437 3111

1DC8DKKNV(/

1438 3111

1stBNMS@BS-.-"
200 mm

1404 1520(1)

2799 0011
2ndBNMS@BS-.-"

2799 0012

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Accessories
Direct operation handle
Handle colour
Black
Black
Red

Reference

Handle colour
Black
Black
Red

Reference

External IP

Reference

3629 7901
2799 7012(1)
2799 7013

acces_153_a_1_cat

For front operation

Rating (A)
-#v-#
v
v
For side operation
Rating (A)
-#v-#
v
v

acces_148_a_1_cat

2S@MC@QC

3629 7901
2799 7052
2799 7053

Direct side operation escutcheon

Rating (A)
v

2799 7070(1)

IP54

3NADNQCDQDCSNFDSGDQVHSGSGDCHQDBSRHCDNODQ@SHNMG@MCKDR

Door interlocked external operation

For front operation
External IP(1)

Black

S2 type

IP55

-#-#

Black

S2 type

IP65

-#v-#

Red

S2 type

IP65

v

Black

S4 type

IP65

v

Red

S4 type

IP65

(/OQNSDBSHNMCDFQDD@BBNQCHMFSN($"RS@MC@QC

Reference

1421 2111(2)
1423 2111
1424 2111
1443 3111(2)
1444 3111

2S@MC@QC

acces_151_a_1_cat

Handle

-#v-#

acces_150_a_1_cat

Handle
colour

Rating (A)

S2 type handle

For right side operation

Handle

External IP(1)

Reference

Black

S2 type

IP55

-#v-#

Red

S2 type

IP65

v

Black

S3 type

IP65

v

Red

S3 type

IP65

1425 2111
1428 2111
1437 3111
1438 3111

-#v-#

S3 type handle
acces_152_a_1_cat

Handle
colour

Rating (A)

(/OQNSDBSHNMCDFQDD@BBNQCHMFSN($"RS@MC@QC

S4 type handle

Shaft guide for external operation

Required for shaft lengths over 320 mm.

Description

Reference

Shaft guide

1429 0000

acces_260_a_2_cat

Use
To guide the shaft extension into the
external handle. This accessory enables the
handle to engage the extension shaft with a
misalignment of up to 15 mm.

S type handle adapter

Handle colour
Black

Dimensions
Adds 12 mm to the depth.

To be ordered
in multiples of

External IP(1)

Reference

IP65

1493 0000

acces_187_a_1_cat

Use
Enables S type handles to be fitted in place
of existing older style Socomec handles.
Adapter can also be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel
door and the handle lever.

(/OQNSDBSHNMCDFQDD@BBNQCHMFSN($"RS@MC@QC

General Catalogue 2013-2014

77

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Accessories (continued)
Alternative S type handle cover colours
Use
For single lever handles S1, S2 and S3
types and double lever handle, S4 type.
To be ordered
in multiples of
50
50
50
50

Handle
Type S1, S2
Type S1, S2
S4 type
S4 type

acces_198_a_1_cat

Handle colour
Light grey
Dark grey
Light grey
Dark grey

.SGDQBNKNTQR/KD@RDBNMRTKSTR

Reference

14010001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

Shaft for external handle

Use
Standard lengths:
- 80 mm,
- 200 mm,
- 320 mm,
Dimension X Shaft length
(mm)
(mm)

Type

Reference

-#v-#

v

200 mm

10 x 10

-#v-#

v

320 mm

10 x 10

-#v-#

v

500 mm

10 x 10

v

v

200 mm

15 x 12

v

v

320 mm

15 x 12

v

v

400 mm

15 x 12

1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1050
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540

Type

Reference

Rating (A)

Dimension Y Shaft length

(mm)
(mm)

-#v-#

v

80 mm

10 x 10

included

-#v-#

v

200 mm

10 x 10

v

v

200 mm

15 x 12

1400 1020
1404 1520

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

For side operation

acces_203_a_1_x_cat

acces_369_a_1_cat

For front operation

Rating (A)

acces_144_b_1_cat

- 400 mm,
- 500 mm.
.SGDQKDMFSGR/KD@RDBNMRTKSTR

Auxiliary contacts for pre-break and signalling - Front operation

NO/NC contact
Rating (A)
-#v-#
-#v-#
v
v

Position AC
1st
2nd
1st
2nd

Connection to the control circuit

6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
Characteristics
-.-" "(/7
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

NO contact
Rating (A)
-#v-#

Reference

3999 0021(1)
3999 0022(1)
2799 0001
2799 0002

Position AC
1 to 4

acces_056_a_1_cat

Position AC
1 to 4

Reference

3999 0702(1)

%NQDWSDQM@KNODQ@SHNM

NO + NC contact
Rating (A)
v

%NQCHQDBSNODQ@SHNM

NC contact
Rating (A)
-#v-#

acces_047_a_2_cat

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0
and I:
SN-.-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
SN-.NQ-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
SN-.
-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR

Position AC
1

Reference

2799 0005

Low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts

Rating (A)
Position AC
v
1

Reference
(1)

3999 0701

Reference

2699 0101

%NQDWSDQM@KNODQ@SHNM

Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)
Contact type

Current
nominal (A)

-#v-#

BG@MFDNUDQ-.-"

16

-#v-#

-"

10

Rating (A)

-#v-#

78

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-13

AC-13

DC-13

DC-13

12

-.

10

v

BG@MFDNUDQ-.-"

16

12

14

v

-.
-"

15

10

15

12

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Auxiliary contacts for pre-break and signalling - Right side operation

Connection to the control circuit
By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
Characteristics
-.-" "(/7
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

NO/NC contact
Rating (A)

Position AC

Reference

-#v-#

1st

-#v-#

v

1st

v

2nd

3999 0021
3999 0022
2799 0011
2799 0012

Position AC

Reference

1 to 4

3999 0701

NC contact
Rating (A)
-#v-#

Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)
400
24
48
Current 250
nominal VAC VAC VDC VDC
(A)
AC-13 AC-13 DC-13 DC-13

NO contact
Rating (A)
-#v-#

Position AC

Reference

1 to 4

3999 0702

Low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts

Rating (A)
v

acces_056_a_1_cat

acces_047_a_2_cat

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I:
SN-.-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
SN-.NQ-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR

Rating (A)

Contact type

-#v-# BG@MFDNUDQ-.-"

16

-#v-#

10

Position AC

Reference

-#v-#

2799 0111

v

-"

12

-.

10

BG@MFDNUDQ-.-"

16

12

14

S type auxiliary contacts for signalisation - Front and right side operation
Electrical principle
3GD-.
-"2SXOD@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSRB@M
ADBNMEHFTQDC@R-.NQ-"
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

acces_051_a_2_cat

Use
Signalling of positions 0 and I,
SN-.
-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
Connection to the control circuit
By terminals with a max. cross-section of
10 mm.

Characteristics

NO+NC contact
Rating (A)

Position AC

Reference

-#v-#

-#v-#

-#v-#

-#v-#

3999 0041
3999 0042
3999 0043
3999 0044

Operating current Ie (A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

Rating (A)

Contact
type

Current
nominal (A)

AC-13

AC-13

-#v-#

-.
-"

20

10

Terminal shrouds
Use
Top or bottom protection against direct
contact with terminals or connection parts.

Perforations allow remote thermographic

inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds.

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

-#v-#

3P

top or bottom

-#v-#

4P

top or bottom

-#v-#

3P

top or bottom

-#v-#

4P

top or bottom

3998 3016(1)
3998 4016(2)
3998 3025(1)
3998 4025(2)

acces_093_a_1_cat

Advantage

1DEDQDMBDBNLONRDCNEOHDBDR
1DEDQDMBDBNLONRDCNEOHDBDR

General Catalogue 2013-2014

79

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Accessories (continued)
Terminal screens

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

v

3P

top or bottom

v

4P

top or bottom

v

3P

top or bottom

v

4P

top or bottom

2998 3080
2998 4080
2998 3120
2998 4120

acces_058_a_1_cat

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.

"@FDSDQLHM@KR
Use
"NMMDBSHNMNEA@QDBNOODQB@AKDRNMSNSGDSDQLHM@KRVHSGNTSKTFR
Connections

-#

v

v

13

22

-#v-#

v

v

18

27

-#v-#

v

v

20

34

-#v

v

v

24

34

acces_053_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

Flexible cable Rigid cable

cross-section cross-section Flexible bar Stripped
(mm2)
(mm)
width (mm) over (mm)

X1

Dimensions

-#v-#

A1

X1

47.5

22.5

25

20

8.5

M12

10

62

31.5

31.5

25

10.5

M16

14

-#v-#

71.5

32

38

32

10.5

M20

15

-#v

76.5

37

38

40

12.5

M20

15

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Reference

-#

3P

-#

4P

-#v-#

3P

-#v-#

4P

-#v-#

3P

-#v-#

4P

-#v

3P

-#v

4P

5400 3016
5400 4016
5400 3025
5400 4025
5400 3040
5400 4040
5400 3063
5400 4063

X
acces_091_a_1_x_cat

-#

A1

R
C

acces_092_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

Inter-phase barrier

Rating (A)

80

No. of poles

Reference

v

3P

v

4P

2998 0003
2998 0004

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_036_a_1_cat

Use
Safety isolation between the terminals,
DRRDMSH@KENQTRD@S5 "NQHM@ONKKTSDC
or dusty atmosphere.

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Use
Locking in position 0 of the front or side
operation handle:
TRHMF1.-(2$+ /KNBJHMCHQDBS
right-side operation (Fig. 1),
TRHMF1.-(2$+ /KNBJHMCHQDBSEQNMS
operation (Fig. 2),

acces_042_a_1_x_cat

TRHMF1.-(2$+ /NQ" 23$++SXOD

*SXODKNBJHMDWSDQM@KEQNMSNODQ@SHNM%HF 
TRHMF1.-(2$+ /KNBJHMDWSDQM@K
right-side operation,
TRHMF" 23$++%2SXODHMDWSDQM@KEQNMS
operation (Fig. 4).

Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)

Operation

Figure

Reference

-#v-#

front direct

v

front direct

external front

3629 7913(1)
2799 7007(2)
1499 7701
3629 7913(1)
1499 7701

-#v
-#v-#
-#v

Direct side operation

External right side

Fig. 1

acces_084_a_1_x_cat

Handle key interlocking accessories

Fig.2

'@MCKDHMBKTCDC
%@BSNQXLNTMSHMFNMKX

-#v-#

Operation

Figure

Reference

external front

1499 7702

Locking using type FS CASTELL lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)
-#-#

Operation

Figure

Reference

external front

1499 7703

Fig. 3

acces_157_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

acces_158_a_1_x_cat

Locking using type K CASTELL lock (not supplied)

Fig.4

.SGDQRODBHEHB@BBDRRNQHDR
q Mechanical coupling device for combining switches of the same or different ratings.
q Mechanical interlocking device.
q Mechanical plates and escutcheon for standard systems.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

81

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

"G@Q@BSDQHRSHBR@BBNQCHMFSN($"
-#SN-#
Thermal current Ith at 40C
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

ND 125 A
800
8

ND 200 A
800
8

ND 250 A
800
8

ND 315 A
800
8

ND 400 A
800
8

ND 500 A
800
8

A/B(1)

















(4)
(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)
(4)

A/B(1)

















(4)
(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)
(4)

A/B(1)

















(4)
(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)
(4)

A/B(1)

















(4)
(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)
(4)

A/B(1)













(3)
(3)
(3)

(4)
(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)
(4)

A/B(1)













(3)
(3)
(3)

(4)
(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)
(4)

























55

90

115

145

185

230

100
125

60
200

100
150

60
315

50
400

30
500

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "(2)
5 "(2)
5 "(2)
5 "(2)
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"

Utilisation category
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!

Operational power in AC-23 A (kW) (1)(5)

S5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@JHM "J6(1)
S5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@JHM "J6(1)
S5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@JHM "J6(1)

Reactive power (kvar)

S5 "JU@Q

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)(6)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)
Associated fuse rating (A)

Circuit breaker protected short-circuit withstand with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s
Prospective short-circuit 0.3s (kA rms)

15

15

17

17

17

17

7
11.9

7
11.9

9
15.3

9
15.3

9
15.3

9
15.3

120
20
9

120
20
9

240
32
20

240
32
20

2 x 150
45
20

2 x 150
45
20

10 000
10
1.8
2.3

10 000
10
1.8
2.3

10 000
12
3.2
4.5

10 000
12
3.2
4.5

10 000
15
4.8
6.1

10 000
15
4.8
6.1

Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. I"6 (kA rms)
Short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm (kA assumed peak)

Connection
,HMHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL2)
,HMHLTL"TATRA@QBQNRRRDBSHNMLL2)
,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL2)
,@WHLTL"TATRA@QVHCSGLL
3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDLHM-L

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)(6)
.ODQ@SHMFDEENQS-L
6DHFGSNE@ONKDCDUHBDJF
6DHFGSNE@ONKDCDUHBDJF
"@SDFNQXVHSGHMCDW EQDPTDMSNODQ@SHNM"@SDFNQXVHSGHMCDW!HMEQDPTDMSNODQ@SHNM
6HSGSDQLHM@KRGQNTCRNQOG@RDA@QQHDQ
ONKDCDUHBDVHSGONKDRHMRDQHDRENQSGD
@MCONKDENQSGD
ONKDCDUHBDVHSGONKDRHMRDQHDRODQONK@QHSX

82

General Catalogue 2013-2014

3GDONVDQU@KTDHRFHUDMENQHMENQL@SHNMNMKXSGDBTQQDMSU@KTDRU@QXEQNL
NMDL@MTE@BSTQDQSN@MNSGDQ
%NQ@Q@SDCNODQ@SHNM@KUNKS@FD4D5 "

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

630 to 1600 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

630 A
1000
12

800 A
1000
12

1250 A
1000
12

1600 A
1000
12

A/B(1)


















(4)
(4)


(4)
(4)

A/B(1)


















(4)
(4)


(4)
(4)

A/B(1)


















(4)
(4)

(4)
(4)
(4)

A/B(1)


















(4)
(4)


(4)
(4)

















290

365

575

100
630

70
800

100
1250

120
2 x 800

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "
5 "(2)
5 "(2)
5 "(2)
5 "(2)
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"
5#"

Utilisation category
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
"  "!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!
#" #"!

Operational power in AC-23 A (kW) (1)(5)

S5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@JHM "J6(1)
S5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@JHM "J6(1)
S5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@JHM "J6(1)

Reactive power (kvar)

S5 "JU@Q

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(5)
Associated fuse rating (A)(5)

Circuit breaker protected short-circuit withstand with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s
Prospective short-circuit 0.3s (kA rms)

50

50

100

100

26
50

26
50

50
70

50
70

2 x 150
2 x 30 x 5
2 x 300
63
20

2 x 185
2 x 40 x 5
2 x 300
63
20

2 x 60 x 5
4 x 185
100
20

2 x 80 x 5
6 x 240
100
40

5 000
45
8
9.5

4 000
45
8.5
10

4 000
45
11
14

3 000
65
16.5
20.5

Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. I"6 (kA rms)
Short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm (kA assumed peak)

Connection
,HMHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL2)
,HMHLTL"TATRA@QBQNRRRDBSHNMLL2)
,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL2)
,@WHLTL"TATRA@QVHCSGLL
3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDLHML@W-L

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)(6)
.ODQ@SHMFDEENQS-L
6DHFGSNE@ONKDCDUHBDJF
6DHFGSNE@ONKDCDUHBDJF
"@SDFNQXVHSGHMCDW EQDPTDMSNODQ@SHNM"@SDFNQXVHSGHMCDW!HMEQDPTDMSNODQ@SHNM
6HSGSDQLHM@KRGQNTCRNQOG@RDA@QQHDQ
ONKDCDUHBDVHSGONKDRHMRDQHDRENQSGD
@MCONKDENQSGD
ONKDCDUHBDVHSGONKDRHMRDQHDRODQONK@QHSX

3GDONVDQU@KTDHRFHUDMENQHMENQL@SHNMNMKXSGDBTQQDMSU@KTDRU@QXEQNL
NMDL@MTE@BSTQDQSN@MNSGDQ
%NQ@Q@SDCNODQ@SHNM@KUNKS@FD4D5 "

General Catalogue 2013-2014

83

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Dimensions
Front operation
SIDER ND 125 to ND 500 A
Direct front operation
L

R
2

sider_059_b_1_x_cat

AC

AA
BA
N

70

Y
Z

1. Terminal shrouds
 NQ-.-" "RENQOQDAQD@J@MCRHFM@KKHMF

T
A

C
Terminal
shrouds

Overall dimensions

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

Rating
(A)

A 3p.

A 4p.

AC

AA

BA

-#

160

196

178

268

82

36

130

36

20

162

141

-#

160

196

178

268

82

36

130

36

20

162

141

-#

232

322

173

350

77

31

162

60

10

20

195

165

-#

232

322

173

350

77

31

162

60

10

20

195

165

-#

280

346

173

360

77

31

172

66

10

20

214

175

-#

280

346

173

360

77

31

172

66

10

20

214

175

External front operation

95 min.
4

T1

T2

25

78

AA

W
K

45

sider_103_c_1_x_cat

125

BA

AC

3 20

 NQ-.-" "RENQOQDAQD@J@MCRHFM@KKHMF

2. Terminal shrouds

Rating (A)
-#
-#
-#
-#
-#
-#

84

Terminal shrouds
AC
268
268
350
350
360
360

F 3p.
148
148
234
234
252
252

General Catalogue 2013-2014

T
F

F 4p.
184
184
294
294
318
318

Switch body
H
137
137
132
132
132
132

J
54
54
85
85
91
91

K
53
53
77.5
77.5
73
73

Switch mounting
N
R
130
5
130
5
162
6
162
6
172
6
172
6

T
36
36
60
60
66
66

W
8
8
10
10
10
10

Connection
AA
BA
162
141
162
141
195
165
195
165
214
175
214
175

T1
36
36
60
60
66
66

T2
36
36
60
60
66
66

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Front operation
SIDER 630 to 1600 A
External front operation

Direct front operation

160
Z

A
F
M

70.6
1

60

80

350

11

295 min.

X2 30

90

X1

CA

sider_061_f_1_x_cat

460
AA
BA
220

CA

U W

330

12.5

240

14

1. Terminal screens

Rating
(A)

Overall
dimensions

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

A 3p.

A 4p.

F 3p.

F 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

X1

X2

AA

BA

AC

630

463

543

358

438

255

335

80

40

50

13

42.5

52.5

106

300

260

20

800

463

543

358

438

255

335

80

50

60

47.5

47.5

106

320

1250

555

675

430

550

347

467

120

63

65

46.5

60.5

107

330

1600

555

675

430

550

347

467

120

80

80

46.5

60.5

15

111

360

General Catalogue 2013-2014

85

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Dimensions (continued)
Side operation
SIDER ND 125 to ND 500 A
External side operation
H
4

T1

T2

25

125

BA

AA

AC

sider_090_d_1_x_cat

2
K

3 20

45
 NQ-.-" "RENQOQDAQD@J@MCRHFM@KKHMF
2. Terminal shrouds
3. Max. length with shaft extension: 230 mm

T
F

Rating (A)
-#
-#
-#
-#
-#
-#

Terminal
shrouds
AC
268
268
350
350
360
360

Overall dimensions
F 3p.
F 4p.
148
184
148
184
234
294
234
294
252
318
252
318

Switch body
J
K
54
53
54
53
85
77.5
85
77.5
91
73
91
73

H
137
137
132
132
132
132

Switch mounting
N
R
130
5
130
5
162
6
162
6
172
6
172
6

L
36
36
31
31
31
31

T
36
36
60
60
66
66

W
8
8
10
10
10
10

Connection
AA
BA
162
141
162
141
195
165
195
165
214
175
214
175

T1
36
36
60
60
66
66

T2
36
36
60
60
66
66

SIDER 630 to 1600 A

Direct side operation

External side operation

201
Z
Y

F
M

72
2

=
1

CA

30
240

X1

210

sider_065_d_1_x_cat

11

CA

460
AA
BA
220

90

28

X2

A
61

1. Terminal screen
2. Max length with shaft extension: 111 mm

Rating (A)
630
800
1250
1600

86

Overall dimensions
A 3p.
A 4p.
395
475
395
475
480
600
480
600

Switch body
F 3p.
F 4p.
280
360
280
360
372
492
372
492

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Switch mounting
M 3p.
M 4p.
255
335
255
335
347
467
347
467

T
80
80
120
120

U
40
50
63
80

V
50
60
65
80

W
13
15
16x11
13

Connection
X1
X2
Y
42.5
52.5
6
47.5
47.5
6
46.5
60.5
7
46.5
60.5
15

Z
147
147
148
152

AA
300
320
330
360

BA
260

AC
20

SIDER
Load break switches for power distribution
with visible breaking from 125 to 1600 A

Dimensions for external handles

2(#$1-#SN-#
Handle type

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S2 type
0
90

78

Right side operation

I
125

I
9

40

47
45

28

S3 type

poign_012_b_1_gb_cat

78

210

37

61

SIDER 630 to 1600 A

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S4 type

37

I
28

poign_012_b_1_gb_cat

350

90

40

78

47

60

"NMMDBSHNMSDQLHM@K
SIDER 1250 A

SIDER 1600 A

13

33
50

8.5

19 25 19
63

sider_075_a_1_x_cat

8.5

17 25

15

sider_074_a_1_x_cat

10 33

sider_073_a_1_x_cat

16 x 11

20 40

SIDER 800 A

20 40 20
80

General Catalogue 2013-2014

87

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A
The solution for

sdmat_066_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

> Main switchboards.

> Distribution panels.
> Motor load break.

SIDERMATW
$WSDQM@KEQNMSNODQ@SHNM

Strong points
> Remote tripping.
> Safety thanks to visible
double breaking.
> Utilisation in harsh
operating conditions.

Function
SIDERMAT are manually operated 3 or 4 pole load break switches with visible breaking and a
remote tripping function.
They make and break under load conditions and provide safety isolation for any low voltage circuit.
The tripping function is used to provide the following functions:
- personal protection against insulation faults when utilised in combination with toroids and
differential relays,
- protection against overloads when utilised in combination with CTs and thermal relays,

Check it out!
> SIDERMAT combination
and IDE are manually
operated multipolar load
break switches which can be
tripped remotely.

Available with integrated fuse protection, the SIDERMAT combination provides protection
against short-circuits (see SIDERMAT combination on page 230).

Advantages

Functional diagram

Remote tripping
Disconnection by a shunt trip device enables
the power to the installation to be switched off
with a remote pushbutton.

For further details see the installation instructions supplied with the product.

Safety thanks to visible double breaking

SIDERMATs are double breaking devices with
visible contacts which provide a clear and
secure display of the contact positions.

sdmat_063_b_2_x_cat

Utilisation in harsh operating conditions

By lowering the current via a limiting resistor,
a SIDERMAT fitted with an undervoltage coil
may be used in continuous processes or
exposed to high ambient temperatures.

2
1

88

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1. Direct front operation

2. External front operation
3. NO/NC position AC
4. NO/NC AC wired to ready mounted transmission coil
5. Terminal shrouds

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

References
Front operation - Switch body with a shunt trip coil 230 VAC
Rating
(A)

Auxiliary
contact
position

Auxiliary
contact
tripping

Switch body

3P

3500 3026

4P

3500 4026

3P

3500 3041

3998 3040(2)

4P

3500 4041

3998 4040(2)

3P

3500 3064

4P

3500 4064

3P

3500 3081

4P

3500 4081

3P

3500 3121

4P

3500 4121

3P

3500 3161

2998 3120(2)

4P

3500 4161

2998 4120(2)

3P

3500 3180

4P

3500 4180

Direct handle

External
handle

Shaft for
external
handle

No. of
poles

Terminal
shrouds

Terminal
screens

Inter phase
barrier

250 A
3P

400 A

4P

630 A

800 A

S3 type
Black
IP55

Black

3999 6203

1431 3511(1)
S3 type
Red/Yellow
IP55

200 mm

1st contact
NO/NC

1401 1520

3999 0051

320 mm

2nd contact
NO/NC

1401 1532(1)

3P

1 contact
NO/NC

3998 3063(2)

3999 0031

3998 4063(2)

4P

3999 0052

1432 3511

1250 A

3P

2998 0003
3P

1600 A

4P

2998 0004

4P

1800 A

included

2S@MC@QC
3NOANSSNL

Side operation - Switch body with a shunt trip coil 230 VAC
Rating
(A)

No. of
poles

250 A
400 A
630 A
800 A
1250 A
1600 A
1800 A

3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Switch body

3505 3026
3505 4026
3505 3041
3505 4041
3505 3064
3505 4064
3505 3081
3505 4081
3505 3121
3505 4121
3505 3161
3505 4161
3505 3180
3505 4180

Direct handle

External
handle

Shaft for
external
handle

Auxiliary
contact
position

Auxiliary
contact
tripping

Terminal
shrouds

Terminal
screens

Inter phase
barrier

3P

2998 0003

4P

2998 0004

3P

3998 3040(2)
4P

Black

3999 6012(1)
Red

3999 6013

3998 4040(2)

S3 type
Black
IP55

1435 3511(1)
S3 type
Red
IP55

1436 3511

1st contact
NO/NC
200 mm

3999 0051

1403 1520

2nd contact
NO/NC

1 contact
NO/NC

3999 0031

3998 3063(2)
3998 4063(2)

3999 0052

3P

2998 3120(2)

4P

2998 4120(2)
included

2S@MC@QC
3NOANSSNL

General Catalogue 2013-2014

89

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Accessories
Door interlocked external operation
Handle
S3 type
S3 type

External IP(1)
IP55
IP55

Handle colour
Black
Red/Yellow

1431 3511(2)
1432 3511

2S@MC@QC

For external side operation

Rating (A)
Handle
250 1800
S3 type
250 1800
S3 type

External IP(1)
IP55
IP55

Handle colour
Black
Red

(/OQNSDBSHNMCDFQDD@BBNQCHMF
SN($"RS@MC@QC

acces_166_a_2_cat

(/OQNSDBSHNMCDFQDD@BBNQCHMF
SN($"RS@MC@QC

Reference

acces_151_a_2_cat

For front operation

Rating (A)
250 1800
250 1800

Reference

1435 3511(2)
1436 3511

2S@MC@QC

S3 type handles

Direct operation handle

For front operation
Handle colour

Reference

250 1800

Black

3999 6203

250 1800

Red

Please consult us
acces_156_a_2_cat

Rating (A)

For external side operation

Rating (A)

Handle colour

Reference

250 1800

Black

250 1800

Red

3999 6012
3999 6013

Use
For single lever S3 type handles.
Colour

acces_198_a_2_cat

Alternative S-type handle cover colours

Other colours: Please consult us.

To be ordered in multiples of

Handle

Reference

Light grey

50

S3

Dark grey

50

S3

1401 0001
1401 0011

S-type handle adapter

Handle colour

Dimensions
Adds 12 mm to the depth.

To be ordered in multiples of

External IP(1)

Reference

IP65

1493 0000

Black

acces_187_a_1_cat

Use
Enables S-type handles to be fitted in place
of existing older style Socomec handles.
Adapter can be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel
door and the handle lever.

(/OQNSDBSHNMCDFQDD@BBNQCHMFSN($"RS@MC@QC

Shaft for external handle

Reference

1401 1520
1401 1532(1)
1401 1520
1401 1532(1)
1401 1520
1401 1532(1)

2S@MC@QC

For external side operation

Dimension Y
Rating (A)
(mm)
250 1800
110 279

90

Shaft length
(mm)
200 mm

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Reference

1403 1520

acces_203_a_1_x_cat

Shaft length
(mm)
200 mm
320 mm
200 mm
320 mm
200 mm
320 mm

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

For front operation

Dimension X
Rating (A)
(mm)
250 630
275 439
250 630
275 559
800
296 460
800
296 580
1250 1800
291 455
1250 1800
291 575

acces_144_b_1_cat

Other lengths: Please consult us.

Use
Standard lengths:
- 200 mm,
- 320 mm.

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Examples for ordering

q SIDERMAT with shunt trip coil 230 VAC
1 reference: SIDERMAT 250 A, 3 pole,
front operation: 3500 3026.
q SIDERMAT fitted with a non-standard coil
2 references: SIDERMAT 250 A,
3 pole, front operation, fitted with a 110
VAC undervoltage trip coil: 3500 3026 +
3991 3110.

Shunt trip coil

acces_050_a_1_cat

Use
Omnipolar breaking remotely controlled by
shunt trip or undervoltage voltage release coil.
Note: the shunt trip coil must not be supplied
for more than 5 s.
A 230 VAC shunt trip coil is fitted as
standard to the switch body. To have
an alternative coil, one of the references
opposite must be added to the switch
reference.

acces_049_a_1_cat

Alternative tripping coil

Undervoltage trip coil

Characteristics

References
Replacement
tripping coil

Shunt trip coil

Shunt trip coil

Alternative
factory fitted coil

Alternating voltage (V)

(+5% to -20%)(1)

24

48

110

230

400

Voltage

Reference

Reference

Consumption on inrush (VA)

80

100

100

120

120

24 VAC

Direct voltage (V)

(+5% to -20%)

12

24

48

110

220

48 VAC

Consumption on inrush (W)

80

100

100

120

120

3990 1024
3990 1048
3990 1110
3990 1220
3990 1380

3991 1024(1)
3991 1048(1)
3991 1110(1)

110 VAC

-NSD3GDRGTMSSQHOBNHK5 "LTRSMNSADRTOOKHDCENQLNQDSG@MR
RGTMSSQHOBNHKHRRTHSDCENQSGDRS@MC@QCCDUHBD

230 VAC
400 VAC
12 VDC

3990 2024
3990 2048
3990 2220

24 VDC
48 VDC

Undervoltage AC trip coil

110 VDC

Alternating voltage (V)

(+5% to -10%)

24

48

110

230

400

Permanent consumption (VA)

13

13

13

13

20

Consumption on inrush (VA)

13

13

13

13

20

Minimum maintaining voltage (V)

15

25

60

140

200

Undervoltage DC trip coil

220 VDC
3NADNQCDQDC@SSGDR@LDSHLD@RSGDRVHSBG
Undervoltage trip coil
Replacement
tripping coil
Reference

Reference

24 VAC

3990 3024
3990 3048
3990 3110
3990 3220
3990 3380
3990 4012
3990 4024
3990 4048
3990 4110
3990 4220

3991 3024(1)
3991 3048(1)
3991 3110(1)
3991 3220(1)
3991 3380(1)
3991 4012(1)
3991 4024(1)
3991 4048(1)
3991 4110(1)
3991 4220(1)

12

24

48

110

220

48 VAC

Permanent consumption (W)

13

13

13

13

13

110 VAC

Consumption on inrush (W)

13

13

13

13

13

230 VAC

Minimum maintaining voltage (V)

15

25

60

140

400 VAC
12 VDC
24 VDC

Voltage

Time (ms)

Reference

48 VDC

230 VAC

430

110 VDC

400 VAC

410

3993 3230(1)
3993 3400(1)

3NADNQCDQDC@SSGDR@LDSHLD@RSGDRVHSBG

Alternative
factory fitted coil

Voltage

Direct voltage (V)

(+5% to -10%)

Delayed undervoltage trip coil

included

3991 1380(1)
3991 2012(1)
3991 2024(1)
3991 2048(1)
3991 2220(1)
3991 2220(1)

220 VDC
3NADNQCDQDC@SSGDR@LDSHLD@RSGDRVHSBG

Current-reducing resistor for undervoltage trip coil

Use
By limiting the current, the resistor reduces
the effects on the undervoltage coil used in
continuous processes, or processes exposed
to high ambient temperatures.

Voltage

Reference

110 VAC

3999 3112
3999 3230
3999 3400
3999 4110

230 VAC
400 VAC
110 VDC

General Catalogue 2013-2014

91

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Accessories (continued)
Auxiliary contact
Characteristics
NO/NC auxiliary contact: IP2X.
Electrical characteristics:
30 000 operations.

acces_048_a_1_cat

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I:
1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts.
Coil tripping
1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts.
Connection to the control circuit
By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.

References

Characteristics
NO/NC position contact

NO/NC position contact

Operating current Ie (A)

Rating (A)

Position AC

Reference

Current
nominal (A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

250 1800

1st

AC-13

AC-13

DC-13

DC-13

250 1800

2nd

3999 0051
3999 0052

16

12

14

250 1800

Rating (A)

NO/NC low level position contact

Rating (A)

NO/NC changeover contact, signalling coil tripping

Operating current Ie (A)
Rating (A)

Position AC

Reference

250 1800

1st

250 1800

2nd

3999 0111
3999 0112

Position AC

Reference

3999 0031

Current
nominal (A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

NO/NC contact signalling coil tripping

AC-13

AC-13

DC-13

DC-13

Rating (A)

16

12

12

250 1800

250 1800

Terminal shrouds

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

250 630

3P

top or bottom

250 630

4P

top or bottom

800

3P

top or bottom

800

4P

top or bottom

3998 3040
3998 4040
3998 3063
3998 4063

acces_212_a_2_cat

Perforations allow remote thermographic

inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds.

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct
contact with terminals or connection parts.
Advantage

Terminal screens
Use
Top or bottom protection against direct
contact with terminals or connection parts.
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

1250 1800

3P

top or bottom

1250 1800

4P

top or bottom

2998 3120
2998 4120

Inter-phase barrier

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Reference

1250 1600

3P

1250 1600

4P

2998 0003
2998 0004

3/4 P

included

1800

92

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_036_a_2_cat

Use
Safety isolation between the terminals, essential for use at 690 VAC or in
a polluted or dusty atmosphere.

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Use
Locking in position 0 of the front or side
operation handle:
- using a padlock (not supplied) and factory
integrated into the handle. Padlocking, in
external front operation, locks the door.

- using RONIS 1104 A lock (key BC 3318)

to be mounted directly on the padlockable
handle,
- locking using RONIS EL11AP lock
(not supplied).

Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock 1104 (supplied)

Rating (A)
250 1800

Operation

Reference

direct

3999 8104

acces_010_b_1_x_cat

Handle key interlocking accessories

Lock RONIS 1104A

Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)

Operation

Reference

250 630

direct

800 1800

direct

3999 6107
3999 7007

Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)
250 1800

Operation

Reference

external

1499 7701

Cage terminals
Use
Connection of bare copper cables onto the terminals (without lugs).
Connections
Rating (A)

Rigid cable
cross-section
(mm)

Flexible bar
width (mm)

Stripped
over (mm)

250

16 185

16 185

18

27

400

50 240

50 300

20

34

630

70 300

70 300

24

34

acces_053_a_2_cat

Flexible cable
cross-section
(mm2)

Dimensions
X1

A1

250

62

31.5

31.5

25

10.5

M16

14

400

71.5

32

38

32

10.5

M20

15

630

76.5

37

38

40

12.5

X1

M20

15

acces_091_a_1_x_cat

X
Z

References
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Reference

250

3P

250

4P

400

3P

400

4P

630

3P

630

4P

5400 3025
5400 4025
5400 3040
5400 4040
5400 3063
5400 4063

A1

R
C
A

acces_092_a_1_x_cat

Rating
(A)

Other specific accessories

q Connection accessories.
q Mounting plates for standard systems.
q Special construction available for specific environments.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

93

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

250 to 1800 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C

250 A

400 A

630 A

800 A

1250 A

1600 A

1800 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

12

12

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

400 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

1600/1800

400 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

630/630

1250/1250

1600/1600

1600/1600

500 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

1600/1600

500 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

200/250

315/400

500/630

630/630

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

690 VAC(2)

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

1600/1600

690 VAC(2)

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

250/250

400/400

500/630

630/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

1250/1250

690 VAC(2)

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

200/250

315/400

400/500

500/500

800/800

1000/1000

1000/1000

400 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

1800/1800

400 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

1600/1600

400 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

250/250

400/400(3)

630/630(3)

800/800(3)

1250/1250(4) 1600/1600(4) 1600/1600(4)

400 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

200/250

315/400(3)

500/630(3)

630/800(3)

1250/1250(4) 1250/1250(4) 1250/1250(4)

At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC-23 (kW)(1)(5)

132/132

220/220

355/355

355/355

710/710

900/900

900/900

At 690 VAC without pre-break in AC-23 (kW)(1)(5)

185/220

295/400

400/475

475/475

750/750

900/900

900/900

115

185

290

365

575

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(6)

100

100

100

100

100

120

120

Associated fuse rating (A)(6)

250

400

630

800

1250

2 x 800

2 x 900

Rated voltage

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

Reactive power (kvar)

At 400 VAC (kvar)(5)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. ICW (kA rms)

17

25

50

65

65

80

80

Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6)

30

45

55

80

100

120

120

95

185

Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm2)

2 x 150

2 x 185

2 x 30 x 5

2 x 40 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

2 x 80 x 5

4 x 240

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)

240

240

2 x 300

2 x 300

4 x 185

6 x 240

8 x 240

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

40

40

50

63

100

100

100

Tightening torque min (Nm)

20

40

40

20

40

40

3000

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

8000

8000

5000

5000

5000

3000

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

6.5

11

14

19

21

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

7.5

9.5

13

16

21.5

23.5

"@SDFNQXVHSGHMCDW EQDPTDMSNODQ@SHNM"@SDFNQXVHSGHMCDW!HMEQDPTDMSNODQ@SHNM

6HSGSDQLHM@KRGQNTCRNQOG@RDA@QQHDQ
/NKDRB@MMNSADITWS@ONRDC
ONKDCDUHBDVHSGONKDRHMRDQHDRODQONK@QHSX
3GDONVDQU@KTDHRFHUDMENQHMENQL@SHNMNMKXSGDBTQQDMSU@KTDRU@QXEQNLNMDL@MTE@BSTQDQSN@MNSGDQ
%NQ@Q@SDCNODQ@SHNM@KUNKS@FD4D5 "

94

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Dimensions - Front operation

SIDERMAT 250 to 800 A
Direct front operation

External front operation

A
Z

F
M
1
W

V1

190

V2
X T

210

AA

AC
B

sdmat_061_b_1_x_cat

Y
K1

C
E min.

1. Terminal shrouds

61

2. Reset fuse 70

Terminal
shrouds

Overall dimensions
Rating (A)

A
3p.

A
4p.

250

435

495

400

435

495

630

435

495

800

491

570

Switch body

AC

309

248

275

388

285 345 148 253 313 115 210 180 10

70 7 65 32 35 43 11

31

46 3 67 238

309

248

275

388

285 345 148 253 313 115 210 180 10

70 7 65 32 35 43 13

31

46 5 69 238

318.5 248

275

388

285 345 148 253 313 115 210 180 10

70 7 65 32 35 43 13

31

46 8 72 257

296

470

346 426 178 308 388 160 250 250 20 100 9 80 50 60 60 15

36

65 7 72 320

262

J
3p.

J
4p. K1

Connection

F
3p.

350

F
4p.

Switch mounting

E
min

P
P
3p. 4p. R T

V1 V2

X
X
3p. 4p. Y

AA

SIDERMAT 1250 to 1800 A

Direct front operation

External front operation

A

160
Z

F
M

16

250
U

sdmat_062_b_1_x_cat

210

190

250

AC
B
AA

59 120

1
256,5

E min.

61

1. Reset fuse 70
2. Terminal screens

Terminal
shrouds

Overall dimensions

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

Rating (A)

A 3p.

A 4p.

E min

AC

F 3p.

F 4p.

J 3p.

J 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

AA

1250

582

702

355

291

480

437

557

400

520

345

465

63

65

106

330

1600

582

702

370

291

479

437

557

400

520

345

465

80

80

15

110

360

1800

582

702

370

291

479

437

557

400

520

345

465

100

80

15

110

360

General Catalogue 2013-2014

95

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Dimensions - Side operation

SIDERMAT 250 to 800 A
Direct side operation

External side operation

P

J1
2
W
K1

V2

210

372,5

AC
AA

V1

90

U
190

sdmat_036_c_1_x_cat

F
M

Y
X T

279,5

61

1. Reset fuse 70
2. Terminal shrouds

Overall dimensions
Rating (A)
250

Terminal
shrouds

A 3p. A 4p. D 3p. D 4p.

365

425

357

417

Switch body

AC

F 3p. F 4p.

388

285

345

Switch mounting

K1

P
3p.

148

115

210

180

10

Connection

P
4p.

V1

V2

X
X
3p. 4p.

70

65

32

35

43

11

31

67 238

46

AA

400

365

425

357

417

388

285

345

148

115

210

180

10

70

65

32

35

43

13

31

46

69 238

630

365

425

357

417

388

285

345

148

129

210

180

10

70

65

45

49

49

13

31

46

72 257

800

421

501

413

493

470

346

426

178

160

250

250

20

100

80

50

60

60

15

36

65

72 320

SIDERMAT 1250 to 1800 A

Direct side operation

External side operation

F
M

16

sdmat_037_d_1_x_cat

160
Z

250

90

R 9

250
==

210

70

AC
AA

372,5

190

Y
43 120 120 120 62
A

1
279,5

61

1. Reset fuse 70
2. Terminal screens

Terminal
shrouds

Overall dimensions
Rating (A)
1250

96

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

A 3p.

A 4p.

D 3p.

D 4p.

AC

F 3p.

F 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

AA

522

641

504

624

480

437

557

345

465

63

65

106

330

1600

522

641

504

624

479

437

557

345

465

80

80

15

110

360

1800

522

641

504

624

479

437

557

345

465

100

80

15

110

360

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIDERMAT
Load break switches for power distribution
Remotely trippable switch from 250 to 1800 A

Dimensions for external handles

SIDERMAT 250 to 1800 A
Front operation
Direction of operation

S3 type

70

90

37
47

210

sdmat_075_a_1_gb_cat

90

47

Door drilling

1414

RESET

Direction of operation

20 20

78

Side operation

Door drilling

20 20

Handle type

70

37
61

1414
RESET

Connection terminal

13

20 40 20
80

20 40

sdmat_045_a_1_x_cat

17 25

sdmat_044_a_1_x_cat

19 25 19
63

SIDERMAT 1800 A

13

16 x 11

10

30
33
50

SIDERMAT 1600 A

sdmat_057_a_1_x_cat

15
30
33

sdmat_043_a_1_x_cat

19x11

SIDERMAT 1250 A

20 40

SIDERMAT 800 A

25 50 25
100

General Catalogue 2013-2014

97

SIRCO MC PV
The solution for

new

> Residential buildings.

> Buildings.
> Solar parks.

sirco-mc_003_a_1_cat

sirco-mc_002_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

Load break switches for photovoltaic applications

up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

SIRCO MC PV 25 A - 1000 VDC

DIN rail mounting

Strong points
> Compact.
> High breaking capacity
up to 1000 VDC.
> Safety.
> Easy assembling.
SIRCO MC PV 25 A - 1000 VDC
Door mounting

Function
SIRCO MC PV are DC load break switches. They make and break under load conditions and
provide optimum safety isolation for any PV circuit.

Check it out!
> Need an enclosed switch?
No problem with our specific
product department. We
have solutions for any
requirement.

Advantages

High breaking capacity up to 1000 VDC.

q Making and breaking capacity under load
conditions up to 1000 VDC.
q Specific photovoltaic test beyond
QDPTHQDLDMSRAXRS@MC@QC($"

Safety
q Pre-bridging is factory-achieved for easier,
quicker and safer connection.
q Direct access to connection terminals for
adequate tightening.
Easy mounting
Three mounting possibilities are available for
optimum integration and time saving:
q DIN rail or back plate mounting.
q Door mounting.
q Quick Fix mounting to save time when
integrating into solar inverters.

coff_380_a_1_cat

Compact
Thanks to its compact design, the limitation
of space within the combiner box or the solar
inverter is greatly reduced.

Conformity to standards
> IEC 60947-3
> UL508i(1)

(1) Please consult us.

Approvals and certifications

SIRCO MC PV
DIN-rail mounting

98

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO MC PV
Door mounting

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Multi-circuit breaking
q The SIRCO MC PV for double circuits (2 MPPT: Maximum Power Point Tracking) enables connection of two independent photovoltaic panel strings
to a single switch in order to reduce the costs of the global solution.

sirco-mc_045_a_1_gb_cat

RHQBNLB>>@

sirco-mc_024_a_1_x_cat

Inverter 1

Inverter 2

Panel 1

Panel 2

Complete inverter isolation with a single operation

q The SIRCO MC PV with two additional AC poles can be integrated into the inverter to provide complete and simultaneous isolation of the PV
and AC circuits. This improves safety and reduces the overall product size.

Inverter

sirco-mc_013_b_1_gb_cat

sirco-mc_020_a

sirco-mc_025_a_1_x_cat

+
3

AC

AC

Panel

What you need to know

RHQBNLB>>@>>W>B@S

RHQBNLB>>@>>W>B@S

For grounded or ungrounded networks:

It is possible to use the SIRCO MC PV in both network systems, either switching one or both polarities.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

99

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

References
2(1".,"/55#"#(-Q@HKNQA@BJOK@SDLNTMSHMF
Rating (A)

30 A

Number of poles
by PV polarity(3)

No of poles
AC current

Switch body

Single PV circuit

1 P+, 1 P-

21PV 2102

PV + AC circuit

1 P+, 1P-

2P

21PV 2162

Double PV circuit

2 x (1P+, 1P-)

21PV 5102

Single PV circuit

2 P+, 1 P-

21PV 3124

Circuit type

Direct
handle(1)

External
handle

MC0 type
Blue

2119 0012(2)

PV + AC circuit

40 A

Double PV circuit

2 P+, 1 P-

2P

21PV 3184

2 x (1P+, 1P-)

21PV 6124

Blue MC01
type

2119 1012

Shaft for
external handle

Auxiliary
contact

vLL

1 contact
NC+NO

MC1 type
Black
(/

2119 3312(2)

2107 0516
Red / Yellow
(/

2119 0001

2119 3313
Blue MC01
type

2119 1412
(1) 45 mm modular DIN front plate included.
(2) Standard handle.
(3) Default connected device (see "Connection of poles" page 108).

SIRCO MC PV 1000 VDC - DIN rail or back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Circuit type

Number of poles
by PV polarity(3)

No of poles
AC current

Switch body

Direct
handle(1)

External
handle

Shaft for
external
handle

Auxiliary
contact

Blue MC0
type

2119 0012(2)
Single PV circuit

21PV 3722

2 P+, 1 P-

Blue MC01
type

25 A

2119 1012
Double PV circuit

21PV 6722

2 x (1P+, 1P-)

Blue MC01
type

2119 1412
Please consult us

(2)

2119 0012
Single PV circuit

2P+, 2P

21PV 4754
Blue MC01
type

2119 1012

(1) 45 mm modular DIN front plate included.

(2) Standard handle.
(3) Default connected device (see "Connection of poles" page 108).

100

General Catalogue 2013-2014

2119 3312(2)

vLL

2107 0516
Blue MC0
type

40 A

Black
MC1 type
(/

Red / Yellow
(/

2119 3313

1 contact
NO + NC

2119 0001

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

2(1".,"/55#"#NNQLNTMSHMF
Rating (A)

30 A

Circuit type

Number of poles
by PV polarity(1)

No of poles
AC current

External handle Switch body

"switch body" "Quick Fix"

Switch body

Single PV circuit

1 P+, 1 P-

21PV 2202

21PV 2302

PV + AC circuit

1 P+, 1 P-

2P

21PV 2262

21PV 2362

External
handle
"Quick Fix"

Auxiliary
contact

Blue
MC3 type
(/

2139 1212(2)
Double PV circuit

2 x (1P+, 1P-)

21PV 5202

Single PV circuit

2 P+, 1 P-

21PV 3224

Blue MC2
type
IP55

2129 0112(2)

21PV 5302

Black
MC4 type
(/

21PV 3324

2139 3312

1 contact
NC+NO

2129 0001

Red/Yellow
(/

40 A
PV + AC circuit

2 P+, 1 P-

2P

21PV 3284

21PV 3384

2139 3313

(1) Default connected device (see "Connection of poles" page 108).

(2) Standard handle.

SIRCO MC PV 1000 VDC - Door mounting

Rating (A)

25 A

Circuit type

Number of poles
by PV polarity(1)

Single PV circuit

2 P+, 1 P-

No of poles
AC current

Switch body

External
handle
Switch body
"switch body" "Quick Fix"

21PV 3822

21PV 3922

External
handle
"Quick Fix"

Auxiliary
contact

MC3 type
!KTD(/

2139 1212(2)

Please consult us

40 A

Single PV circuit

2 P+, 1 P-

21PV 4854

Blue MC2
type
IP55

Black
MC4 type
(/

2129 0112

2139 3312

21PV 4954

1 contact
NC+NO

2129 0001

Red/Yellow
(/

2139 3313

(1) Default connected device (see "Connection of poles" page 108).

(2) Standard handle.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

101

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Accessories
Direct operation handle

Handle
colour

Type of locking

Handle

45 mm modular
DIN front plate

Reference

v

Blue

MC0 type

yes

2119 0012(1)

v

Blue

O@CKNBJ
mm

MC01 type

yes

2119 1012

Rating (A)

acces_305_a_1_cat

Use
The direct operation conversion kit requires an additional
LLCHRS@MBDNMD@BGRHCDNESGD@MCONKDCDUHBD

(1) Standard handle.

MC0 handle

Handle
colour

Type of locking

Handle

45 mm modular
DIN front plate

Reference

30

Blue

MC0 type

yes

2119 0012

30

Blue

O@CKNBJ
mm

MC01 type

yes

2119 1012

Blue

O@CKNBJ
mm

MC01 type

yes

2119 1412

Type of locking

Handle

45 mm modular
DIN front plate

Reference

O@CKNBJ
mm

MC01 type

yes

2119 1412

Rating (A)

40

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

2 MPPT 600 V

2 MPPT 1000 V
Handle
colour

Rating (A)
25

Blue

MC01 handle

Door interlocked external operation

Use
The external control will force the operator
to safely disconnect and isolate the solar
cell strings prior to any intervention.
External controls are

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

user-friendly and adapted to meet

requirements of residential installations,
large roofs and ground-based generators.

DIN rail or back plate mounting

Handle

Handle colour

Type of locking

External IP(1)

v

MC1 type

Black

O@CKNBJRLL

(/

v

MC1 type

Red/Yellow

O@CKNBJRLL

(/

v

S000 type

Black

O@CKNBJRLL

IP55

v

S000 type

Black

O@CKNBJRLL

(/

v

S000 type

Red/Yellow

O@CKNBJRLL

(/

(1) IP : protection degree according to IEC 60529

standard.

Reference

2119 3312(2)(3)
2119 3313(3)
1461 5111
1463 5111
1464 5111

S000 handle

Reference

MC4 handle

acces_302_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

(2) Standard handle.

(3) No padlocking.

Door mounting
v

Handle

Handle colour

MC2 type

Type of locking

Blue

External IP(1)

(2)

IP55

2129 0112

Reference

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

Rating (A)

(1) IP : protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

(2) Standard handle.

"Quick Fix" door mounting

Handle

Handle colour

Type of locking

External IP(1)

v

MC3 type

Blue

1 padlock 5 mm

(/

v

MC4 type

Black

O@CKNBJRLL

(/

v

MC4 type

Red/Yellow

O@CKNBJRLL

(/

Rating (A)

102

General Catalogue 2013-2014

2139 1212(2)
2139 3312
2139 3313

MC2 handle

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Shaft for external handle

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

Shaft length
MC1 type:
q LL@ITRS@AKDTOSNLL
S000 type:
q 150 mm
q 200 mm
q 320 mm

S000 type shaft

acces_308_a_1_x_cat

Use
MC1 and S000 shafts can be adjusted and
cut depending on the need.

DIN rail or back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Handle

Dimension X (mm)

Length (mm)

Reference

v

MC1 type

v



v

S000 type

v

150

v

S000 type

v

200

v

S000 type

v

320

2107 0516
2107 0515
2107 0520
2107 0532

Terminal shrouds

acces_300_a_1_cat

For SIRCO MC PV
Rating (A)

Type of mounting

No. of poles

Position

Reference

v

rail / door mounting

1P

top or bottom

v

rail / door mounting

3P

top or bottom

2194 1004
2194 3004

+ +

+ + -

+ + + + -

sirco-mc_011_d_1_cat

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact
with the terminals or connection parts. 1 and 3
poles are available.
The SIRCO MC PV load break switch is prebridged. Terminal covers are mounted on the
top or bottom free space of the device.
Possibility to assemble a terminal shroud on the
bridge side by removing the insulating material
of the series connection bar (irreversible step).

Terminal shrouds 1 pole

+
Terminal shrouds 3 pole

General Catalogue 2013-2014

103

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Accessories (continued)
Auxiliary contact
Use
These auxiliary contacts signalling position 0 and 1 can be normally
open or normally closed contacts. They can be fixed on the left or
right side of the switch body and/or on the power additional pole.
Connections
Min./max cross-sections: 1 mm/4 mm
3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTD -L

Rating (A)

Type of mounting

Contact(s)

Contact type

Reference

v

DIN-rail / back plate

mounted

1 contact

NO + NC

2119 0001

v

Door mounted

1 contact

NO + NC

2129 0001

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-5-1

Operating current Ie (A)
230 VAC

400 VAC

690 VAC

Rating (A)

Contact
type

Thermal current Ith (A)

AC-15

AC-15

AC-15

v

NO + NC



sirco-mc_012_a_1_cat

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

Auxiliary contacts configurations

"G@Q@BSDQHRSHBR@BBNQCHMFSN($"
25 to 40 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C(1)

25 A

30 A

40 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

1000

1000

1000

(A)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Ra ted operational currents Ie (A)

Utilization
category

Circuit type

Number of poles
of the device

Number of pole(s)
in series per polarity

(A)

(A)

5#"

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

2P

1 P+ and 1 P-

30

5#"

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

3P

2 P + and 1 P -

40

Rated voltage

5#"

DC-21 B

Double PV circuit

4P

2 x (1 P+ and 1 P-)

30

5#"

DC-21 B

Double PV circuit

/

2 x (2 P+ and 1 P-)

40

1000 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

3P

2 P + and 1 P -

25

1000 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

4P

2 P + and 2 P -

40

1000 VDC

DC-21 B

Double PV circuit

/

2 x (2 P+ and 1 P-)

25

Minimum Cu cable cross-section

1.5

1.5

1.5

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)

10

10

10

Tightening torque mini / maxi (Nm)

1.2

1.2

1.2

30 000

30 000

30 000

0.8

0.8

0.8

Weight of 2 pole PV device (kg)

0.110

0.110

Weight of a 3 pole PV device (kg)

0.125

0.125

0.125

Weight of 2 a pole PV and 2 pole AC device (kg)

0.180

0.180

Weight of a 3 pole PV and 2 pole AC device (kg)

 
 

Connection

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)
Operating effort (Nm)

Weight of a 4 pole PV device (kg)

Weight of a 4 pole PV device, 2 double PV circuit (kg)

0.145

0.145

6DHFGSNE@ONKD/5CDUHBDCNTAKD/5BHQBTHSJF

0.250

(1) For other temperatures: Please consult us.

104

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Dimensions
DIN rail mounting - Direct operation
73.5

91.5

52

91.5
42

42
5

sirco-mc_004_b_1_x_cat

78

60

65

70

3.8

4
2

48.5
67.5

25
1. Terminal shrouds 1P.
2. Terminal shrouds 3P.
3. Auxiliary contact.

48.5
67.5

4. AC power pole.
5. AC or PV power pole.

A. MC0 handle.
B. MC01 handle.

DIN rail mounting - External operation

73.5

88 - 98

44.5

42
5

max. 5

sirco-mc_005_b_1_x_cat

66

78

60

65

70

3.8

55

25
1. Terminal shrouds 1P.
2. Terminal shrouds 3P.

32

3. Auxiliary contact.
4. AC power pole.

5. AC or PV power pole.
A. MC1 handle.

Door mounting

51

34

55

37

1. Terminal shrouds 1P.

2. Terminal shrouds 3P.
3. Auxiliary contact.
4. AC power pole.
5. AC or PV power pole.
A. MC2 handle.

RHQBNLB>>A>>W>B@S

44.5

max. 5

37

General Catalogue 2013-2014

105

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Dimensions
"Quick Fix" door mounting
60
44.5

35

B
RHQBNLB>>A>>W>B@S

55

60
50

55

36

50

17
37
1. Terminal shrouds 1P.
2. Terminal shrouds 3P.
3. Auxiliary contact.

4. AC power pole.
5. AC or PV power pole.

A. MC3 handle
B. MC4 handle

,//3 5#"@MC 5#"#(-Q@HKLNTMSHMF#HQDBSNODQ@SHNM

95
42
97

A
RHQBNLB>>@>>W>B@S

78

60

65

70

3.8

4.65
1

48
71

25
1. Terminal shrouds 3P.

2. Auxiliary contact.

A. MC01 handle.

DIN-rail mounting - External operation

95 - 98

42
89

max. 5

66.5

25
1. Terminal shrouds 3P.

106

General Catalogue 2013-2014

2. Auxiliary contact.

A. MC01 handle.

32

RHQBNLB>>@>>W>B@S

66

78

60

65

70

3.8

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Dimensions for external handles

DIN rail or back plate mounting
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

MC1 type
90

32

4.5

66

14
0
OFF

33

0
OFF

66

36

S000 type

45

13

27

45

36

25

3.2

ONHFM>>@>>FA>B@S

90

Door mounting
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

MC2 type

Door drilling

39

16.5

37

90

10

24

12.5

MC3 type

Quick Fix

90

3.2
12.5

48

22.5

36

48
55

56

MC4 type
Quick Fix

90

32

3.2

0
OFF

66

General Catalogue 2013-2014

ONHFM>>@>>FA>B@S

0
33

0
OFF

12.5

66

22.5

107

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Poles connections
Switching of polarities + and -

sirco-mc_024_a_1_x_cat

Double PV circuit

sirco-mc_025_a_1_x_cat

PV and AC circuit

RHQBNLB>>@>>W>B@S

Single PV circuit

Direct operation
PV and AC circuit
21PV 2162

21PV 5102
Inverter

Inverter

 5#"
25 A - 1000 VDC

sirco-mc_044_a_1_gb_cat

Panel

21PV 3421
21PV 3722

Inverter 1

AC

AC

Panel

21PV 3184

Inverter 2

Panel 1

Panel 2

21PV 6124
21PV 6722

Inverter 1

Inverter 2

108

Inverter

Panel

Inverter

sirco-mc_048_a_1_gb_cat

+
Panel 2

Inverter

Inverter 2

21PV 4754

General Catalogue 2013-2014

AC

Panel

Panel

Panel 2

Panel 1

Inverter

AC

Panel

RHQBNLB>>@>>FA>B@S

Panel

40 A - 1000 VDC

Inverter 1

Panel

RHQBNLB>>@>>FA>B@S

Panel 1

Inverter

Inverter

sirco-mc_045_a_1_gb_cat

21PV 2102

Double PV circuit

RHQBNLB>>@>>FA>B@S

 5#"

Single PV circuit

sirco-mc_013_a_1_gb_cat

Rating

SIRCO MC PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
up to 1000 VDC and 40 A

Switching of polarities + and Double PV circuit

sirco-mc_025_a_1_x_cat

sirco-mc_024_a_1_x_cat

PV and AC circuit

RHQBNLB>>@>>W>B@S

Single PV circuit

Door mounting

Panel

AC

AC

21PV 3224
21PV 3324

Inverter

Panel

sirco-mc_008_a_1_gb_cat

Inverter

Inverter 1

Inverter 2

Panel 1

Panel 2

21PV 3284
21PV 3384
Panel

Inverter

sirco-mc_051_a_1_gb_cat

Panel

Inverter

AC

Panel

Panel

AC

Inverter

sirco-mc_052_a_1_gb_cat

Inverter

Panel

Inverter

21PV 4854
21PV 4954

Panel

40 A - 1000 VDC

Double PV circuit
21PV 5202
21PV 5302

sirco-mc_010_a_1_gb_cat

 5#"
25 A - 1000 VDC

PV and AC circuit
21PV 2262
21PV 2362

sirco-mc_050_a_1_gb_cat

Single PV circuit
21PV 2202
21PV 2302

RHQBNLB>>@>>FA>B@S

Rating
 5#"

General Catalogue 2013-2014

109

SIRCO MV PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 63 to 160 A
The solution for

sircm-pv_010_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

> Residential buildings.

> Buildings.
> Solar parks.

Strong points

SIRCO MV PV 1000 V - 80 A
direct operation

> Modular device.

> Patented switching
technology.
> Performance - 1000 VDC.

Conformity to standards

Function
SIRCO MV PV are manually operated multipolar load break switches. They make and break
under load conditions and provide optimum safety isolation for any PV circuit.

> IEC 60947-3

> IEC 60364-4-410
> IEC 60364-7-712

Advantages
Modular device
SIRCO MV PV are devices whichare DIN-rail or
backplate mountable and can be integrated into
a modular panel with a 45 mm front cut-out.

Patented switching technology

SIRCO MV PV benefit from proven breaking
technology based on a system of double
break contacts with arc extinguishing
chambers.

Approvals and certifications(1)

(1) Product reference on request.

A complete solution

What you need to know

A photovoltaic electrical installation is an
application that requires switching devices
which fully meet the needs of operational
reliability and operational safety intervention
for this type of installation.
According to IEC 60364 (Part 7-7-12), the
characteristics must withstand overcurrents
up to 1.25 times the rated short-circuit current
(Isc, Stc).
To date, as there is no specific standard
regarding 'switchgear for PV installation', the
manufacturer can only refer to IEC 60947 and
related utilisation categories depending on the
type of loads and normal overload conditions.

110

General Catalogue 2013-2014

The utilisation category DC21 defines a device

withstand capacity up to 1.5 times the rated
current of the installation, with a time constant
L/R 1ms, which is significantly above the
requirements by the standard IEC 603647-712 and PV needs on the basis of these
criteria.
However, the manufacturer has the
responsibility to propose, according to his
expertise, devices meeting the specific
requirements of these applications, even if
they are not necessarily defined in standards.

> SUNSYS IFB

(Intelligent Field Box). Smart
connection box to link solar
panels to the inverter.

SIRCO MV PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 63 to 160 A

References
SIRCO MV PV 800 VDC - DIN rail or back plate mounting
Rating
(A)

Circuit
type

63 A

No. of
poles

Switch body

3P

22PV 3106

Direct handle

External front handle

Shaft for external

front handle

S0 Type
Black IP55

S0 type
150 mm

(1)(2)

80 A

3P

1491 0111

22PV 3108

Black IP65

(2)

1493 0111
Blue M0b
100 A

Single PV
circuit

(1)

3P

22PV 3110

2299 5042

Blue M0 type

2299 5022
3P

2299 0001(3)
1 contact 2 NC

S1 type
Black IP55

S1 type
200 mm

1 contact NO

1401 0620

1 contact NC

320 mm

3999 0702

1413 2111(2)
1414 2111(2)

3P

1 contact
NC+NO

320 mm

Red / Yellow IP65

160 A

200 mm

1409 0620
1409 0632

Black IP65

22PV 3012

Bridging bar

1409 0615

1494 0111(2)

Red / Yellow IP65

1411 2111(2)
125 A

Auxiliary contact

2299 0011(3)

1 piece

2209 0016

3999 0701

1401 0632
400 mm

1401 0640

22PV 3016

(1) Standard.
(2) Defeatable handle.
(3) Signalling contact only.

SIRCO MV PV 1000 VDC - DIN rail or back plate mounting

Rating
(A)

Circuit
type

63 A

No. of
poles

Switch body

4P

22PV 4106

Direct handle

External front handle

Shaft for external

front handle

S0 Type
Black IP55

S0 type
150 mm

(1)(2)

80 A

4P

1491 0111

22PV 4108

Black IP65

(2)

1493 0111
Blue M0b
100 A

Single PV
circuit

(1)

4P

22PV 4110

2299 5042

Blue M0 type

2299 5022
4P

22PV 4012

2299 0001(3)
1 contact 2 NC

S1 Type
Black IP55

S1 type
200 mm

1 contact NO

1401 0620

1 contact NC

320 mm

3999 0702

Black IP65

1414 2111(2)

4P

1 contact
NC+NO

320 mm

Red / Yellow IP65

160 A

200 mm

1409 0620
1409 0632

1413 2111(2)

Bridging bar

1409 0615

1494 0111(2)

Red / Yellow IP65

1411 2111(2)
125 A

Auxiliary contact

2299 0011(3)

2 pieces

2209 2016

3999 0701

1401 0632
400 mm

1401 0640

22PV 4016

(1) Standard.
(2) Defeatable handle.
(3) Signalling contact only.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

111

SIRCO MV PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 63 to 160 A

Accessories

Rating (A)

Handle colour

Reference

63 ... 160

Blue

2299 5042(1)

(1) Standard.

M0b handle

M0 tpe compact direct operation handle

Rating (A)

Handle colour

Reference

63 ... 160

Blue

2299 5022

M0 handle

acces_285_a_2_cat

M0b type direct handle

acces_268_a_2_cat

Direct operation handle

Use
Door interlocked external operation handles
include an escutcheon, are padlockable and
must be utilised with an extension shaft.
In a combiner box, located close to the
solar cell strings, or located close to the
inverter, we recommend the use of a door
interlocked external handle for safety.

Example
The locking function of the enclosure in
the "ON" position will force the operator to
safely disconnect and isolate the solar cell
strings prior to any intervention.
Opening the door when the switch is on
"ON" position is possible by defeating the
interlocking function with the use of a tool
(authorised persons only). The interlocking
function is restored when the door is
re-closed.

acces_279_a_2_cat

External operation handle

S0 type handle

Rating (A)

Handle

Handle
colour

External IP(1)

Reference

63 ... 160

S0 type

Black

IP55

63 ... 160

S0 type

Black

IP65

63 ... 160

S0 type

Red/Yellow

IP65

1491 0111(2)
1493 0111(2)
1494 0111(2)

External IP(1)

Reference

1411 2111(2)
1413 2111(2)
1414 2111(2)

acces_284_a_2_cat

S0 type handle - Front operation I - 0

S1 type handle - Front operation I - 0

Rating (A)

Handle

Handle
colour

63 ... 160

S1 type

Black

IP55

63 ... 160

S1 type

Black

IP65

63 ... 160

S1 type

Red/Yellow

IP65

S1 type handle

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

(2) Defeatable handle.

Shaft for external handle

acces_280_a_2_cat

- 320 mm
- 400 mm

Use
Standard lengths:
- 150 mm
- 200 mm

Other lengths: Please consult us.

For SIRCO MV PV
Handle type

Length (mm)

Reference

63 ... 160

S0 type

150 mm

63 ... 160

S0 type

200 mm

63 ... 160

S0 type

320 mm

63 ... 160

S1 type

200 mm

63 ... 160

S1 type

320 mm

63 ... 160

S1 type

400 mm

1409 0615
1409 0620
1409 0632
1401 0620
1401 0632
1401 0640

Shaft for S0 type handle for

SIRCO MV PV 63 ... 160 A
acces_369_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

Shaft for S1 type handle for

SIRCO MV PV 63 ... 160 A

112

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO MV PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 63 to 160 A

Auxiliary contact

M type
Rating (A)

Contact(s)

Contact type

Reference

63 ... 160

1 contact

NO + NC

63 ... 160

1 contact

2 NC

2299 0001(1)
2299 0011(1)

sircm_048_a_1_x_cat

U-type
Pre-break and signalisation by NO or NC
auxiliary contact.
Max 2 auxiliary contacts.
sircm_075_b_2_cat

Use
M-type
Signalisation of positions 0 and I by
NO+NC or 2 NO auxiliary contacts. They
can be mounted on the right side on the
2(1".,5/5 4OSN@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BS
modules can be installed.

M type

U type

(1) Signalling contact only.

Rating (A)

Contact(s)

Contact type

Reference

63 ... 160

1 AC

NO

63 ... 160

1 AC

NC

3999 0701
3999 0702

sircm_098_a_1_cat

U type

M type
Auxiliary contact configurations for SIRCO MV PV
1. Maximum 2 "U" type auxiliary contacts.
2. Maximum 2 "M" type auxiliary contacts modules (4 A/C).

Terminal shrouds
Use
Top and bottom protection against direct contact
with the connection parts (set of 2 units).

Advantage
Perforations allow remote thermographic
inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds. The terminal shrouds also provide phase
separation.

For SIRCO MV PV
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

63 ... 160

3P

top and bottom

63 ... 160

4P

top and bottom

2294 3016
2294 4016

Bridging bars for connecting poles in series

Use
The bridging bars facilitate the connection
of poles in series, allowing the below
configurations:
q Bottom/Bottom
q Top/Top
q Top/Bottom
q Top/Bottom

Connection diagrams, See "Poles connections in

serie", page 115.

For SIRCO MV PV
Rating (A)

Pack

Reference

63 ... 160

1 piece

63 ... 160

2 pieces

2209 0016
2209 2016

Enclosed switches
Our SIRCO MV PV can be delivered
enclosed, please consult us. Close to the
installation, they guarantee:
Disconnection under DC load between the
inverters and PV generators (necessary
according to the IEC 60364-712 standard).

For local safety disconnection, SOCOMEC

- a leader on the market - offers the widest
range of enclosed switches. Whatever the
level of safety is, we are able to meet all
your requirements (disconnection, switching
for mechanical maintenance, emergency
breaking).
- Enclosed solar load break switches
- Enclosed fuse combination switches
- Enclosed changeover switches
- Complete integrated equipment

Available on request:
- Enclosures made of steel or stainless steel
sheet metal (painted for sea environments
or brushed), or insulating materials
- Specific colours (enclosure paint, handle)
- Specific dimensions
- Specific connections: class II quick
connectors
For any request of customised products,
please consult us.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

113

SIRCO MV PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 63 to 160 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

63 to 160 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C

63 A

80 A

100 A

125 A

160 A

1@SDCHMRTK@SHNMUNKS@FD4i (V)

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1@SDCHLOTKRDVHSGRS@MCUNKS@FD4imp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation category

Circuit type

No. of
poles

Number of pole(s) in series

per polarity

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

800 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

3P

2 P + and 1 P -

63

80

100

125

160

1000 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

4P

2 P + and 2 P -

63

80

100

125

160

70

Rated voltage

Connection
Maximum Cu rigid cable cross-section (mm)

70

70

70

70

Tightening torque min (Nm)

Tightening torque max (Nm)

Mechanical characteristics
Operating effort (Nm)

4.2

4.2

4.2

4.2

4.2

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

Dimensions
SIRCO MV PV 63 to 160 A
Direct front operation

76
64

A
109
35 26

8,8

D
44

C
37

8,8

70

71
88

131,4
189

124,6

110 min.
357 max.
69,9
29,5

B
135
61

1
53

26
M5

A. 3 poles
B. 4 poles

114

General Catalogue 2013-2014

C. S0 type handle
D. S1 type handle

1. Maximum 2 "M" type auxiliary contacts.

2. Maximum 2 "U" type auxiliary contacts

sircm_058_c_1_x_cat

External front operation

SIRCO MV PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 63 to 160 A

Dimensions for external handles

SIRCO MV PV 63 to 160 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S0 type

IP55 with 2 xing clips

IP65 with 4 xing screws

40

With xing nut

40

28

28

88

47

sircm_038_a_1_gb_cat

27

13.5

90
71

22.5
37

37

31

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling
IP65 with 4 xing screws

IP55 with 2 xing clips

S1 type

40

40

0
90

27

47

70

28

28

poign_039_a_1_gb_cat

78

37

44

31

Pole series connection(1)

3 poles - bottom / top

4 poles - bottom / bottom

Load

Load

SIRCO_307_b_1_gb_cat

SIRCO_305_b_1_gb_cat

(1) Other connections: refer to mounting instructions.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

115

SIRCO PV
The solution for

new

> Residential buildings.

> Buildings.
> Solar parks.

SIRCO-pv_023_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

Load break switches for photovoltaic applications

for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Strong points

SIRCO PV 1000 V - 400 A

direct operation

Function

Conformity to standards

SIRCO PV are manually operated multipolar load break switches.

They make and break under load conditions and provide safety isolation for any low voltage
circuit dedicated to photovoltaic applications.

Advantages
Performance
A glass fibre reinforced polyester break
chamber with an arc extinguishing system
provides a patented safety disconnection
system offering rapid extinguishing of the
electric arc up to 1500 VDC and current
interruption up to 3200 A.

> Patented safety

disconnection.
> Performance - 1500 VDC.
> Back-to-back double load
break switch.

>
>
>
>

IEC 60947-3
IEC 60364-4-410
IEC 60364-7-712
UL 98B(1)

(1) See page 158.

Back-to-back double load break switch

The system of back-to-back double switches
enables:
- on load operation of two switches with a
single handle,
- compact solution when connecting
SVNRDO@Q@SDOGNSNUNKS@HBBHQBTHSRBNLO@QDC
with the use of two separate switches,
- easy connection,
UNKS@FDR@ANUD5#"@QDAQNJDMAXSGD
use of two poles in series.

Approvals and certifications(1)

(1) Product reference on request.

What you need to know

Load break switch for photovoltaic
applications
As the IEC standard breaking devices for
PV installations does not currently exist, the
manufacturer refers to IEC standard 60947-3
and to its utilisation categories. This standard
(in category DC21 or DC22) only takes the
tests at nominal current into account, not at
reduced current.

116

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Across the Atlantic, UL 98B is the reference

standard for PV load break switches. This
standard is incredibly stringent in terms of
temperature, with devices having to operate
without de-rating from -20 C to +50 C and
with special tests conducted to check the arc
fault.

SIRCO PV are constructed to meet not

NMKX($"-NQL@SHUDSDRS@S (n +
@CCHSHNM@KSDRSR@S@MCNESGD
(MATS@KRNRS@MC@QC4+!

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

References
Single PV circuit 750 VDC - Back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Circuit type

Number of
poles of the
device

Number of
pole(s) in series
per polarity

Switch body

100 A

26PV 3010

125 A

26PV 3012

160 A

26PV 3016

200 A

26PV 3020

250 A

26PV 3025

315 A

26PV 3031

400 A

26PV 3040

500 A

26PV 3050
3P

S2 type
Black IP55

J1 type
Black

1112 1111(1)
1113 1111

2609 0025

1421 2111(1)

1400 1020

Black IP65

1400 1032(1)

1423 2111

Red

Red IP65

1424 2111

2P+, 1P-

800 A

26PV 3080

1000 A

26PV 3100

1250 A

26PV 3120
26PV 3160

1600 A

26PV 3200

2000 A

Bridging bars

200 mm
320 mm
500 mm

1400 1050
2609 2050

26PV 3063

630 A
Single PV circuit

Shaft for
Direct handle(2) External handle external handle

2609 0080

J4 type
Black

1142 1111(1)

S4 type
Black IP65

1443 3111(1)

Red

Red IP65

1143 1111

1444 3111

200 mm

1401 1520
320 mm

(1)

1401 1532
400 mm

1401 1540

2609 1100
2609 1160
2609 1200

2500 A
Please consult us

3200 A
(1) Standard.
(2) Other types of operation handle available. see "Accessories" pages.

Dual PV circuit 750 VDC - Back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Circuit type

Number of
poles of the
device

Number of
pole(s) in series
per polarity

Switch body

100 A

26PV 6010

125 A

26PV 6012

160 A

26PV 6016

200 A

26PV 6020

250 A

26PV 6025

315 A

26PV 6031

400 A

26PV 6041

500 A

26PV 6051

630 A
800 A

Dual PV circuit

6P

1000 A

2x (2P+, 1P-)

Shaft for
Direct handle(2) External handle external handle

2x
S3 type
Black IP55

J3 type
Black

1132 1111(1)
1133 1111

200 mm

1431 3111(1)

1401 1520

Black IP65

1401 1532(1)

1433 3111

Red

Red IP65

1434 3111

2609 0025

320 mm
400 mm

1401 1540

2x

2609 2050

26PV 6063

2x

Please consult us

2609 0080

26PV 6100

J4 type
Black

(1)

1142 1111
1250 A

Bridging bars

26PV 6120

S4 type
Black IP65

2x

1443 3111(1)

Red

Red IP65

200 mm

1143 1111

1444 3111

2799 3015

2609 1100

320 mm

2799 3018(1)
1600 A

2000 A

26PV 6160

26PV 6200

V1 type
Black

2799 7074

S5 type
Black IP65

1453 8111
Red IP65

450 mm

2799 3019

2x

2609 1200

1454 8111

(1) Standard.
(2) Other types of operation handle available. see "Accessories" pages.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

117

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

References (continued)
Single PV circuit 1000 VDC - Back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Circuit type

Number of
poles of the
device

Number of
pole(s) in series
per polarity

Switch body

100 A

26PV 4010

125 A

26PV 4012

160 A

26PV 4016

200 A

26PV 4020

250 A

26PV 4025

315 A

26PV 4031

400 A

26PV 4040

500 A

26PV 4050

Shaft for
Direct handle(2) External handle external handle

J1 type
Black

1112 1111(1)
Red

1113 1111

S2 type
Black IP55

2609 2025
200 mm

1421 2111(1)

1400 1020

Black IP65

1400 1032(1)

1423 2111
Red IP65

1424 2111

320 mm
500 mm

1400 1050
2609 4050

26PV 4063

630 A
Single PV circuit

800 A

4P

2 P+, 2 P-

2609 2080

26PV 4080

1000 A

26PV 4100

1250 A

26PV 4120

1600 A

26PV 4160

J4 type
Black

S4 type
Black IP65

1142 1111(1)

1443 3111(1)

Red

Red IP65

1143 1111

1444 3111

26PV 4200

2000 A

Bridging bars

200 mm

1401 1520
320 mm

1401 1532(1)
400 mm

1401 1540

2x

2609 1100
2x

2609 1160
2x

26091200

2500 A
Please consult us

3200 A
(1) Standard.
(2) Other types of operation handle available. see "Accessories" pages.

Dual PV circuit 1000 VDC - Back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Circuit type

Number of
poles of the
device

Number of
pole(s) in series
per polarity

Switch body

100 A

26PV 8010

125 A

26PV 8012

160 A

26PV 8016

200 A

26PV 8020

250 A

26PV 8025

315 A

26PV 8031

400 A

26PV 8041

500 A

26PV 8051

Shaft for
Direct handle(2) External handle external handle

Bridging bars

2x
J3 type
Black

1132 1111(1)
Red

1133 1111

S3 type
Black IP55

200 mm

1431 3111(1)

1401 1520

Black IP65

1401 1532(1)

1433 3111
Red IP65

1434 3111

2609 2025

320 mm
400 mm

1401 1540

2x

2609 4050

26PV 8063

2x

800 A

Please consult us

2609 2080

1000 A

26PV 8100

630 A

Dual PV circuit

8P

1250 A

2x (2P+, 2P-)

26PV 8120

J4 type
Black

S4 type
Black IP65

1142 1111(1)

1443 3111(1)

Red

Red IP65

1143 1111

1444 3111

4x
200 mm

2609 1100

2799 3015
320 mm

2799 3018(1)
1600 A
2000 A
(1) Standard.
(2) Other types of operation handle available. see "Accessories" pages.

118

General Catalogue 2013-2014

26PV 8160
26PV 8200

V1 type
Black

2799 7074

S5 type
Black IP65

1453 8111
Red IP65

1454 8111

450 mm

2799 3019

4x

2609 1200

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Single PV circuit 1200 VDC(1) - Back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Circuit type

Number of
poles of the
device (1)

Number of
pole(s) in series
per polarity

Switch body

100 A

26PV 6010

125 A

26PV 6012

160 A

26PV 6016

200 A

26PV 6020

250 A

26PV 6025

315 A

26PV 6031

400 A

26PV 6041

500 A

26PV 6051

630 A
800 A

Single PV circuit

6P

3P+, 3P-(1)

2x
S3 type
Black IP55

J3 type
Black

1132 1111(3)
1133 1111

200 mm

1431 3111(3)

1401 1520

Black IP65

1401 1532(3)

1433 3111

Red

Red IP65

1434 3111

2609 2025

320 mm
400 mm

1401 1540

2x

2609 4050

26PV 6063

2x

2609 0080
J4 type
Black

(3)

1142 1111
26PV 6120

1250 A

Bridging bars

Please consult us

26PV 6100

1000 A

Shaft for
Direct handle(2) External handle external handle

S4 type
Black IP65

4x

1443 3111(3)

Red

Red IP65

200 mm

1143 1111

1444 3111

2799 3015

2609 1100

320 mm

2799 3018(1)
26PV 6160

1600 A

26PV 6200

2000 A

V1 type
Black

2799 7074

S5 type
Black IP65

450 mm

2799 3019

1453 8111

2x

2609 1200

Red IP65

1454 8111

(1) For an operating voltage of 1200 VDC, the 3 poles at the front of the device must be connected in series for one polarity, and the 3 poles at the rear must be connected in series for the other.
(2) Other types of operation handle available. See "Accessories" pages.
(3) Standard.

Single PV circuit 1500 VDC(1) - Back plate mounting

Rating (A)

Circuit type

Number of
poles of the
device (1)

Number of
pole(s) in series
per polarity

Switch body

100 A

26PV 8010

125 A

26PV 8012

160 A

26PV 8016

200 A

26PV 8020

250 A

26PV 8025

315 A

26PV 8031

400 A

26PV 8041

500 A

26PV 8051

630 A
800 A
1000 A

1250 A

Single PV circuit

8P

4P+, 4P-(1)

Direct handle

Shaft for
External handle external handle

Bridging bars

3x
J3 type
Black

1132 1111(1)
Red

1133 1111

S3 type
Black IP55

200 mm

1431 3111(1)

1401 1520

Black IP65

1401 1532(1)

1433 3111
Red IP65

1434 3111

2609 2025

320 mm
400 mm

1401 1540

3x

2609 4050

26PV 8063

3x

Please consult us

2609 2080

26PV 8100

26PV 8120

J4 type
Black

S4 type
Black IP65

6x

1142 1111(2)

1443 3111(1)

Red

Red IP65

200 mm

1143 1111

1444 3111

2799 3015

2609 1100

320 mm

2799 3018(1)
1600 A

2000 A

26PV 8160

26PV 8200

V1 type
Black

2799 7074

S5 type
Black IP65

1453 8111
Red IP65

450 mm

2799 3019

6x

2609 1200

1454 8111

(1) For an operating voltage of 1500 VDC, the 4 poles at the front of the device must be connected in series for one polarity, and the 4 poles at the rear must be connected in series for the other.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

119

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Accessories
Direct operation handle

B2 type
3/4 P
J1 type
100 800
C1 type
6/8 P
J3 type
C2 type
1000 1250

3/4/6/8 P
J4 type
C2 type

1600 2000

3/4 P
J4 type
6/8 P

V1 type

Handle colour
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black

Reference

2699 5052
2699 5053
1112 1111(1)
1113 1111
2799 7052
2799 7053
1132 1111(1)
1133 1111
2799 7012
2799 7013
1142 1111(1)
1143 1111
2799 7012
2799 7013
1142 1111(1)
1143 1111
2799 7074(1)

B2 type handle

acces_153_a_1_cat

Handle

acces_129_b_1_cat

No. of poles

acces_114_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

C1-type handle
C2-type handle

acces_355_a

(1) Standard.

J1 type handle

S2 type handle

acces_152_a_2_cat

Example
The locking function of the enclosure in the
.-ONRHSHNMVHKKENQBDSGDNODQ@SNQSNR@EDKX
disconnect and isolate the solar cell strings
prior to any intervention.
.ODMHMFSGDCNNQVGDMSGDRVHSBGHRNM.-
position is possible by defeating the locking
function using a tool (authorised persons only).
The interlocking function is restored when the
door is re-closed.

acces_151_a_2_cat

Use
Door interlocked external operation handles
include an escutcheon, are padlockable and
must be utilised with an extension shaft.
In a combiner box, located close to the
solar cell strings, or located close to the
inverter, we recommend to use a door
interlocked external handle for safety.

acces_150_a_2_cat

Door interlocked external operation handle

S3 type handle

Front operation
No. of poles

Handle

3/4/6/8 P

S2 type

6/8 P

S3 type

3/4 P

S4 type

6/8 P

S5 type

100 800

1000 2000

(1) Standard.

120

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Handle colour
Black
Black
Red
Black
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red

External IP(1)
IP55
IP65
IP65
IP55
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65

Reference

1421 2111(1)
1423 2111
1424 2111
1431 3111(1)
1433 3111
1434 3111
1443 3111(1)
1444 3111
1453 8111(1)
1454 8111

S4 type handle
acces_286_a_2_cat

Rating (A)

S5 type handle

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Shaft guide for external operation

Use
To guide the shaft extension into the
external handle.
This accessory enables the handle
to engage the extension shaft with a
misalignment of up to 15 mm.
Description

Reference

Shaft guide

1429 0000

acces_260_a_2_cat

Required for shaft lengths over 320 mm.

S-type handle adapter

Handle colour

Dimensions
Adds 12 mm to the depth.

External IP(1)

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

IP65

1493 0000

Black

acces_187_a_1_cat

Use
Enables S type handles to be fitted in place
of existing older style SOCOMEC handles.
Adapter can also be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel
door and the handle lever.

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

Alternative S-type handle cover colours

Use
For single lever handles type S1, S2, S3.
To be ordered
in multiples of

Handle

Reference

Light grey

50

S1, S2, S3 type

Dark grey

50

S1, S2, S3 type

1401 0001
1401 0011

acces_198_a_1_cat

Handle
colour

Other colours: Please consult us.

Use
Standard lengths:
- 200 mm
- 320 mm
- 400 mm
- 450 mm

acces_369_a_1_cat

Shaft for external handle

Other lengths: Please consult us.

Shaft for SIRCO PV 100 ... 800 A

3/4P
100 800
6/8 P

3/4P
1000 2000
6/8 P

Dimension X
(mm)
125 250
125 370
125 550
221 343
221 463
221 543
221 343
221 463
221 543
415 570
415 690
415 820

Length (mm)
200 mm
320 mm
500 mm
200 mm
320 mm
400 mm
200 mm
320 mm
400 mm
200 mm
320 mm
450 mm

Reference

1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1050
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540
2799 3015
2799 3018
2799 3019

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

Number of
poles of the
device

121

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Accessories (continued)
Auxiliary contact

acces_076_a_1_cat

Characteristics
-.-" "(/VHSGEQNMSNODQ@SHNM
Connection to the control circuit
6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I:
SN-.-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
SN-.
-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
SNKNVKDUDK-.-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
NO/NC contact for 3/4 poles
Rating (A)
100 3200

Position A/C

Reference

1st

2699 0031
2699 0032

2nd

Low level NO/NC contact for 3/4 poles

Rating (A)
100 3200

Position A/C

Reference

1st
2nd

2699 0301
2699 0302

Position A/C

Reference

1st
2nd

2699 0141
2699 0143

Position A/C

Reference

1st

2699 0061
2699 0062

NO+NC contact for 3/4 poles

Rating (A)
100 3200

NO/NC contact for 6/8 poles

Rating (A)
100 2500

2nd

Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)
230 VAC
Contact type

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-12

AC-15

AC-12

AC-15

DC-12

DC-14

DC-12

DC-14

-.-"

16

12

16

2.5

0.2

-"+NVKDUDK

16

12

16

0.3

-.
-"

16

12

16

0.3

Terminal shrouds

Single PV circuit
750 VDC

122

Rating (A)

Quantity to be
ordered

100 500

630 800

Reference

2694 3021
2694 3051

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Advantage
Perforations allow remote thermographic
inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds.
The terminal shrouds also provide phase
separation for SIRCO PV from
SN

Single PV circuit
1000 VDC
Quantity to be
ordered
1
1

Reference

2694 4021
2694 4051

acces_077_a_1_cat

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct
contact with terminals or connection parts.

Dual PV circuit 750 VDC or single

PV circuit 1200 VDC
Quantity to be
ordered
2
2

Reference

2694 3021
2694 3051

Dual PV circuit 1000 VDC or

single PV circuit 1500 VDC
Quantity to be
ordered
2
2

Reference

2694 4021
2694 4051

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Terminal screens

Single PV circuit
750 VDC
Rating (A)

Position

Single PV circuit
1000 VDC

Reference

Position

Dual PV circuit 750 VDC or

single PV circuit 1200 VDC

Reference

Position

100 500

Top or bottom 2698 3020 Top or bottom 2698 4020

Top or bottom

630 800

Top or bottom 2698 3050 Top or bottom 2698 4050

Top or bottom

1000 1250 Top or bottom 2698 3080 Top or bottom 2698 4080 Top and bottom
1600
2000

acces_079_a_1_cat

Use
Top and bottom protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
Dual PV circuit 1000 VDC or
single PV circuit 1500 VDC

Reference

Position

Reference

1509 3025 Top or bottom

1509 3063 Top or bottom
1509 3080 Top and bottom

1509 4025
1509 4063
1509 4080

2698 3199

2698 4199

Top or bottom 2698 3120 Top or bottom 2698 4120

Top and
bottom

Top and
bottom

2698 3199

2698 4199

Top or bottom

Top or bottom

Inter-phase barrier
For 100 to 800 A SIRCO PV, the inter-phase
barriers allow insulation between poles
connected in series.

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Pack

Reference

100 500

3P

2 pieces

100 500

4P

3 pieces

630 800

3P

2 pieces

630 800

4P

3 pieces

2998 0023
2998 0024
2998 0013
2998 0014

3P/4P

included

1000 3200

acces_036_a_1_cat

Use
Safety isolation between the terminals.

Bridging bars for connecting poles in series

Rating (A)
100 315
400 500

q!NSSNL!NSSNL
q3NO3NO

q3NO!NSSNL
q!NSSNL3NO
acces_334_a_1_cat

Use
The bridging bars facilitate the
connection of poles in series, allowing
the following configurations:

Single PV circuit
Single PV circuit
Dual PV circuit 750 VDC or
Dual PV circuit 1000 VDC or
750 VDC
1000 VDC
single PV circuit 1200 VDC
single PV circuit 1500 VDC
Quantity to be
Quantity to be
Quantity to be
Quantity to be
ordered
Reference
ordered
Reference
ordered
Reference
ordered
Reference
1
1
2
2
2609 0025
2609 0025
2609 0025
2609 0025
1
1
2
2
2609 2050
2609 4050
2609 2050
2609 4050

630 800

1000 1250

1600

2000

2609 0080
2609 1100
2609 1160
2609 1200

2609 2080
2609 1100
2609 1160
2609 1200

1
2
2
2

2609 0080
2609 1100

2609 2080
2609 1100

2(1)

2609 1200

4(1)

2609 1200

(1) For 1200 VDC products, order 4 times reference 2609 1200. For 1500 VDC products, order 6 times reference 2609 12000.

Key handle interlocking system

Figure

Reference

front direct

100 800

3/4 P

external front

2699 6008
1499 7701

Locking using 230 VAC undervoltage coil (other voltages: please consult us)
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Operation

Reference

125 630

3/4 P

external front

800 2000

3/4 P

front direct

2699 9063
2699 9315

Fig. 3

acces_005_a_1_x_cat

Operation

3/4 P

acces_158_a_1_x_cat

No. of poles

100 800

Fig.2

Fig.4

acces_004_c_1_x_cat

Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)

Fig. 1

acces_001_a_1_x_cat

- using lock (not supplied):

see diagrams opposite,
- using undervoltage coil:
the SIRCO PV can only be closed when
the coil is live.
For 6/8 pole: please consult us.

Use
Locking in position 0 of the front or side
operation handle:
- using a padlock (not supplied) - function is
incorporated into the handle. From 125 to
1800 A, the padlock on the external front
operation handle also locks the door,

General Catalogue 2013-2014

123

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Characteristics
Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3
SIRCO PV - 100 to 400 A
Rated current I (A)
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) - 3/4 P device

100 A
1200

125 A
1200

160 A
1200

200 A
1200

250 A
1200

315 A
1200

400 A
1200

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) - 6/8 P device

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

12(1)

12(1)

12(1)

12(1)

12(1)

12(1)

12(1)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage
750 VDC

Utilisation category
DC-22 B

Circuit type
Single PV circuit

No. of poles
3P

(A)
100

(A)
125

(A)
160

(A)
200

(A)
250

(A)
315

(A)
400

750 VDC

DC-22 B

Double PV circuit

6P

100

125

160

200

250

315

400

1000 VDC

DC-22 B

Single PV circuit

4P

100

125

160

200

250

315

400

1000 VDC

DC-22 B

Double PV circuit

8P

100

125

160

200

250

315

400

1200 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

6P

100

125

160

200

250

315

400

1500 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

8P

100

125

160

200

250

315

400

Maximum Cu rigid cable cross-section (mm)

35

50

70

95

120

185

240

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

32

32

32

32

32

32

32

3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDLHM-L

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDL@W-L

26

26

26

26

26

26

26



Connection

Mechanical characteristics












.ODQ@SHMFDEENQS-L

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

3.5

3.5

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

Rated current I (A)

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) - 3/4 P device

500 A
1200

630 A
1200

800 A
1200

1000 A
1200

1250 A
1200

1600 A
1200

2000 A
1200

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) - 6/8 P device

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

1500

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

12(1)

12(1)

12(1)

12

12

12

12

(A)
800

(A)
1000

(A)
1250

(A)
1600

(A)
2000

Durability (number of operating cycles)

(1) The delivered spacers have to be installed.

SIRCO PV - 500 to 2000 A

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage
750 VDC

Utilisation category
DC-22 B

Circuit type
Single PV circuit

No. of poles
3P

(A)
500

(A)
630

750 VDC

DC-22 B

Double PV circuit

6P

500

630

1000

1250

1600

2000

1000 VDC

DC-22 B

Single PV circuit

4P

500

630

800

1000

1250

1600

2000

1000 VDC

DC-22 B

Double PV circuit

8P

500

630

1000

1250

1600

2000

1200 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

6P

500

630

1000

1250

1600

2000

1500 VDC

DC-21 B

Single PV circuit

8P

500

630

1000

1250

1600

2000

Connection
Maximum Cu rigid cable cross-section (mm)

2x150

2x185

2x240

2x240

2x240

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

32

40

50

63

63

100

100

3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDLHM-L

20

40

40

40

40

40

40

3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDL@W-L

26

45

45

45

45

45

45

Mechanical characteristics














.ODQ@SHMFDEENQS-L

10

14.5

14.5

37

37

56

56

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

3.5

3.5

3.5

12

12

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

10

10

15

15

Durability (number of operating cycles)

(1) The delivered spacers have to be installed.

124

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Dimensions
100 to 2000 A - Single PV circuit
Direct front operation

External front operation

J1

J2
U

90

AD
H

T X2

Overall Terminal
dimensions shrouds
Rating (A)
100 250
315 500
630 800

Switch mounting

J1
M M
3p. J1 4p. K BC 3p. 4p.

125

135 290 60 180 230 116 79

80

105

34

160

165 402 90 230 290 170 128

75

135

55

215

221 470

1600 2000

103 280 360

140

127.5 167.5

115

Connection
T U U1

160 210 80 5.5 50

25 25 21.5

11

35 35 26.5

- 165

255 335

50
175 9

- 60

492 467

90

X1
3p.

210 270 140 7 65 45 45 41.5

173.5 233.05

118 372 492

45

18

Switch body

F F
AC AD 3p. 4p. G

1000
1250

D min.
C

D
min

1. Terminal shrouds
A. S2 type handle

sirco_198_i_1_x_cat

I
T
F

X1 T

BC

CA

U1

125

AC
AA
BA
N

CA

33

13

61

15

65

16x11

X1
4p.
33

X2
27

AA BA CA

3.5 22.5

160 130
170 140

15

42.5 37.5 37.5

37.5 260 220 20

47.5 47.5

46.5

53.5 53.5

47.5 288

44 12.5x5

321
330

100 to 2000 A - Dual PV circuit and single PV circuit from 1200 to 1500 VDC
Direct front operation

External front operation

Z1

A
M

10

Z
Y

8.5

CA

125

CA

HA

H
X

Rating (A)
100 250
315 500
630 800
1000
1250
1600 2000

A
4p.

E min

Terminal
shrouds
AC

262 312 218 208 436

280

148

319 379 295 285 513

401

225

386 466
478 598

375 425 577

459
461

Switch
mounting

Switch body
HA J 3p.
25

298 29

J 4p.

45

60

18

Overall dimensions
A
3p.

E min.

sirco-pv_029_b_1_x_cat

350

I
L1

AC
AA
BA

II

M
3p.

M
4p.

Connection
T

223

273

196 246 116

50

272

332

246 306 176

65

306.5 386.5 255 336

388.5 518.5 357 467

250

80
120

25 21.5
35 26.5

X
3p.

X
4p.

11

61

61 3.5 30 124

45 41.5 13 70.5 65.5 5

50 60.5
60

65

15

48

48

90

44 12.5 54

54

Z1

43 180
66.5

AA

BA

CA

160 130

15

260 220

20

253.5

321

25.5

255.5

288

15

General Catalogue 2013-2014

125

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

Dimensions for external handles

S2 type
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling template

With lock
RONIS EL11AP

S2 type

40

78

90

26

37
47

73

5
3.
45

37

.5

45

26

14 14

24

28

poign_010_a_1_gb_cat

125

28

4 5.5

47

20 20

S3 type
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S3 type
90

78

37

40

210

poign_035_a_1_gb_cat

47

28
61

S4 type
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling template

S4 type

With lock
RONIS EL11AP
O

26

37

40

350

37
47

24
.5

26

20 20

47

73

28

5
3.
45

poign_011_a_1_gb_cat

28
60

S5 type
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S5 type
50

with V Escutcheon

498

poign_037_a_1_gb_cat

4 6,5

50

90

31

71
102

126

28

4 5.5

90

78

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO PV
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1500 VDC from 100 to 3200 A

V1 type
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

V1 type

50

50

poign_011_a_1_gb_cat

545

4 6,5

31
122

Bridging bars (in / mm)

100 - 500 A

400 A (6/8 poles) - 630 - 800 A

4

12.5

81

15
12

sirco_031_a_1_x_cat

50

sirco_030_a_1_x_cat

12.5

13

19

11

65

22.5

1000 - 1250 A

22.5

1600 A
210

33

47
130

8,5

15

30 5

5
60

sirco_033_a_1_x_cat

128,5
12,5

12,5

22,95

11

33

sirco_032_a_1_x_cat

100

60

1600 A (6/8 poles) - 2000 A

128,5

75

210

sirco_034_a_1_x_cat

22,95

12,5

12,5

15

30 5

5
60

60

8
71

General Catalogue 2013-2014

127

SIRCO MOT PV
Motorised load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 200 to 630 A
The solution for

sirco-pv_016_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

> Buildings.
> Solar parks.

Strong points
> Patented safety disconnection
system for firefighters.
> Manual emergency
operation.
SIRCO MOT PV 4x400 A

> IEC 60947-3

> IEC 60364-4-410
> IEC 60364-7-712

Function

A complete solution

Advantages

> SUNSYS IFB

(Intelligent Field Box).
Smart connection box to link
solar panels to the inverter.

Manual emergency operation

In addition to its motorised operation, the
2(1".,.3/5@KRNHMBKTCDR@L@MT@K
operation facility, enabling the switch position
to be changed directly on the device if required.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

General characteristics
q 2 stable positions (I, 0).
q /NRHSHUDAQD@JHMCHB@SHNM
q 43., -4RDKDBSNQ
q /@CKNBJHMFHMONRHSHNMONRHSHNM(VHSGNOSHNM
q Up to 1000 VDC.
q (/CDUHBDR@MC@BBDRRNQHDR

coff_380_a_1_cat

SIRCO MOT PV are three or four pole motorised load break switches.
They make and break under load conditions and provide safety isolation for any low voltage
circuit dedicated to photovoltaic applications.

Patented safety disconnection system for

firefighters
With its remote electrical control, the
2(1".,.3/5B@MADTSHKHRDCSNOQNUHCD
safety disconnection for firefighters, meeting
the remote disconnection requirements of the
installation, closing to facilitate periodic tests
and short-circuit control for maintenance and
cleaning work.

128

Conformity to standards

SIRCO MOT PV
Motorised load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 200 to 630 A

References
2(1".,.3/55#"

Rating (A)

Circuit type

No. of poles

Switch body

Bridging bars for

connecting poles
in series

19PV 3020

2609 0025(1)



19PV 3025

2609 2025(1)

400 A

2HMFKD/5BHQBTHS

/



19PV 3040

/

2609 0063(1)

1509 3025(2)
/

1stBNMS@BS-.-"
included
2ndBNMS@BS-.-"

1509 4025(2)

4109 0021

1509 3063

/

/
/

2609 2063(1)

19PV 3063

Terminal screens
/

/

19PV 3050

630 A

Auxiliary contact

/

200 A

Terminal shrouds
/

2694 3021(3)
/

2694 4021(3)
/

2694 3051(3)
/

1509 4063

2694 4051(3)

Terminal screens
/

Terminal shrouds
/

2(1".,.3/55#"

Rating (A)

Circuit type

No. of poles

Switch body

200 A

19PV 4020



19PV 4025

400 A

2HMFKD/5BHQBTHS

/

Bridging bars for

connecting poles
in series
/

19PV 4040



19PV 4050

630 A

19PV 4063

Auxiliary contact

2609 0025(1)

1509 3025(2)

/

2609 2025(1)
/

2609 0063(1)
/

2609 2063(1)

/

1stBNMS@BS-.-"
included
2ndBNMS@BS-.-"

1509 4025(2)

4109 0021

1509 3063

/
/

1509 4063

2694 3021(3)
/

2694 4021(3)
/

2694 3051(3)
/

2694 4051(3)

(1) Connection in series of 2 or 4 poles of the device

(2) 2 pieces: one for top side and another for bottom side
(3) Terminal shrouds cannot be mounted when bridging bars for connecting poles in series are present.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

129

SIRCO MOT PV
Motorised load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 200 to 630 A

Accessories
Bridging bars for connecting poles in series

q
q
q
q

Use
The bridging bars facilitate the connection
of poles in series, allowing the below
configurations:
Bottom/Bottom
Top/Top
Top/Bottom
Top/Bottom

"NMMDBSHNMCH@FQ@LR2DD/NKDR
connections in serie", page 133.

Rating (A)

Number of poles of
the device in series

Pack

Reference

 

1 piece

 

2 pieces

400 ... 630

1 piece

400 ... 630

2 pieces

2609 0025
2609 2025
2609 0063
2609 2063

Auxiliary contact

Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)
Rating (A)

Nominal
current (A)

250 VAC
AC-13

400 VAC
AC-13

24 VDC
AC-13

48 VDC
AC-13

200 630

16

12

14

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

Connection to the control circuit

!X LLE@RSNMSDQLHM@K
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

Use
/QDAQD@J@MCRHFM@KHR@SHNMNEONRHSHNM(
SN-.-"@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR@R
standard).
Low level auxiliary contacts:
/KD@RDBNMRTKSTR

NO/NC changeover contact

130

Rating (A)

Contact(s)

Reference

200 630

2nd

4109 0021

General Catalogue 2013-2014

RUQ>>@>>B@S

References

SIRCO MOT PV
Motorised load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 200 to 630 A

Terminal shrouds
Advantage of terminal shrouds
/DQENQ@SHNMR@KKNVQDLNSDSGDQLNFQ@OGHB
inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds.

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

 

/

top and bottom

 

/

top and bottom

400 ... 630

/

top and bottom

400 ... 630

/

top and bottom

2694 3021
2694 4021
2694 3051
2694 4051

acces_206_a_2_cat

Use
/QNSDBSHNM@F@HMRSCHQDBSBNMS@BSVHSG
terminals or connecting parts.
-NSBNLO@SHAKDENQSDQLHM@KRVHSGAQHCFHMF
bars connected.

Terminal screens

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

 

/

top and bottom

 

/

top and bottom

400 ... 630

/

top and bottom

400 ... 630

/

top and bottom

1509 3025
1509 4025
1509 3063
1509 4063

@BBDR>>@>>B@S

Use
Top and bottom protection against direct contact with
terminals or connection parts.

2 position padlocking (I-0)

Rating (A)

Reference

200 630

1599 0003

@SXR>>@>>B@S

Use
Enables padlocking in position I (product can be padlocked in
position 0 as standard).

General Catalogue 2013-2014

131

SIRCO MOT PV
Motorised load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 200 to 630 A

Accessories (continued)
Key handle interlocking system
Locking in both positions (I-0) requires,
in addition, the 2 position padlocking
accessory.

Rating (A)

Reference

200 630

1509 1006

atys_101_a_1_cat

Use
With the product in manual mode, it enables
KNBJHMFHMONRHSHNMTRHMF@1.-(2$+ /
lock. Factory fitted.

Other specific accessories

q Low level auxiliary contacts.

"G@Q@BSDQHRSHBR@BBNQCHMFSN($"
200 to 630 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C

200 A

250 A

400 A

500 A

630 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

12

12

12

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation
category

Circuit type

Number of poles
of the device

Number of pole(s)
in series per polarity

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

5#"

DC-21 B

2HMFKD/5BHQBTHS

/

/
@MC/

200



400



630

1000 VDC

DC-21 B

2HMFKD/5BHQBTHS

/

/
@MC/

200



400



630

 

 

 

 

 











420/100

420/100

420/100

420/110



Rigid Cu cable cross-section (mm2)



120

240

W

W

,@WHLTL"TATRA@QVHCSGLL

32

32

40

40

40

3HFGSDMHMFSNQPTDLHM-L

20

20

40

40

40

Rated voltage

Switching time (Standard setting)

I-0

Power supply
230 VAC min./max. (VAC)

Control supply power demand

Supply 230 VAC inrush / nominal (VA)

Connection

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)(1)

8000

8000







Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

(1) Improved endurances: Please consult us.

132

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO MOT PV
Motorised load break switches for photovoltaic applications
for use up to 1000 VDC from 200 to 630 A

Dimensions
2(1".,.3/5SN
J
M

J1

U
3

223

101

Fix. 180

CA

140

BA

Fix. 195

AA

10.5

2
10

85

11

Z2

Fix. 180

sirco_311_b_1_x_cat

C
Fix. 195

138

20

CA

1. Locking bracket
2. Maximum handle radius, operating angle 2 x 90.
3. Mounting spacers.

Rating (A)

Overall dimensions
A 3p. A 4p.

50.5

101

4. Terminal shrouds
5. Dimension of the cut-out
6. Handle

Terminal
shrouds

Switch
mounting

Switch body
H

J 3p. J 4p. M 3p.

Connection

AC

F 3p. F 4p.

M 4p.

AA

BA

200





 

280

328







184

160

210





30

11

33

33

 

    160

130









 

280

328







184

160

210





30

11

33

33

 

    160

130



X 3p. X 4p.

Z1

CA

400

394



 

400





221

244

304

210









13

   



190

260

220

20



394



 

400





221

244

304

210









13

   



190

260

220

20

630

394



 

400





221

244

304

210









13

   



190

260

220

20

/NKDBNMMDBSHNMRHMRDQHDR(1)
3 poles - bottom / top

4 poles - bottom / bottom

+
Load

Load

RHQBN>>A>>FA>B@S

RHQBN>>A>>FA>B@S

AC

CA

(1) Other connections: refer to mounting instructions

General Catalogue 2013-2014

133

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A
The solution for
> Industrial control systems

sircm_133_a

sircm_132_a

Load break
switches

new

Rotary switch
SIRCO M 3 x 80 A

Strong points
Toggle switch
SIRCO M 3 x 80 A + 2 auxyliary contacts

>
>
>
>

Total integration.
Wide range of accessories.
Upgradeability.
Compliance to major
certifications and approvals.
> Specific characteristics.

sircm_175_a

sircm_174_a

Conformity to standards(1)

Rotary switch
SIRCO M 3 x 80 A

> IEC 60947-3

> UL 508 listed,
Guide NLRV,
File E173959
> CSA C22.214,
class 3211-05,
File 112964

(1) Product reference on request.

Function
SIRCO M UL/CSA non fusible disconnect switches are compact modulable and modular
switches. They make and break under load conditions and provide safety isolation for any low
voltage circuit, particularly for machine and control circuits.

sircm_003_a

Positive break indication.

Direct or external operation.
Compact footprint.
DIN-rail or base mount.
Wide range of accessories.
Up to 8 pole or 4 pole MTS.

134

General Catalogue 2013-2014

sircm_005_a_1_cat

> Enclosed SIRCO M witches

allow safe control and
disconnection of any motor
application.

General characteristics
q
q
q
q
q
q

UL508 non-metallic
polycarbonate 4.4x enclosed
SIRCO M

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

UL508 manual motor controller "Suitable as motor disconnect"

References
Rating
(A)

16 A

No. of
poles

Toggle switch
(direct handle
included)

Rotary
switch

3P

2205 3000

2200 3000

External front
and right side
Direct handle
handles(4)

Shaft for
external
handles

S00 type I - 0
Black
3R, 12(1)

Switched
fourth pole
module

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds

Door
mounting kit

1P

2200 1000

1473 1111
20 A

3P

2205 3001

Red/Yellow
3R, 12(1)

2200 3001

Black
4, 4X(1)
25 A

3P

2205 3002

147D 1111

2200 3002

Red/Yellow
4, 4X(1)
32 A

40 A

3P

3P

2205 3003

2205 3004

2200 3003

1P

2200 1001

1474 1111
S00 and
S0 type
150 mm
5.9 in

1407 0515

147E 1111

Blue

2299 5012

S0 type
I-0
Black
1, 3R, 12(1)

2200 3004

1483 1111

200 mm
7.9 in

1P

1P

2294 1005(3)

2200 1002

1P

2200 1003

1407 0520

3P
M type
1 AC
NO + NC

2294 3005(3)
2299 3409

2299 0001
1 AC 2 NC

2299 0011
320 mm
12.6 in

1407 0532(2)

1P

2200 1004

Red/Yellow
1, 3R, 12(1)

1484 1111
63 A

3P

2205 3006

2200 3006
Black 4, 4X(1)

1P

2200 1006

148D 1111
80 A

3P

2205 3008

2200 3008

Red/Yellow
4, 4X(1)

148E 1111

1P

2294 1009(3)
3P

1P

2294 3009(3)

2200 1008

(1) Nema type.

(2) Please order the shaft guide: 1419 0000 with the shaft.
(3) Top and bottom.
(4) There is no door interlocking when the switch is fitted on the side of the enclosure.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

135

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

UL508 non-metallic polycarbonate 4, 4X enclosed SIRCO M

References
Function

Conformity to standards(1)

Enclosed SIRCO M switches allow safe

control and disconnection of any motor
application.

> IEC 60947-3

> UL508,
Guide NLRV,
file E173959
> CSA C22.2#14,
Class 3211-05,
file 702154

General characteristics
q
q
q
q

coff_368_a_1_cat

Grey enclosure with red handle.

Equipped with a 3 pole SIRCO M.
1 removable earth terminal.
Possibility of adding 1 power pole
and 1 auxiliary contact.
q Nema type 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X.

Rating (A)

No. of
poles

Enclosed
switches

Enclosure size

3P

2214 3503

Size 1

Switched fourth
pole module

Unswitched
neutral pole

1P

1P

63 A

2224 3503

Size 2

3P

2224 3506

Size 2

Unswitched
protective earth
module
Auxiliary contacts Terminal shrouds
1P

32 A
3P

(1) Product reference on request.

2200 1003

(1)

2200 5005

1P

(1)

2200 9005

M type
1 AC NO + NC

2299 0001
1P

1P

(1)

2200 1006

(1)

2200 5009

1P

1 AC 2 NC
(1)

2200 9009

2299 0011

2294 1005(2)
3P

2294 3005(2)
1P

2294 1009(2)
3P

2294 3009(2)

(1) Not UL.

(2) Top and bottom.

Configuration
1

Configuration of the auxiliary contacts for enclosed SIRCO M.

1. M type auxiliary contacts.
2. Additional pole.

sircm-ul_012_a_1_cat

Dimensions (in / mm)

136

4.94
125.5
Size 2

General Catalogue 2013-2014

sircm-ul_008_a_1_x_cat

0.02
0.4

0.16
4

3.9
99
Size 1

4.37
111
3.62
92

7.32
186

7.8
198

8.27
210

sircm-ul_007_a_1_x_cat

2.67
68

0.02
0.4

6.38
162
5.9
150

4.37
3.62 111
0.13 92
3.4

2.68
68

6
152.5

0.79
20

4.45
113 0.59
15

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

Accessories

Rating (A)

Handle colour

Handle

Reference

Blue

M00 type

2299 5012

16 80

acces_277_a_2_cat

Direct operation handle

M00 handle

External operation handle

Opening the door when the switch is in the
"ON" position is possible by defeating the
interlocking function with the use of a tool
(authorised persons only). The interlocking
function is restored when the door is closed.
3GDG@MCKDHRO@CKNBJ@AKDVHSGO@CKNBJR

acces_264_a_2_cat

Use
The handle locking function prevents the
user from opening the door of the enclosure
when the switch is in the "ON" position (only
if the handle is fitted on the door).

Front and right side handles I - 0

Handle colour
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

Handle
S00 type
S00 type
S00 type
S00 type
S0 type
S0 type
S0 type
S0 type

Nema type
3R, 12
3R, 12
4, 4X
4, 4X
1, 3R, 12
1, 3R, 12
4, 4X
4, 4X

Reference

Nema type
4, 4X

Reference

Nema type
4, 4X

Reference

1473 1111
1474 1111
147D 1111
147E 1111
1483 1111
1484 1111
148D 1111
148E 1111

S00 handle

acces_279_a_2_cat

Rating (A)
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80

Front handle for changeover switches I - 0 - II

Rating (A)
16 80

Handle colour
Black

Handle
S00 type

1473 1113

S0 handle

Front handle for changeover switches I - I+II - II

Rating (A)
16 80

Handle colour
Black

Handle
S00 type

1473 1114

Shafts for external handle

Use
Standard lengths:
- 150 mm,
- 200 mm,
- 320 mm.
Other lengths: please consult us.

acces_280_a_2_cat

For 3/4 pole switches, shaft extensions for

external front and side handle.
For 6/8 pole switches and SIRCOVER M
changeover switches.

For 3/4 pole

Rating (A)

Handle

Length (inches)

Length (mm)

Reference

16 ... 80

S00 type

5.9 in

150 mm

16 ... 80

S00 type

7.9 in

200 mm

16 ... 80

S00 type

12.6 in

320 mm

1407 0515
1407 0520
1407 0532

Rating (A)

Handle

Length (inches)

Length (mm)

Reference

16 ... 80

S00 type

5.9 in

150 mm

16 ... 80

S00 type

7.9 in

200 mm

16 ... 80

S00 type

12.6 in

320 mm

1407 0515
1407 0520
1407 0532

For 4/8 pole

General Catalogue 2013-2014

137

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

Accessories (continued)
Shaft guide for external handle

Handle type

Reference

S00 and S0

1419 0000

acces_260_a_2_cat

Use
This accessory enables handle to engage extension shaft with a misalignment of
up to 15 mm.
Required for a shaft lenght from 320 mm.

Additional pole for SIRCO M

4th pole
No. of poles
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P
1P

Type
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched

Reference

2200 1000
2200 1001
2200 1002
2200 1003
2200 1004
2200 1006(1)
2200 1008(1)

Use
Transforms:
- 3 pole SIRCO M load break switches
HMSN@ONKD
- 3 pole SIRCOVER M changeover
switches into a 4 pole.

sircm_072_b_1_cat

Rating (A)
16
20
25
32
40
63
80
(1) Not UL.

Solid neutral pole

Reference

2200 5005(1)
2200 5009(1)

(1) Not UL.

Use
Transforms the 3-pole
switch into a 3-pole + solid
neutral.

N or PE

Type
unswitched
unswitched

Reference

unswitched

63 80

1P

unswitched

2200 9005(1)
2200 9009(1)

Use
Adds 1 protective earth module
pole to the switch-disconnector.

N or PE

Type

1P

N or PE

No. of poles

16 40

N or PE

Rating (A)

N or PE

Earth module

sircm_078_a_1_gb_cat

No. of poles
1P
1P

N or PE

Rating (A)
16 40
63 80

(1) Not UL.

Terminal shrouds

Rating (A)

138

Perforation on each terminal cover

enables remote thermographic
inspection without dismantling.

No. of poles

Position

Reference

16 40

1P

top and bottom

16 40

3P

top and bottom

63 80

1P

top and bottom

63 80

3P

top and bottom

2294 1005
2294 3005
2294 1009
2294 3009

General Catalogue 2013-2014

sircm_049_a_1_cat

Use
Top and bottom additional protection
against direct contact with the
terminals or connection parts. 1 or 3
pole are available.

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

M type Auxiliary Contacts

Use
Pre-break and signalisation of
positions 0 and I by NO+NC or 2 NO
Auxiliary Contacts.
They can be mounted on the left or
on the right side of the device.

AC type

Reference

1 AC

NO + NC

16 80

1 AC

2 NC

2299 0001
2299 0011

sircm_075_b_2_cat

Nb de CA

16 80

sircm_081_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

Max 4 Auxiliary Contacts per product

(2 modules).
Characteristics
A300.

Auxiliary contacts configurations for SIRCO M

Conversion kit

Type

Reference

16 80

Load break switches 6/8 P

16 80

Changeover switch 3/4 pole (I - 0 - II)

16 80

Changeover switch 3/4 pole (I - I+II - II)

2269 6009
2209 6009
2299 6009

Conversion kit for 6 or 8 pole

load break switches

sircm_097_b_2_x_cat

Conversion kit for 3 and

4-pole changeover switches
(I - 0 - II) or (I - I+II - II)

sircm_086_b_1_cat

Rating (A)

sircm_050_c_2_cat

Use
These accessories enable the assembly of
2 switches in order to achieve:
- 6 or 8 pole switches
- 3 or 4 pole open or close transition
changeover switches.

Door mounting kit

Rating (A)
16 80

The external handle is quick and easy

to install due to an internal locking
nut mounted on the inside of the
enclosure.
No. of poles

Reference

3/4 P

2299 3409

sircm_051_b_2_cat

Use
This kit enables direct mounting of
the switch on the panel door or on
the right or left side of the panel.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

139

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

Characteristics
Characteristics according to UL508/CSA22.2#14 suitable as motor disconnect
SIRCO M UL508 - 16 to 80 A
General use rating
Short circuit rating at 600 VAC (kA)

16 A
65

20 A
65

25 A
65

32 A
65

40 A
10/65

63 A
50/65

80 A
50/65

Type of fuse

Max fuse rating (A)

30

30

30

30

60/30

100/60

100/60

208 VAC

3 / 10.6

5 / 16.7

7.5 / 24.2

7.5 / 24.2

7.5 / 24.2

15 / 46.2

15 / 46.2

220-240 VAC

5 / 15.2

5 / 15.2

7.5 / 22

7.5 / 22

7,5 / 22

20 / 54

20 / 54

440-480 VAC

10 / 14

10 / 14

15 / 21

20 / 27

20 / 27

40 / 52

40 / 52

600 VAC

10 / 11

15 / 17

20 / 22

25 / 27

25 / 27

40 / 41

40 / 41

Solid - 1 wire

#14 - #10

#14 - #10

#14 - #10

#14 - #10

#14 - #10

#14 - #10

#14 - #10

Solid - 2 wires

2x #12

2x #12

2x #12

2x #12

2x #12

2x #12

2x #12

Stranded - 1 wire

#14 - #4

#14 - #4

#14 - #4

#14 - #4

#14 - #4

#14 - #1

#14 - #1

Stranded - 2 wires

2x (#14 - #12)

2x (#14 - #12)

2x (#14 - #12)

2x (#14 - #12)

2x (#14 - #12)

2x (#10 - #6)

2x (#10 - #6)

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

100 000

7/0.8

7/0.8

7/0.8

7/0.8

7/0.8

8.9/1

8.9/1

Max. motor hp / FLA 3 ph motor max.

Connection terminals

Auxiliary contacts
Electrical characteristics

Mechanical characteristics
Endurance (number of operating cycles)
Operating torque (lbs.in/Nm)

140

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

SIRCO M UL508 - 16 to 80 A
General use rating
Thermal current Ith (40C)

16 A
16

20 A
20

25 A
25

32 A
32

40 A
40

63 A
63

80 A
80

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

800

800

800

800

800

800

800

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

415 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

500 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

500 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

25/25

25/25

63/63

63/63

690 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

40/40

63/63

80/80

690 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

32/32

32/40

40/63

63/80

690 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

16/16

20/20

25/25

25/25

25/25

40/40

40/40

At 400 VAC without prebreaking AC in AC-23 (kW)(1)(2)

7.5

11

15

18.5

30

37

At 500 VAC without prebreaking AC in AC-23 (kW)(1)(2)

7.5

11

15

15

30

37

At 690 VAC without prebreaking AC in AC-23 (kW)(1)(2)

7.5

11

15

18.5

18.5

30

37

Rated voltage

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)(3)

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

Associated fuse rating (A)(3)

16

20

25

32

40

63

80

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

Minimum Cu cable cross section (mm)

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2.5

2.5

Maximum Cu cable section (mm2)

16

16

16

16

16

35

35

Tightening torque min / max (Nm)

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

2 / 2.2

3.5 / 3.85

3.5 / 3.85

Overload capacity (Ue 415 VAC)

Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. ICW (kA rms)(3)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak)(3)

Connection

(1) A/B: Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(3) For a rated operating voltage Ue = 400 VAC.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

141

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

Dimensions (in / mm)

16 to 80 A
Toggle operation

Direct operation with handle

1.97
50

0.24
6

N
AC

0.35 F1
8.8 M5

F1 0.35
8.8

F
M

0.35
8.8

0.24
6

1.97
50

N
AC

G
2.68
68

90

sircm_052_b_1_gb_cat

2.95
75
2.52
64

G
2.67
68

F
M

sircm_053_b_1_gb_cat

3.19
81
2.87
73
2.52
64

F1
M5

0.35
8.8

F1

1. Position for 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact only.
Note: Maximum of 4 additional blocks.
External front handle

External side handle

1.42
36

3.19
81
2.52
64
1.99
50.6

1.42
36

1
2

1.73
44

N
AC

G
2.68
68

3.15
80
1.61
41

sircm-ul_002_a_1_gb_cat

0.98
25

2.79
71

1.77
45

0.35
8.8

F1

F1
T

0.23
6

0.35
8.8

M5

1.96
50

1. Position for 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole or 1 earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact only.
Note: Maximum of 4 additional blocks.

Rating (A)
16 to 40
63 to 80

Units
in
mm
in
mm

D min
1.18
30
1.18
30

Overall dimensions
D max
E min
9.25
3.94
235
100
9.25
3.93
235
100

E max
14.64
372
14.64
372

Terminal shrouds
AC
4.33
110
4.33
110

Direct front handle for 6/8-pole load break switches

or 3/4-pole changeover switches

F
1.77
45
2.06
52.5

Switch body
F1
G
0.59
2.67
15
68
0.69
2.99
17.5
76

Switch mounting
M
N
1.18
2.95
30
75
1.38
3.35
35
85

J
0.59
15
0.69
17.5

Connection
T
0.59
15
0.69
17.5

External front handle for 6/8-pole load break switches

or 3/4-pole changeover switches

F
2.06
52.5

3.50
89
3.07
78

1.42
36

1.77
45

2.79
71

N
G
2.67
68

sircm_055_c_1_gb_cat

J
F2
X M

0.35 F1
T T
8.8
2.06
52.5

0.29
7.5

0.24
6

F1 0.35
8.8

1.69
43

1.36
34.7

1. Position for 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole or 1 earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact only.
Note: Maximum of 4 additional blocks.

Rating (A)
16 to 40
63 to 80

142

Units
in
mm
in
mm

Overall dimensions
E min
E max
4.13
14.64
105
372
4.13
14.65
105
372

General Catalogue 2013-2014

F
3.83
97.5
4.13
105

F1
0.59
15
0.69
17.5

Switch body
F2
G
1.77
2.67
45
68
2.06
2.99
52.5
76

J
1.92
48.75
2.06
52.5

Switch mounting
M
N
1.18
2.95
30
75
1.38
3.35
35
85

Connection
T
X
0.59
0.29
15
7.5
0.69
0.34
17.5
8.75

SIRCO M UL508
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
16 to 80 A

External handles dimensions (in / mm)

16 to 80 A
Handle type

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

S00 type
Load break switches

Door drilling
IP65 with 4 xing screws

1.57
40

90

90

4 0.27
47

1.10
28

2.79
71

3.07
78

1.42
36

1.22
31
With xing nut

0.53
13.5

sircm-ul_015_a_1_gb_cat

0.12
3

0.88
22.5

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S00 type

With 4 xing screws

90

90

0.11
3

4 0.27
47

1.10
28

2.79
71

3.07
78

With xing nut

1.57
40

0.53
13.5

1.42
36

1.22
31

0.88
22.5

poign_048_b_1_gb_cat

Handle type

Front operation
Direction of operation

Typ S00
Changeover switches

Door drilling
With 4 xing screws

0
or
I+II
90

1.45
37

0.88
22.5

2.79
71

40

90

2.79
71

With xing nut

1.41
36

0.53
13.5

0.12
3

II
1.10
28

4 0.27
47

General Catalogue 2013-2014

sircm_013_b_1_gb_cat

Handle type

143

SIRCO M UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
30 to 100 A
The solution for

sircm_100_a_1_cat

Load break
switches

> Power distribution.

Strong points
>
>
>
>

Total integration.
Wide range of accessories.
Upgradeability.
Compliance to major
certifications and approvals.
> Specific characteristics.

Rotary switch
SIRCO M 3 x 100 A

Conformity to standards(1)

Function
SIRCO M non fusible disconnect switches are compact switches that break and make power
circuits on and off load and provide safety isolation.
These switches are extremely durable and are tested and approved for use in the most
demanding applications.

> IEC 60947-3

> UL98,
Guide WHTY,
file E201138
> CSA 22.2#4,
Class 4651-02,
file 112964

(1) Product reference on request.

144

General characteristics

Specific characteristics

q
q
q
q

q Contact point technology.

Positive break indication.

Touch safe.
DIN rail or back plate-mounted.
Direct or external operation handle.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO M UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
30 to 100 A

References
UL98 Non Fusible Disconnect switches

Rating (A)

30 A

No. of
poles

3P

Switch
body

Direct
handle

External front and

right side handles

Shafts for
external front
and side handles

Unswitched
neutral pole

Earth
module

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds

1P

S00 type I - 0
Black
4, 4X

2201 3003

Switched
fourth pole
module

2201 1003

147D 1111
150 mm 5.9 in

60 A

3P

2201 3006

Blue

M type
1 AC
NO + NC

Red/Yellow
4, 4X

1407 0515

147E 1111

200 mm 7.9 in

1P

1P

1P

1407 0520

2201 1006

2200 5011(2)

2200 9011(2)

2299 5032
S0 type I - 0
Black
4, 4X

2299 0001

320 mm 12.6 in

M type
1 AC 2 NC

1407 0532(1)

2299 0011

1P

2294 1011(3)
3P

2294 3016(3)

148D 1111
100 A

3P

2200 3010

Red/Yellow 4, 4X

148E 1111

1P

2200 1010

(1) Shaft guide reference 14190000, is required for shaft length over 15.7 inches (400 mm).
(2) Not UL.
(3) Top and bottom.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

145

SIRCO M UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
30 to 100 A

Accessories

Rating (A)

Colour

Handle

Reference

30 ... 100

Blue

M01 type

2299 5032

acces_283_a_2_cat

Direct operation handle

M01 handle

External operation handle

Use
The handle interlocking function prevents
the user from opening the door of the
enclosure when the switch is in the "ON"
position (only if the handle is fitted on the
door).

S00 handle

Front and right side handles I - 0

Handle colour
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

Handle
S00 type
S00 type
S00 type
S00 type
S0 type
S0 type
S0 type
S0 type

Nema type
3R, 12
3R, 12
4, 4X
4, 4X
1, 3R, 12
1, 3R, 12
4, 4X
4, 4X

Reference

acces_279_a_2_cat

Rating (A)
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80
16 80

acces_264_a_2_cat

Opening the door when the switch is in the

"ON" position is possible by defeating the
interlocking function with the use of a tool
(authorised persons only).
The interlocking function is restored
when the door is closed. The handle is
padlockable with 3 padlocks.

1473 1111
1474 1111
147D 1111
147E 1111
1483 1111
1484 1111
148D 1111
148E 1111
S0 handle

Shafts for external handle

Use
Standard lengths:
- 150 mm,
- 200 mm,
- 320 mm.
Rating (A)

Length (inches)

Length (mm)

Reference

30 ... 100

5.9 in

150 mm

30 ... 100

7.9 in

200 mm

30 ... 100

12.6 in

320 mm

1407 0515
1407 0520
1407 0532

acces_280_a_2_cat

Other lengths: please consult us.

Use
This accessory makes shaft introduction easier with up to 15 mm misalignement.
Required for a shaft length from 320 mm.

146

Handle type

Reference

S0

1419 0000

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_260_a_2_cat

Shaft guide for external handle

SIRCO M UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
30 to 100 A

Additional pole for SIRCO M

4th pole
No. of poles

Type

Reference

30

1P

switched

60

1P

switched

100

1P

switched

2201 1003
2201 1006
2200 1010

Reference

Use
Adding one or two additional poles
transforms a load break switch from
3 poles to 4 poles.
sircm_072_b_1_cat

Rating (A)

Solid neutral pole

unswitched

Use
Transforms the 3-pole
switch into a 3-pole + solid
neutral.

2200 5011(1)

(1) Not UL.

N or PE

Type

1P

unswitched

Use
Adds 1 earth module pole to the
switch-disconnector.

Reference

2200 9011(1)

(1) Not UL.

N or PE

Type

1P

N or PE

No. of poles

30 100

N or PE

Rating (A)

N or PE

Earth module

sircm_078_a_1_gb_cat

No. of poles

30 100

N or PE

Rating (A)

Terminal shrouds

Perforation on each terminal cover

enables remote thermographic
inspection without dismantling.

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

30 100

1P

top and bottom

30 ... 100

3P

top and bottom

2294 1011
2294 3016

sircm_049_a_1_cat

Use
Top and bottom additional
protection against direct contact
with the terminals or connection
parts. 1 or 3 pole are available.

M type auxiliary contacts

Characteristics
A300.

sircm_075_b_2_cat

Use
Pre-break and signalisation of positions 0
and I by NO+NC or 2 NO auxiliary contacts.

Rating (A)

Nb de CA

AC type

Reference

30 ... 100

1 AC

NO + NC

30 ... 100

1 AC

2 NC

2299 0001
2299 0011

sircm_081_a_1_x_cat

They can be mounted on the left or on the

right side of the switch.
Max 4 auxiliary contacts (2 modules).

Auxiliary contacts configurations for SIRCO M

General Catalogue 2013-2014

147

SIRCO M UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
30 to 100 A

Characteristics
Characteristics according to UL98/CSA22.2#4
SIRCO M UL98 - 30 to 100 A
General use rating

30 A

60 A

100 A

Short-circuit rating at 480 VAC (kA)

100

100

100

Short circuit rating at 600 VAC (kA)

100

100

25

Type of fuse

Max fuse rating (A)

30

60

100

220-240 VAC

10 / 28

20 / 54

20 / 54

440-480 VAC

20 / 27

40 / 52

50 / 65

600 VAC

25 / 27

50 / 52

50 / 52

Max. motor hp / FLA 3 ph motor max.

Max. motor hp / FLA 1 ph motor max.

120 VAC

2 / 24

3 / 34

5 / 56

240 VAC

5 / 28

10 / 50

10 / 50

Solid - 1 wire

#12 - #10

#12 - #10

#12 - #10

Stranded - 1 wire

#12 - 2/0

#12 - 2/0

#12 - 2/0

Connection terminals

Mechanical characteristics
Endurance (number of operating cycles)
Operating torque (lbs.in/Nm)

10000

10000

10000

12.4/1.4

12.4/1.4

12.4/1.4

A300

A300

A300

Auxiliary contacts
Electrical characteristics

Characteristics according to IEC 60647-3

SIRCO M UL98 - 30 to 100 A
Thermal current Ith at 40C (A)

30 A

60 A

100 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

800

800

800

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

A(1)

A(1)

A(1)

400 VAC

AC-22 A

32

63

100

400 VAC

AC-23 A

32

63

100

690 VAC

AC-22 A

32

63

80

690 VAC

AC-23 A

32

63

63

At 400 VAC without prebreak AC in AC23 (kW)(2)(3)

15

30

45

At 500VAC without prebreak AC in AC23 (kW)(2)(3)

15

30

45

At 690VAC without prebreak AC in AC23 (kW)(2)(3)

18.5

30

45

12

12

12

Min. connection section/ (mm2)

2.5

2.5

10

Max. connection section/ (mm2)

70

70

70

Rated voltage

Utilisation category

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

Overload capacity (Ue 415 VAC)

Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak)(4)

Connection

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation.

(2) A/B: Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(3) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(4) For a rated operating voltage Ue = 400 VAC.

148

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO M UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
30 to 100 A

Dimensions (in / mm)

30 to 100 A
Direct handle
2.95
75
2.52
64

F
1

0.35
8.8

F1

F1

AC

sircm_056_c_1_gb_cat

0.24
6

2.09
53

1. Position for 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1

unswitched neutral pole or 1 earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact only.
Note: Maximum of 4 additional blocks.

0.35
8.8

M5

External side handle

1.42

36

3.94 min./14.65 max.

100 min./372 max.
3.19
81
2.52
64

3.07
78
1.02
26
0.51
13

1.99
50.6
1

1.18 min./7.91 max.

30 min./201 max.

1.42
36

1
2

sircm-ul_003_a_1_gb_cat

External front handle

71

5.17
131.4
7.44
189

3.15
80
1.61
41

4.90
124.6

1.73
44
2.08
53

0.34 1.02
8.8 26

0.26
6

1.02
26
M5

1.02
26

0.34
8.8

1. Position for 1 switched fourth pole module

(1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole
or 1 earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact only.
Note: Maximum of 4 additional blocks.

External handles dimensions (in / mm)

30 to 100 A
Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

S00 type

Door drilling
With 4 xing screws

0.11
3

4 0.27
47

1.10
28

2.79
71

1.42
36

90

1.22
31

0.53
13.5

90

3.07
78

With xing nut

1.57
40

0.88
22.5

General Catalogue 2013-2014

poign_048_b_1_gb_cat

Handle type

149

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A
The solution for

sirco-ul_022_b_1_cat

Load break
switches

> Power distribution.

Strong points
sirco_093_b_1_cat

SIRCO 3 x 200 A

> Reliability.
> Safety of property
and personnel.
> Simplicity.
> Easy assembling.

Conformity to standards(1)
SIRCO 3 x 600 A

Function
SIRCO non fusible disconnect switches are heavy duty switches that break and make power
circuits on and off load and provide safety isolation.
These switches are extremely durable and are tested and approved for use in the most
demanding applications.

General characteristics
q
q
q
q
q

150

Positive break indication.

Fully visualised disconnection.
High thermal and dynamic withstand.
Severe utilisation categories.
High electrical and mechanical endurance.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

> IEC 60947-3

> UL98,
Guide WHTY,
file E201138
> CSA Pending
22.2#4,
Class 4652-04,
file 703166
(1) Product reference on request.

Customised solutions
> Please consult us.

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A

References

Rating (A)

No. of
poles

Switch body

3P

2700 3011

4P

2700 4011

Direct handle

External handle
S2 type
Black
1, 3R, 12

100 A

3P

3P

142F 2111

2700 3021

200 A
4P

(1)

2700 4021

Red/Yellow
1, 3R, 12

142G 2111(1)

Black

2699 5052
Black
4, 4X

2700 3041

4P

2700 4041

3P

2700 3060

4P

2700 4060

3P

2700 3080

Terminal
Auxiliary contacts protection screens Terminal Lugs kits

3P
200 mm
7.9 inches

Red/Yellow
4, 4X

1st contact NO/NC

320 mm
12.6 inches

2799 0021

1400 1032

2nd contact NO/NC

400 mm
15.7 inches

1400 1040

142E 2111

4P
3P

2700 4080
2700 3100

143D 3111(1)

Black

3799 6012
Red/Yellow
4, 4X

1000 A
4P

143E 3111(1)

2700 4100

200 mm
7.9 inches

1401 1520
320 mm
12.6 Inches

1401 1532
400 mm
15.7 Inches

1401 1540
3P

2700 3120

4P

2700 4120

3954 3020(4)
4P

3954 4020(4)

4P
(4)

2798 4021

3P

2798 3041(2)

3P

3P

3954 3040(4)

2798 8041(3)

4P

4P

3954 4040(4)

2798 4041(4)

600 A

800 A

3P

3P

2798 8021

1400 1020

(1)

S3 type
Black
4, 4X

2798 3021(2)
(3)

2799 0022

142D 2111(1)

400 A

Shaft for external

handle

3P

3P

2798 3060(4)

3954 3060

4P

4P

2798 4060(4)

3954 4060

Contact holder

3999 0720(5)
Contact NO

3999 0701
Contact NC

3999 0702

3P

3P

2798 3120(4)

3954 3120

4P

4P

2798 4120(4)

3954 4120

1200 A

(1) Defeatable handle.

(2) Top.
(3) Bottom.
(4) Top or bottom.
(5) Max. 4 ACs.

Accessories
Colour

Handle

Reference

100 ... 400

Black

B type

600 ... 1200

Black

H type

2699 5052
3799 6012

H type handle

acces_114_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

acces_135_a_2_cat

Direct operation handle

B type handle

General Catalogue 2013-2014

151

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A

Accessories (continued)
External operation handle
Use
The interlocking function of the front
external handle prevents the user from
opening the door of the enclosure when the
switch is in the "ON" position or when the
switch is padlocked in the "OFF" position
(S1, S2, S3 and S4 type handles only).

acces_150_a_1_cat

Opening the door when the switch is in the

"ON" position is possible by defeating the
interlocking function with the use of a tool
(authorised persons only). The interlocking
function is restored when the door is closed.
S2 type handle

Front handle I - 0
Colour
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

Nema type
1, 3R, 12
1, 3R, 12
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X

Reference

Nema type
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X

Reference

142F 2111
142G 2111
142D 2111
142E 2111
143D 3111
143E 3111
144D 3111
144E 3111

S3 type handle

Front handle heavy duty I - 0 with metallic lever

Handle
S2 type
S2 type
S3 type
S3 type
S4 type
S4 type

Colour
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

S4 type handle
acces_236_a_2_cat

Rating (A)
100 ... 400
100 ... 400
600 1200
600 1200
600 .... 1200
600 1200

acces_152_a_2_cat

Handle
S2 type
S2 type
S2 type
S2 type
S3 type
S3 type
S4 type
S4 type

acces_166_a_2_cat

Rating (A)
100 ... 400
100 ... 400
100 ... 400
100 ... 400
600 1200
600 1200
600 1200
600 1200

142D 2911
142E 2911
143D 3911
143E 3911
144D 3911
144E 3911

Heavy duty S2 type handle

Shaft for external handle

Rating (A)
100 400
100 400
100 400
600 1200
600 1200
600 1200

acces_369_a_1_cat

Dimension Dimension
Length Length
X (in)
X (mm)
Handle
(inches) (mm)
5.31 ... 10.43 135 ... 265
S2 type
7.9
200
5.31 ... 15.16 135 ... 385
S2 type
12.6
320
5.31 ... 18.31 135 ... 465
S2 type
15.7
400
8.70 ... 13.50 221 343 S3, S4 type
7.9
200
8.70 ... 18.23 221 ... 463 S3, S4 type
12.6
320
8.70 ... 21.38 221 543 S3, S4 type
15.7
400

acces_144_b_1_cat

Other lengths: please consult us.

Reference

1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1040
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540

acces_202_a

Use
Standard lengths:
- 7.9 in / 200 mm,
- 12.6 in / 320 mm,
- 15.7 in / 400 mm.

Alternative colour S-type handle cover

Handle colour
Light grey
Dark grey
Light grey
Dark grey

Pack qty
50
50
50
50

Other colours: please consult us.

Handle
S2, S3 type
S2, S3 type
S4 type
S4 type

Reference

1401 0001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

acces_198_a_1_cat

Use
For single lever handles type S1, S2, S3 and
double lever handle, type S4.

S-type handle raiser

Handle colour
Black

152

Dimensions
Adds 12 mm to the depth.

Pack qty

Nema type

Reference

10

1, 3R, 12

1493 0000

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_187_a_1_cat

Use
Enables S-type handles to be fitted in place
of existing older style Socomec handles.
Adapter can also be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel
door and the handle lever.

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A

Shaft guide for external handle

Required for a shaft length over 400 mm.

Description

Reference

Shaft guide

1429 0000

acces_260_a_2_cat

Use
This accessory makes shaft introduction
easier with up to 15 mm misalignment.

Auxiliary Contacts

NO/NC contact for 100 ... 400 A

Rating (A)
100 ... 400
100 ... 400

Electrical characteristics
A300 for 100 to 400 A.
A600 for 600 to 1200 A.
No. of AC
1st
2nd

Reference

No. of AC
1st
2nd

Reference

Type
Holder
NO
NC

Reference

2799 0021
2799 0022

acces_076_a_1_cat

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I.

NO/NC contact for 100 ... 400 A

Rating (A)
100 ... 400
100 ... 400

2799 0121
2699 0122

Rating (A)
600 ... 1200
600 ... 1200
600 ... 1200

acces_045_a_1_cat

Auxiliary contact holder for 600 ... 1200 A

3999 0720(1)
3999 0701
3999 0702

(1) Please order the holder.

Terminal screens
Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
No. of poles
3P
3P
4P
3P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Position
top
bottom
top / bottom
top
bottom
top / bottom
bottom
bottom
bottom
bottom

Reference

2798 3021
2798 8021
2798 4021
2798 3041
2798 8041
2798 4041
2798 3060(1)
2798 4060(1)
2798 3120(1)
2798 4120(1)

acces_079_a_1_cat

Rating (A)
100 ... 200
100 ... 200
100 ... 200
400
400
400
600
600
800 1200
800 1200

(1) Load side screen, the line side is included with the switch.

Terminal lugs
Use
Connection of bare copper cables onto the lugs (without lugs).
Wires range
6 - 300MCM
6 - 300MCM
6 - 300MCM
2 - 600MCM
2 - 600MCM
2 - 600MCM
2x (#6 - 350MCM)
2x (#6 - 350MCM)
2x (#6 - 350MCM)
2x (#2 - 600MCM)
2x (#2 - 600MCM)
2x (#2 - 600MCM)
4x (#2 - 600MCM)
4x (#2 - 600MCM)

No wires
per lug
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2

Lugs per
kit
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
6
8

Wires
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al

Reference

3954 2020
3954 3020
3954 4020
3954 2040
3954 3040
3954 4040
3954 2041
3954 3041
3954 4041
3954 2060
3954 3060
3954 4060
3954 3120
3954 4120

ul_032_a

Rating max (A)

100 ... 200
100 ... 200
100 ... 200
400
400
400
400
400
400
600
600
600
800 1200
800 1200

General Catalogue 2013-2014

153

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A

Characteristics
Characteristics according to UL98/CSA22.2#4
SIRCO UL98 - 100 to 1200 A
General use rating (A)
Short circuit rating at 600 VAC (kA)
Type of fuse
Max. fuse rating (A)

100 A
200
J
100

200 A
200
J
200

400 A
200
J
400

600 A
200
J
600

800 A
100
L
800

1000 A
100
L
1000

1200 A
100
L
1200

30 / 80
75 / 96
100 / 99

75 / 196
150 / 180
200 / 192

125 / 312
250 / 302
350 / 336

200 / 480
400 / 477
350 / 336

200 / 480
500 / 590
500 / 472

200 / 480
500 / 590
500 / 472

200 / 480
500 / 590
500 / 472

10 / 76
15 / 55

15 / 112
15 / 55

20 / 148
50 / 173

20 / 148
50 / 173

2x #6 / #2
2x 350 /
600MCM

Max. motor hp / FLA 3 ph motor max.

220-240 VAC
440-480 VAC
600 VAC

Max. motor hp / DC FLA motor max.

125 VDC(1)
250 VDC(2)

Connection terminals
Min. connection section / AWG

#6

#6

Max. connection section / AWG

300MCM

300MCM

2x #2

4x #2

4x #2

4x #2

2x 600MCM

4x 600MCM

4x 600MCM

4x 600MCM

10000
88.5/10

8000
88.5/10

6000
128.3/14.5

6000
327.5/37

3500
442.5/50

3500
442.5/50

3500
442.5/50

A300

A300

A300

A600

A600

A600

A600

100 A
1000

200 A
1000

400 A
1000

600 A
1000

800 A
1000

1000 A
1000

1200 A
1000

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

Mechanical characteristics
Endurance (number of operating cycles)
Operating torque (lbs.in/Nm)

Auxiliary contacts
Electrical characteristics
(1) 2 pole in series.
(2) 3 pole in series.

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

SIRCO UL98 - 100 to 1200 A
Thermal current Ith (40C)
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation category

A(1)

A(1)

A(1)

A(1)

A(1)

A(1)

A(1)

400 VAC

AC-22 A

100

200

400

630

800

1000

1200

400 VAC

AC-23 A

100

200

400

630

800

1000

1000

690 VAC

AC-22 A

100

200

400

500

630

630

630

690 VAC

AC-23 A

100

200

315

200

400

400

400

35

70

185

Rated voltage

Connection
Min. Cu cable cross section (mm)
Min. Cu busbar section (mm)

2 x 150

2 x 185

2 x 240

2 x 30 x 5

2 x 40 x 5

2 x 50 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

At 400 VAC without prebreaking AC in AC23 (kW)(2)(3)

51

100

220

355

450

560

560

At 500 VAC without prebreaking AC in AC23 (kW)(2)(3)

63

140

280

450

560

560

560

At 690 VAC without prebreaking AC in AC23 (kW)(2)(3)

90

185

185

185

400

400

400

17,6

32

48

48

75

48

75

Overload capacity (Ue 415 VAC)

Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak)(4)

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation.

(2) A/B: Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(3) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(4) For a rated operating voltage Ue = 400 VAC.

154

General Catalogue 2013-2014

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A

Dimensions (in / mm)

100 to 400 A
M
J1

Z
Y

AC

sirco-ul_011_a_2_x_cat

AA

V
CA

R1

R2

Overall
dimensions
Rating
(A)
100
200
400

1. Terminal shrouds

AD
C

Terminal
shrouds

Switch body

Unit

AC

AD F 3p. F 4p.

in

3.72

10.1

3.05 7.09 9.06 4.22

mm

94.6

256

77.5 180 230

in

3.72

10.1

3.05 7.09 9.06 4.22

mm

94.6

256

77.5 180 230

in

4.92

16

4.15 9.05 11.4 6.53

mm

128

406

115

230 290

Switch mounting

J1
3p.

J1
4p.

2.17

4.13

55
2.17

H
107
107

Connection

M
3p.

M
4p.

1.8

6.3

8.7

5.31 0.35 0.27 1.97 0.98 1.18 0.43 0.14 1.35

105

45.6

160

210

135

4.13

1.8

6.3

8.27 5.31 0.35 0.27 1.97 0.98 1,18 0,43 0,14 1,35
210

R1
9

50

25

45.6

160

2.65

8.26 10.6 7.67 0.35 0.27 2.56 1.77 1.97 0.43

75

135

67,5

210

25

65

45

30

11

105

50

30

5.31

195

55

270

2.95

166

135

R2

50

11
13

Y
3.5

AA

CA

6.3

0.6

34.4 160

15

6,3

0,6

3,5

34,4 160

15

0.2

2.08 10.2 0.8

53

260

20

600 A
M

H
Z

J
0.51
13

sirco_107_d_1_x_cat

AC

AA

N1

3.15
80
F
Terminal
shrouds
Rating (A)
600

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

Unit

AC

F 3p.

F 4p.

J 3p.

J 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

N1

AA

in

18.12

11

14.17

5.5

6.59

10.03

13.19

6.88

2.34

12.6

1.85

mm

460

280

360

140

127.5

167.5

255

335

175

59.5

320

47

General Catalogue 2013-2014

155

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A

Dimensions (in/mm) (continued)

800 to 1200 A
M

1.57
40

J
0.78 0.78
20 20

Z
0.43
11

8.85
225

sirco_228_d_1_x_cat

N2

AC

N1

4.72
120
F
Terminal shrouds

1 000
1 200

Connection

F 3p.

F 4p.

J 3p.

J 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

N1

AA

in

18.12

14.64

19.37

5.5

6.83

9.19

13.66

18.38

6.88

2.34

1.10

1.85

mm

460

372

492

140

173.5

233.5

347

467

175

59.5

28

47

in

18.12

14.64

19.37

5.5

6.83

9.19

13.66

18.38

6.88

2.34

1.10

1.85

mm

460

372

492

140

173.5

233.5

347

467

175

59.5

28

47

in

18.12

14.64

19.37

5.5

6.83

9.19

13.66

18.38

6.88

2.34

13

1.85

mm

460

372

492

140

173.5

233.5

347

467

175

59.5

330

47

100 to 400 A

600 to 1200 A

Front direct handle

Front direct handle

2.36
60

sirco-ul_027_a_1_x_cat

1.79
45.5

5.31
135

1.57
40

3.35
85

Mounting orientation

sirco-ul_028_a_1_x_cat

3/4 pole

156

Switch mounting

AC

General Catalogue 2013-2014

sirco_267_b_1_x_cat

800

Switch body

Unit

7.48
190

Rating (A)

SIRCO UL98
Load break switches standards UL and CSA
100 to 1200 A

External handles dimensions (in/mm)

100 to 400 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S2 type
0

40

90

78

sircm-pv_006_b_1_gb_cat

47

125

28

37

45

600 to 1200 A
Front operation
Direction of operation

Door drilling template

S1 type
Load break switches

IP65 with 4 xing screws

IP55 with 2 xing clips

40

40

0
90

27

47

sircm-ul_007_b_1_gb_cat

Handle type

78

70

28

28

31

37

44

600 to 1200 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S4 type

I
37

sircm-ul_006_a_1_gb_cat

28

350

90

78

47
40

60

Terminal lugs (in/mm)

0.4
4.7

0.45
11.6

2.8
71.5

600 to 1200 A
2
51

0.63
15.88

2.88
73.15
0.53
13.46

1.94
49.30

1.52
38.8

400 A

1.3
35

1
25

400 A

1.49
38

100 to 200 A

0.40
10.2

300 kcmil

600 kcmil

2 x 350 kcmil

sirco_116_b_1_x_cat

2.87
73

0.25
6.35

sirco-ul_026_a_1_cat

1.19
30.23
1.25
31.75

sirco-ul_010_a_1_x_cat

0.44
11.13

1.8
46

sirco_115_b_1_x_cat

1.12
28.6

3.15
80

2 x 600 kcmil

General Catalogue 2013-2014

157

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Strong points

sirco-ul_004_b_cat

sirco-ul_022_b_cat

Load break
switches

> Patented switching

technology.
> Positive break indication.
> Up to 1000 VDC as per
characteristics by UL98B.
> Suitable for use in
accordance with
NEC Art. 690. 2011 issue.

Conformity to standards

Function
SIRCO DC UL98B are manual multipolar
load switches. They break and close
photovoltaic circuits under load conditions
up to 1000 VDC. They comply with NEC Atr.
690 (US National Electrical Code) concerning
photovoltaic installations. They are compliant
for use within solar UPS and enclosures
meeting standard UL1741.

These extremely durable switches have been

tested and approved for use in the most
demanding applications.
They have been designed and tested for all
types of applications: earthing, floating or
bipolar.

Approvals and certifications(1)

(1) Product reference on request.

General characteristics
q Patented switching technology.
q Positive break indication.
q Up to 1000 VDC as per characteristics by
UL98B

> UL98B Guide

WHVA,
file E346418
> CSA C22.2#4,
Class 4651-02,
file 112964
> NEC Art 690
Issue 2011
> IEC 60947-3

q Suitable for use in compliance with

-$" QS DCHSHNM@MCTRDHM
UL1741 equipment.

Simplified large photovoltaic system layout

Strings combiner box
SIRCO
PV

Junction box
SIRCO
PV

From 100 to 600 A

up to 1000 V

Inverter connection box

SIRCO
PV

sirco_028_a_1_gb_cat

SIRCO
PV

158

Junction box
SIRCO
PV

From 100 to 600 A

up to 1000 V

Double circuit switches permit

increased numbers of inputs

General Catalogue 2013-2014

From 400 to 2000 A

up to 1000 V

SIRCO disconnect switch

up to 1200 A
or FUSERBLOC fuse combination
disconnect switch up to 800 A

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

References
3/4-pole load break switches
Rating (A)

Rated voltage
(VDC)

No. of poles

Switch body

600

3P

27DC 3011

100 A

250 A

1000

4P

27DC 4011

600

3P

27DC 3021

1000

27DC 4021

4P

Direct operation
handle

External operation
S2 type
Black
1, 3R, 12

1 piece

142G 2111(1)

600

3P

27DC 3041

1000

4P

27DC 4041

600

3P

27PV 3060

S3 type
Black 4, 4X

1000

4P

27PV 4060

Red/Yellow 4, 4X

Red/Yellow
4, 4X

143E 3111(1)

800 A

1200 A

1600 A
2000 A

750

3P

1000

4P

750

3P

27DC 3081
27DC 4081
27DC 3121

1000

4P

27DC 4121

750

3P

1000

4P

750

3P

1000

4P

27DC 3162
27DC 4162
27DC 3201
27DC 4201

(250A)

400 mm
15.7 inches

2709 0041

200 mm
7.9 inches

2709 0061

1 piece

1 piece

1401 1520
320 mm
12.6 inches

S4 type
Black
4, 4X

2799 7012

2709 0025

1400 1040(2)

143D 3111(1)
Black

2 pieces
2x

1400 1032

Black
4, 4X

142E 2111(1)

600 A

(100 to 200A)

320 mm
12.6 inches

142D 2111(1)

400 A

2709 0021

1400 1020

Red/Yellow
1, 3R, 12

Black

Bridging bars for

connecting poles
in series

200 mm
7.9 inches

142F 2111(1)

2699 5052

Shaft for external

handle

1 piece

2709 0081

1401 1532
400 mm
15.7 Inches

144D 3111(1)

1 piece

Red/Yellow
4, 4X

1401 1540(2)

V1 type
Black 3R, 12

320 mm
12.6 inches

2 pieces
2x

2799 7145

4199 3018

2709 0121

2709 0121

144E 3111(1)

2799 7062

(1) Defeatable handle.

(2) Shaft guide reference 1429 0000 is required for shaft length over 15.7 inches (400mm).

Accessories
Example
The locking function of the enclosure in
the "ON" position will force the operator to
safely disconnect and isolate the solar cell
strings prior to any intervention. Opening the
door when the switch is on "ON" position is
possible by defeating the locking function
using a tool (authorized persons only).The
interlocking function is restored when the
door is closed back.

acces_236_a_2_cat

Use
The door interlocked external operation handle
includes a padlockable handle, a conversion kit
and must be combined with a shaft extension.
In a combiner box, located close to the solar
cell strings, or located close to the inverter, we
recommend to use a door interlocked external
handle for its safety features.

acces_150_a_1_cat

External operation

S2 type handle

Reinforced S2 type handle

Front operation I - 0, 3/4 poles

100 400
100 400
100 400
100 400
600
600
800 1200
800 1200
1600 2000

S2 type
S2 type
S2 type
S2 type
S3 type
S3 type
S4 type
S4 type
V1 type

Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black

Nema degree of
protection
1, 3R, 12
1, 3R, 12
4, 4X
4, 4X
4.4X
4.4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
1, 3R, 12

Reference

142F 2111(1)
142G 2111(1)
142D 2111(1)
142E 2111(1)
143D 3111(1)
143E 3111
144D 3111(1)
144E 3111(1)
2799 7145

Defeatable handle.

Front operation - 0 heavy duty, 3/4 poles

(1)

Rating (A)

Handle

Handle colour

100 400
100 400
600
600
800 1200
800 1200
1600 2000

S2 type
S2 type
S3 type
S3 type
S4 type
S4 type
V1 type

Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black

Locking bracket in metal.

(2)

Nema degree of
protection
4, 4X
4, 4X
4.4X
4.4X
4.4X
4.4X
1, 3R, 12

Reference

142D 2911(1)(2)
142E 2911(1)(2)
143D 3911(1)(2)
143E 3911(1)(2)
144D 3911(1)(2)
144E 3911(1)(2)
2799 7145

S3 type handle

access_189_a

Handle colour

acces_152_a_2_cat

Handle

acces_166_a_2_cat

(1)

Rating (A)

S4 type handle

V1 type handle

Defeatable handle.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

159

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Accessories (continued)

For 3/4 poles

Dimension X
Rating (A)
(inches)
100 200
6 11.6
100 200
6 16.3
100 200
6 19.4
400
8 12.9
400
8 17.6
400
8 20.7
600
8.70 13.50
600
8.70 18.23
600
8.70 21.38
800 1200 12 14.4
800 1200 12 19.1
800 1200 12 22.2
2000
20 28.1
2000
20 39.4

Dimension
Handle
Y (mm)
295
S2 type
415
S2 type
495
S2 type
203 328 S2 type
203 448 S2 type
203 528 S2 type
221 343 S3 type
221 463 S3 type
221 543 S3 type
221 366 S4 type
221 486 S4 type
221 566 S4 type
508 714 S5, V1 type
508 794 S5, V1 type

Length
(inches)
7.9
12.6
15.7
7.9
12.6
15.7
7.9
12.6
15.7
7.9
12.6
15.7
12.6
15.7

Length
(mm)
200
320
400
200
320
400
200
320
400
200
320
400
320
400

acces_144_b_1_cat

Other lengths: Please consult us.

Reference

1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1040
1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1040
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540
4199 3018
4199 3019

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

Use
Standard lengths:
- 7.9 in / 200 mm,
- 12.6 in / 320 mm,
- 15.7 in / 400 mm.

acces_369_a_1_cat

Shaft for external handle

S-type handle adapter

Use
For handles S2, S3 and S4.

Colour

Nema degree of protection

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

1, 3R, 12

10

1493 0000
acces_187_a_3_cat

Black

Dimensions
Increases the distance between the handle
grip and the door by 12 mm, for better
handling.

Use
For handles S2, S3 and S4.
Handle
colour
Light grey
Dark grey
Light grey
Dark grey

160

Handle
S2, S3 type
S2, S3 type
S4 type
S4 type

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Other colours: Please consult us.

To be ordered
in multiples of
50
50
50
50

Reference

1401 0001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

acces_198_a_3_cat

Alternative S-type handle cover colours

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Auxiliary contact

NO/NC contact for 3/4 poles

Rating (A)
Position AC
100 1200
1 contact
100 1200
2 contacts
1600 2000
1 contact

Type
NO/NC
NO/NC
NO/NC

Low level NO/NC contact for 3/4 poles

Rating (A)
Position AC
Type
100 1200
1 contact
NO/NC
100 1200
2 contacts
NO/NC
1600 2000
1 contact
NO/NC

Reference

2799 0021
2799 0022
4159b

Reference

2799 0121
2799 0122
4159b

acces_076_a_1_cat

Electrical characteristics
A300.

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I:
- 1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts,
- 1 to 2 low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts.

Terminal screen

For 3/4 poles

Rating (A)
100 250
100 250
100 250
400
400
400
600
600
800 1200
800 1200
1600 2000
1600 2000

No. of poles
3P
3P
4P
3P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Operating principle
top
bottom
top or bottom
top
bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom

acces_079_a_1_cat

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
Reference

2798 3021
2798 8021
2798 4021
2798 3041
2798 8041
2798 4041
2798 3060
2798 4060
2798 3120
2798 4120
2798 6122
2798 8122

Cage terminals

Rating max
(A)

Max. number
Type of
Numbrer and size of cables of connections
cable
per terminal

Quantity

Reference

3954 2020
3954 2025
3954 2040
3954 2041
3954 2060
3954 2060
3954 3060
3954 2060
3954 3060

100 250

1 conductorr (#6-300MCM)

Cu / Al

2 lugs

100 250

2 conductors (#4-2/0)

Cu / Al

2 lugs

400

1 conductor (#2-600MCM)

Cu / Al

2 lugs

400

2 conductors (#6-350MCM)

Cu / Al

2 lugs

600

2 conductors (#2-600MCM)

Cu / Al

2 lugs

800 1200

2 conductors (#2-600MCM)

Cu / Al

2 lugs

800 1200

2 conductors (#2-600MCM)

3(1)

Cu / Al

3 lugs

1600 2000

2 conductors (#2-600MCM)

2(2)

Cu / Al

2 lugs

1600 2000

2 conductors (#2-600MCM)

3(3)

Cu / Al

3 lugs

ul_032_a

Use
Connection of bare copper cables onto the terminals (without lugs).
.OSHNM@KE@MNTSJHSENQQ@SHMFRNESN ENQBNMMDBSHMFRDUDQ@KB@AKDRSNSGDRVHSBG

(1) Order a fan out kit reference 2709 1203 for connecting 3 connectors per terminal (6 in total for the switch).
(2) 2 connectors per terminal with the connection kit 2729 1200.
(3) 3 connectors per terminal with the connection kits 2729 1201 and 2709 1202.

Bridging bars for connecting poles in series

Rating (A)
100
250
400
400
600
800
1200 2000

Reference

2709 0021(1)
2709 0025
2709 0040(2)
2709 0041
2709 0062
2709 0081
2709 0121(3)

(1) from 100 to 200 A: 1 piece per pole in series. For 250 A: 2 pieces per pole in series.
(2) Compact version with radiator (availability to be confirmed).
(3) For 2000 A: 2 units per pole en series.

Connection diagrams:
(1)

Other connections: refer to mounting instructions.

Load

+
sirco-ul_012_a_1_gb_cat

Use
The bridging bars will make easy the connection of the poles in
series, allowing the following configurations(1).

General Catalogue 2013-2014

161

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Accessories (continued)
Copper bars connection kits
Use
To allow connection between the two power terminals from a same
pole for 2000 A ratings. (Fig. 1, Fig. 2 and Fig. 3)

Fig. 1

Rating (A)

Figure

Quantity to order
per pole

Number of
terminals

1600 2000

1600 2000

Reference

2729 1200
2729 1202

acces_314_b_1_x_cat

acces_312_b_1_x_cat

Fig. 3

Top or bottom flat connection

Fig.2

Rating (A)

Figure

Quantity to order
per pole

Number of
terminals

Reference

2729 1201

1600 2000

acces_313_b_1_x_cat

Top or bottom edgewise connection

Characteristics
as per standards UL98/CSA22.4#4 and UL98B(6)
Rating (A)

100 A

250 A

400 A

600 A

800 A

1200 A

1600 A

2000 A

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

General use rating with 200% overload extra test

Rated
voltage
600 VDC
1000 VDC

Number of pole in series of

the device
3P
4P

(A)

(4)

(4)

(4)

2000(4)
2000

100
100

250
250

400
400

600
600

800
800

1200
1200

1600
1600

20
A70P100
200

20
A70P100
200

20
LDC
400

20
A6D600R
600

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

#6
300MCM

#6
300MCM

2x#6
600MCM

2x#2
2x 600MCM

10 000
88.5/10

10 000
88.5/10

6 000
128.3/14.5

6 000
327.5/37


495.7/56


663.9/75


663.9/75


663.9/75

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

160 A
1 200
12

250 A
1 200
12

630 A
1 200
12

800 A
1 200
12

1000 A

12

1400 A

12

1400 A

12

2200 A

12

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

160
160

250
250

630
630

800
800













Short-circuit capacity at 600 VDC

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)
Type of fuse
Associated fuse rating (A)

Short-circuit capacity at 1000 VDC (any breaker)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

10(1)

Connection terminals
Min. connection wire range/ AWG (2)
Max. connection wire range/ AWG (2)

4x#2
4x#2
4x#2
4x#2
6x 600MCM(5) 6x 600MCM(5) 6x 600MCM(5) 6x 600MCM(5)

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)
Operating effort (lbs.in/Nm)

Auxiliary contact
Electrical characteristics

as per standard IEC 60947-3

Thermal current Ith at 40C
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A), DC-22 B

Rated
voltage
750 VDC
1000 VDC

Number of pole in series of

the device
3P
4P

(1) without fuse during 50 ms.

(2) AWG : dimensions of the American cable.
(3) Improved endurances: Please consult us
(4) 750 VDC.

162

General Catalogue 2013-2014

(5) Maximum 6 x 600MCM with fan out kit 2729 1203.

(6) UL98 and CSA22.4# are the standards for switches apart from for use with PV, these standards are limited to 600 V (DC). UL98B is the standard for PV switches up to 1000 VDC.

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Dimensions (in/mm)
100 to 400 A
M

J1

Z
Y

sirco-ul_011_a_1_x_cat

AA

AC

CA

R1

R2

AD

Rating (A)

Measurement

1. Terminal shrouds

Overall
dimensions

Terminal
shrouds

AC

AD

Switch body
F
3p.

F
4p.

J1
3p.

Switch mounting
J1
4p.

M
4p.

R1

Connection
R1

AA AC

100 250

in

3.72

10.1

3.05 7.09 9.06 4.22 2.17 4.13

100 250

mm

94.6

256

77.5 180 230 107

400

in

4.92

16

4.51 9.05 11.4 6.53 2.95 5.31 2.65 8.26 10.6 7.6 0.35 0.27 2.56 1.77 1.97 0.43 0.2 2.08 10.2 0.8

400

mm

128

406

115

55

230 290 166

75

1.8

M
3p.

6.3 8.27 5.31 0.35 0.27 1.97 0.98 1.18 0.43 0.14 1.35 6.3 0.6

105 45.6 160 210 135

135 67.5 210 270 195

9
9

7
7

50

25

65

45

30
50

11
13

3.5 34.4 160 15

5

53

260 20

600 A
M

AD
1

Z
Y

AC

sirco-ul_005_c_1_x_cat

AA

CA

1. Terminal screens.

Rating (A)

Measurement

Terminal
shrouds

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

AC

AD

F 3p. F 4p. J 3p.

J 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

600

in

18.12

5.5

11.02 14.17

6.59

2.34

10.04

13.19

6.88

3.15

1.97

2.38

0.41

0.28

600

mm

460

140

360 127.5 167.5

59.5

255

335

175

80

50

60.5

10.5

280

AA

AC

1.83 12.64 0.82

46.5

321

General Catalogue 2013-2014

20.9

163

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Dimensions (in/mm) (continued)

800 to 1200 A
Direct front operation

M
=

0.41
10.5

Z
=

X1

Rating (A)

I
T
F

7.87 / 200
8.90 / 226

X2

0.82
21
1.49
38

13 / 330
= =

1.02
26

0.35
9

Switch body

1.49 1.02
38
26

sirco-ul_040_b_1_x_cat

90

1.10
28

23.78 / 604
AA
= 0.28 / 7 =

3.54
90

1.02 / 26

Switch mounting

Connection

F 3p.

F 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

X1

X1

AA

800 1200

393

513

347

467

120

90

44

53.5

53.5

107.5

288

800 1200

15.47

20.20

13.66

18.39

4.72

3.54

1.73

0.31

2.11

2.11

4.23

11.34

1600 to 2000 A

0.82
21
1.49
38

13.5
343
11.65
296
4.24
107

1.02
26

1.49
38

1.02
26

Fix 13.66 (3P) - 18.38 (4P)

Fix 347 (3P) - 467 (4P)
4.72
120

svr-ul_004_b_x_cat

0.41
10.5

2.02
51.5

11.85
301

9.84
250
11.34
288

4.92
125

11.85
301

3.54
90

15.31
389

164

General Catalogue 2013-2014

19.23 (3P) 23.96 (4P)

488.5 (3P) 608.5 (4P)

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Dimensions for external handles (in/mm)

100 to 400 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S2 type
0

40

90

78

47

125

poign_013_a_1_gb_cat

28

37

45

600 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

I
90

S3 type

37

40

0
210

poign_035_a_1_gb_cat

78

47

28
61

800 and 1000 A

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S4 type

78

poign_036_a_1_gb_cat

28

350

90

37

47
40

60

1200 to 2000 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

V1 type

50

31

poign_037_a_1_ca_cat

50

545

4 6,5

122

General Catalogue 2013-2014

165

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Jumpers (in/mm)
100 to 250 A

400 A
0.16
4

0.75
19

sirco-ul_008_a_1_x_cat

0.43
11

sirco-ul_009_a_1_x_cat

0.49
12.5

3.19
81

1.97
50

0.47 0.59
12
15

0.49
12.5

0.89
22.5

600 A

2.56
65

0.89
22.5

0.2
5

800 A
0.98
25

3.15
80

0.55
14

0.98
25

0.41
10.5

1.02
26

8.27
210

1.49
38

0.315
8

1.69
43

sirco-ul_048_b_1_x_cat

0.2
5

sirco-ul_047_a_1_x_cat

3.94
100

3.44
87.5

0.43
11

sirco-ul_049_b_1_x_cat

4.82
122.5

1200 to 2000 A

0.41
10.5

1.02
26

166

8.27
210

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1.49
38

0.315
8

2.8
71

SIRCO DC UL98B
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 2000 A - up to 1000 VDC

Mounting orientation

sirco-ul_028_a_1_x_cat

3/4 poles

Terminal lugs (in/mm)

0.27
7

2.8
71.5

2/0

400 A

1.8
46

sirco-ul_038_a_1_x_cat

0.2
5

0.79
20

1.26
32
sirco_115_b_1_x_cat

1.12
28.6
300MCM

0.4
4.7

1.3
35

1
25

1.476
0.63 37.5
16

0.45
11.6

1.52
38.8

400 A

0.63
15.88

sirco-ul_010_a_1_x_cat

100 to 250 A

0.44
11.13

100 to 250 A

600MCM

600 to 2000 A
1.49
38

2.88
73.15
0.53
13.46

1.94
49.30

2
51

0.40
10.2
3.15
80

2 x 350MCM

sirco_116_b_1_x_cat

2.87
73

sirco-ul_026_b_1_cat

0.25
6.35

1.25
31.75

1.19
30.23

2 x 600MCM

General Catalogue 2013-2014

167

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications
Strong points

sirco-ul_023_a_1_cat

sirco-pv_026_a

Load break
switches

> Patended switching

technology.
> Positive break indication.
> Up to 1500 VDC
> Suitable for use in
accordance with NEC
Art 690 edition 2011.

> UL98B Guide

WHVA, file E346418
> CSA C22.2#4,
Class 4651-02,
file 112964
> NEC Art 690 Edition 2011
> IEC 60947-3

Function
It is possible to operate on load two switches
with one handle.
Space saving: the overall footprint is similar to
the footprint of a standard 3 or 4 pole device.
Thus providing significant space saving
opportunities within the overall assembly
and specifically compared to using separate
switches.

Easier connection and integration.

Higher voltage: by connecting the two
switches in series it is possible to switch on
load higher voltage than 1000 VDC.
Double the rating: by connecting the two
switches in parallel on the outgoing side.

General characteristics
q Patended switching technology.
q Positive break indication.
q Up to 1000 VDC according to
UL98B/CSA C22.2#4.

168

Conformity to standards

General Catalogue 2013-2014

q Suitable for use in accordance with

NEC Art 690 edition 2011.
q Up to 1500VDC according to IEC 60947-3.

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

1 handle to disconnect 2 networks

Switch 1

sirco-ul_044_a_1_gb_cat

Switch 2

- +

LOAD /

CHARG
CARGA E /

q The double stack disconnect from SOCOMEC interlocks mechanically 2 disconnects 3 or 4 poles.
With one handle the user can operate on load both disconnects synchronously.
q Each disconnect are fully rated.
q Disconnect two 600VDC networks on load with a 6 poles double stacked disconnect or two
1000VDC networks with a 8 poles.
q Perfect product for BIPOLAR SYSTEMS. The user can disconnect on the same device two legs with
opposite polarities.
+/- 600VDC on a 6 poles disconnect to get a 1200VDC bipolar network.
+/- 1000VDC on a 8 poles disconnect to get a 2000VDC bipolar network.

Paralleling the outputs on the disconnect to double the current rating

Switch 1
I = Switch 1+ Switch 2

sirco-ul_045_a_1_gb_cat

Switch 2

- +
LOAD /

CHARG

q As both disconnects are operating synchronously the user can link the output of each device.
q Following the Kirchhoffs law "At any node (junction) in an electrical circuit, the sum of currents
flowing into that node is equal to the sum of currents flowing out of that node" or in our case
Iswitch1 + Iswitch2 = Ioutput.
q  R@MDW@LOKD@TRDQBNTKCCHRBNMMDBS VHSG@CNTAKD
q This solution really reduces the footprint of the disconnect.

E / CAR

GA

Wire more poles in series to increase the voltage

Switch 1

Switch 2

sirco-ul_046_a_1_gb_cat

Switch 1+2

- +
+
LOAD /
CHARG
E / CAR
GA

q Following the second Kirchhoffs law "The principle of conservation of energy implies that the
directed sum of the electrical potential differences (voltage) around any closed network is zero".
q On the schematic above this would mean that Vswitch1 + Vswitch2 = Vtotal.
q And this implies that more poles are in series, higher is the achievable voltage.
q Following this principle SOCOMEC created a disconnect with 8 poles in series which allows
SGDTRDQSNCHRBNMMDBS.-+. #5#"
q  RUNKS@FDRGHFGDQSG@M5#"@QDMNSQDBNFMHYDCAX4+2.".,$"RDKEBDQSHEHDCSGHR
configuration in its laboratory in France.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

169

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

References
6 & 8 poles switches
Rating (A)

Max Number
of circuits Max Breaking Voltage (VDC)
2

2 x 600 VDC

No. of
poles

Switch body

External handle

Shaft for external

handle

6P

27DC 6011

S2 type
Black
1, 3R, 12

200 mm
7.9 inches

100 A
Frame 2x4

142F 2111(1)
2

2 x 1000 VDC or 1x 1500 VDC

8P

27DC 8011

Red/Yellow
1, 3R, 12

142G 2111(1)
2

2 x 600 VDC

6P

27DC 6021

2 x 1000 VDC or 1x 1500 VDC

8P

27DC 8021

2 x 600 VDC

6P

27DC 6041

2 x 1000 VDC or 1x 1500 VDC

8P

27DC 8041

2 x 600 VDC

6P

27PV 6060

(100 to 200 A)

320 mm
12.6 inches
400 mm /
15.7 inches

2 pieces

2 x 2709 0021

Red/Yellow
4, 4X

1400 1040(2)

S3 type
Black 4, 4X

200 mm
7.9 inches

143D 3111

1401 1520

1 piece

Red/Yellow
4, 4X

320 mm
12.6 inches

2709 0041

142E 2111(1)

(1)

400 A
Frame 2x5

1 piece

2709 0021

1400 1032

Black
4, 4X

142D 2111(1)

250 A
Frame 2x4

1400 1020

Jumpers for connecting

poles in series

143E 3111(1)

(250 A)

1401 1532

600 A
Frame 2x6

1 piece

2709 0061
2

2 x 1000 VDC or 1x 1500 VDC

8P

27PV 6060

2 x 750 VDC

6P

27DC 6080

800 A
Frame 2x7
2

2 x 1000 VDC or 1x 1500 VDC

8P

27DC 8080

2 x 750 VDC

6P

27DC 6100

1000 A
Frame 2x7

V1 type
Black
1,3R,12

2799 7145

320 mm
12.6 inches

4199 3018

1 piece

2709

1 piece

2709 0121
2

2 x 1000 VDC or 1x 1500 VDC

8P

27DC 8100

(1) Defeatable handle.

(2) Shaft guide reference 1429 0000, is required for shaft lenght over 15.7 inches (400mm).

Accessories
S type handle Raiser

Colour
Black

170

Dimensions
Adds 12 mm to the depth.

Nema degree of protection

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

1, 3R, 12

10

1493 0000

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_187_a_3_cat

Use
S type handle raiser.
Handle raiser for S1 to S4 handles.

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

Accessories

Front operation I - 0, 6/8 poles

Rating (A)
100 250
100 250
100 250
100 250
400
400
600 1000
600 1000

Handle
S2 type
S2 type
S2 type
S2 type
S3 type
S3 type
S5 Type
V1 type

Handle colour
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Black

Nema degree of
protection
1, 3R, 12
1, 3R, 12
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
4, 4X
1, 3R, 12
1, 3R, 12

142F 2111(1)
142G 2111(1)
142D 2111(1)
142E 2111(1)
143D 3111(1)
143E 3111(1)
145F 8113(1)
2799 7145(1)

Nema degree of
protection
4, 4X
4, 4X
4,4X
4,4X
1, 3R, 12

142D 2911(1)(2)
142E 2911(1)(2)
143D 3911(1)(2)
143E 3911(1)(2)
2799 7145(1)

acces_236_a_2_cat

acces_150_a_1_cat

Opening the door when the switch is on

"ON" position is possible by defeating
the locking function with the use of a tool
(authorized persons only).
The interlocking function is restored when
the door is closed back.

Use
The interlocking function of the front
external handle prevents the user from
opening the door of the enclosure when the
switch is in the "ON" position (if the handle
is door mounted S-type handles only).

S2 type handle

Reference

Reinforced S2 type handle

acces_166_a_2_cat

External handle

S3 type handle

(1) Defeatable handle.

Front operation I - 0 heavy duty, 6/8 poles

Handle colour
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow
Black

Reference

acces_286_a_2_cat

Handle
S2 type
S2 type
S3 type
S3 type
V1 type

acces_152_a_2_cat

Rating (A)
100 250
100 250
400
400
600 1000

(1) Locking bracket in metal.

(2) Defeatable handle.

S4 type handle

S5 type handle

Alternative colour S-type handle cover

Use
For handles S1 to S4.
Handle

To be ordered
by multiples of

Light grey

S1 to S3 type

50

Dark grey

S1 to S3 type

50

Light grey

S4 type

50

Dark grey

S4 type

50

acces_198_a_3_cat

Handle
colour

Other colours: Please, consult us.

Reference

1401 0001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

For 6/8 poles

Rating
Dimension X Dimension X
(A)
(inches)
(mm)
Handle
12 14.3
305 362
100 200
S2 type
12 19
305 482
100 200
S2 type
12 22.1
305 562
100 200
S2 type
16 18.4
406 467
400
S3 type
16 23.1
406 587
400
S3 type
16 26.3
406 667
400
S3 type
20 28.1
508 714 V1/S5 type
600 1000
20 31.3
508 794 V1/S5 type
600 1000

Length
(inches)
7.9
12.6
15.7
7.9
12.6
15.7
12.6
15.7

Length
(mm)
200
320
400
200
320
400
320
400

acces_144_b_1_cat

Other lengths: Please, consult us.

Reference

1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1040
1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1540
4199 3018
4199 3019

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

Use
Standard lengths:
- 7.9 in / 200 mm,
- 12.6 in / 320 mm,
- 15.7 in / 400 mm.

acces_369_a_1_cat

Shaft for external handle

General Catalogue 2013-2014

171

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

Accessories (continued)
Shaft guide for external handle
Use
To guide the detachable external control shaft in the handle.
This accessory enables handle to engage shaft with a misalignment of up to 15 mm.
Required for a shaft lenght over 320 mm.
Description

Reference

Shaft guide for S1 to S4 type handles

1429 0000

Auxiliary contact
Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I:
- 1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts,
- 1 to 2 low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts.

Electrical characteristics
A300.

Rating (A)

Position AC

Type

Reference

NO/NC

4159 0021

Position AC

Type

Reference

1st contact

NO/NC

4159 0022

100 1000

acces_076_a_1_cat

NO/NC contact for 6/8 poles

Low level NO/NC contact for 6/8 poles

Rating (A)
100 1000

Terminal screen
Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
No. of poles
6P
8P
6P
8P
6P
8P
6P
8P

Position
top and bottom
top and bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom
top or bottom

Reference

4158 3021
4158 4021
4158 3041(1)
4158 4041(1)
1609 3063(1)
1609 4063(1)
2798 6120
2798 8120

acces_079_a_1_cat

For 6/8 poles

Rating (A)
100 200
100 200
400
400
600
600
800 1000
800 1000

(1) Please order 2 reference sfor line and load protection.

Terminal lugs
Use
Connection of bare copper cables onto the terminals (without lugs).
Type of luge
1 conductor (#6-300MCM)
2 conductors (#4-2/0)
1 conductor (#2-600MCM)
2 conductors (#6-350MCM)
2 conductors (#2-600MCM)
2 conductors (#2-600MCM)
2 conductors (#2-600MCM)

Number of lugs
per terminal
1
1
1
1
1
2(1)
3(2)

(1) 2 lugs per terminal with connection kit 2729 1200.

Type of
cable
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al

Package
2 lugs
2 lugs
2 lugs
2 lugs
2 lugs
2 lugs
3 lugs

Reference

3954 2020
3954 2025
3954 2040
3954 2041
3954 2060
3954 2060
3954 3060

ul_032_a

Rating max (A)

100 250
100 250
400
400
600
800 1200
800 1200

(2) 3 lugs per terminal with connection kits 2729 1201 and 2709 1202.

Copper bars connection kits

Rating (A)

Nb lug capacity

Reference

800...1000 Fig. 2

2729 1200
2729 1202

Quantity to order per switch

Nb lug capacity

Reference

2729 1201

Top or bottom edgewise connection

Rating (A)
800...1000 Fig. 3

172

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Fig. 3

Fig. 2
acces_314_b_1_x_cat

Quantity to order per switch

800...1000 Fig. 1

acces_312_b_1_x_cat

Top or bottom flat connection

Fig. 1

acces_313_b_1_x_cat

Use
3N@KKNVBNMMDBSHNMADSVDDMSGDSVNONVDQSDQLHM@KREQNL@R@LDONKDENQSN 
ratings (Fig. 1, Fig. 2 and Fig. 3).

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

Jumpers for poles in series

sirco-ul_012_a_1_gb_cat

Use
The jumpers will make easy the connection of the pole in series,
allowing the following configurations(1).
Connection diagrams:
(1) Other connections: refer to mounting instructions.

Rating (A)

Reference

100 250

2709 0021(1)
2709 0040
2709 0041
2709 0062
2709 0081

400 reduced design (availability to be confirmed)

400
600
800 1000

Load

(1) For 100 to 200 A: 1 piece per pole in series. For 250 A: 2 pieces per pole in series.

Characteristics
Characteristics according UL98/CSA22.4#4 and UL98B
Rating (A)

100 A

250 A

400 A

600 A

800 A

1000 A

General use rating with 200% overload extra test - UL98B

Rated voltage Number of pole in series of the device

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

600 VDC

3P

100

250

400

600

800

1000

1000 VDC

4P

100

250

400

600

800

1000

Short circuit rating at 600 VDC

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)
Type of fuse
Associated fuse rating (A)

20

20

20

A70P100

A70P100

LDC

200

200

400

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

10(1)

Short circuit rating at 1000 VDC any breaker

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)

Connection terminals
Min. connection section / AWG(2)

#6

#6

2x #6

2x #2

4x #2

4x #2

Max. connection section / AWG(2)

300MCM

300MCM

600MCM

2x 600

6x 600MCM(4)

6x 600MCM(4)

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

10 000

10 000

6 000

6 000





Operating torque (lbs.in/Nm)

88.5/10

88.5/10

128.3/14.5

327.5/37

495.7/56

495.7/56

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

A300

Auxiliary contacts
Electrical characteristics
(1) 50 ms without fuse.
(2) AWG : dimensions of the American cable.

(3) Increased endurances: Please consult us.

(4) max 6x 600MCM with spreader 2729 1203.

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

Thermal current Ith (40C)

160 A

250 A

630 A

800 A

1000 A

1200 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

1 200

1 200

1 200

1 200

1 200

1 200

12

12

12

12

12

12

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A), DC-22 B

Rated voltage Number of pole in series of the device

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

(A)

750 VDC

3P

160

250

630

800





1 000 VDC

4P

160

250

630

800





1 500 VDC

8P

100

250

400

600

800

1000

General Catalogue 2013-2014

173

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

Dimensions (in / mm)

6.30 (3P) - 8.26 (4P)

160 (3P) - 210 (4P)

0.98
25

6.37
162
5.21
132.5

1.51
38.5
1.18
30

1.37
35

0.53
13.3

100 to 250 A

2.67
68

5.21
132.5

0.43
11

0.29
7.5

6.30
160
5.31
1.35

0.35
9

5.21
132.5
5.21
132.5

sirco-ul_042_b_1_x_cat

0.27
7

1.97
50
9.60 (3P) - 11.57 (4P)
244 (3P) - 294 (4P)

6.93
176

400 A
Z1
T

CA

U
W

R1

AC

BA
AA

sirco-ul_016_a_1_x_cat

R2

X
M

AD
C

K
1. Terminal shrouds.
A. S2 type handle.

Overall
dimensions
Rating
(A)
Mesurement
C

174

400

in

10.39

400

mm

264

Terminal
shrouds
AC

AD

15.75 9.72
400

247

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Case

Switch mounting

K 3p. K 4p. M 3p. M 4p.

9.61

11.97

244

304

8.27 10.63 7.68

210

270

195

R1
0.35
9

Connection
R2

Z1

AA

BA

AC

0.27 2.56 1.77 1.97 0.50 0.43 0.20 2.07 7.48 10.24 8.66 0.79
7

65

45

50

12.7 11

52.6

190

260 220

20

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

600 A
15.19 (3P) - 18.34 (4P)
386 (3P) - 466 (4P)
13.66
347

13.38
340
9.84
250

1.96
50

4.92
125

9.09
231

0.98
25
1.12 0.82
28.5 21

sirco-ul_017_a_1_x_cat

9.09
231
9.05
230

3.15
80

2.02
51.5

2.61
66.5
9.98
253.5

Fix 10.04 (3P) - 13.18 (4P)

Fix 255 (3P) - 335 (4P)

14.56
370

0.41
10.5

800 to 1000 A
0.41
10.5

Fix 13.66 (3P) - 18.38 (4P)

Fix 347 (3P) - 467 (4P)
4.72
120

13.5
343

1.49
38
0.82
21

2.02
51.5

11.65
296
1.02
26

1.49
38

4.24
107

1.02
26

4.92
125

11.85
301

11.34
288
9.84
250

sirco-ul_043_b_1_x_cat

11.85
301

3.54
90

19.23 (3P) 23.96 (4P)

488.5 (3P) 608.5 (4P)

15.31
389

General Catalogue 2013-2014

175

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

Jumpers (in / mm)

100 to 250 A

0.75
19

3.19
81
0.89
22.5

2.56
65

0.43
11

0.2
5

0.2
5

4.82
122.5

1000 A

3.44
87.5

800 A

0.89
22.5

0.98
25

0.55
14

sirco-ul_009_a_1_x_cat

0.43
11

1.02
26

1.49
38

8.27
210

0.315
8

0.41
10.5

sirco-ul_049_b_1_x_cat

0.41
10.5

sirco-ul_048_b_1_x_cat

3.15
80

0.98
25

0.16
4

3.94
100

0.49
12.5

600 A

sirco-ul_047_a_1_x_cat

1.97
50

0.47 0.59
12
15

sirco-ul_008_a_1_x_cat

0.49
12.5

400 A

1.69
43

1.02
26

8.27
210

1.49
38

0.315
8

2.8
71

Cage terminals (in / mm)

100 to 250 A

1.49
38

2 x 350MCM

sirco-ul_029_a_1_x_cat

6/8 pole - 100 to 400 A

2.87
73

3.15
80

6/8 pole - 600 A

sirco-ul_030_a_1_x_cat

2x 600MCM

176

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1.8
46

Mounting orientation

0.40
10.2

1.25
31.75

sirco-ul_010_a_1_x_cat

600 to 1000 A
0.53
13.46

1.19
30.23

0.63
15.88

600MCM

2.88
73.15

0.25
6.35

2.8
71.5

2/0

sirco_116_b_1_x_cat

sirco-ul_026_b_1_cat

0.79
20

0.2
5

1.94
49.30

2
51

0.27
7

1.26
32

400 A

sirco-ul_038_a_1_x_cat

1.12
28.6

sirco_115_b_1_x_cat

300MCM

0.4
4.7

1.3
35

1
25

1.476
0.63 37.5
16

0.45
11.6

1.52
38.8

400 A

0.44
11.13

100 to 250 A

SIRCO DC
Double Stacker UL98B
Load break switches for solar applications

Dimensions for external handles (in / mm)

100 to 200 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

S2 type

Door drilling

I
1.46
37

1.57
40

4.92
125

sirco-ul_032_a_1_gb_cat

90

3.07
78

1.77
45

1.10
28

4 0.27
47

400 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

I
90

S3 type
78

37

poign_035_a_1_gb_cat

210

40

47

28
61

600 to 1000 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling
1.97
50

V1 type

4 0.25
4 6.5

1.97
50

poign_037_a_1_us_cat

21.46
545

1.22
31

4.80
122

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S5 type

1.97
50

with V Escutcheon

poign_020_a_1_us_cat

4 0.25
4 6.50

1.97
50

19.6
498

90

1.22
31
2.80
71
4
102

General Catalogue 2013-2014

177

TVSS SURGE SWITCH

Special designs
TVSS (Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor) Surge Switch
Strong points

Load break
switches

> Compact product.

> High performance.

Conformity to standards(1)
sirco_123_a_2_cat

> UL508,
Guide NRNT,
File E224992
> IEC 60947-3
(1) Product reference on request.

SIRCO 
3 pole

Function
The TVSS Surge Switch is an extremely compact, high performance, manually operated,
non-fused switch. It is specifically designed to withstand the high surge current of 200 kA
VHSG@MWRV@UDENQLRDDMHMSNC@XRSQ@MRHDMSUNKS@FD2TQFD/QNSDBSHUD#DUHBD2/#
applications. Socomec Surge Switch uses a unique contact design that actually clamp contacts
tighter during a surge.

General characteristics
q J RRGNBJV@UDVHSGRS@MC
q Rated 100 A 600 VAC UL508 general use.
q High electrical and mechanical endurance.

L1
L2
L3
L4

sirco-ul_021_a_1_x_cat

Surge switch

178

TVSS

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Customised solutions
> Please consult us.

TVSS SURGE SWITCH

Special designs
TVSS (Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor) Surge Switch

References
TVSS SURGE SWITCH - Front operation - 3/4 pole
Rating (A)

No. of poles

Switch body

Direct handle

Door interlocked external

Shaft for external handle

Terminal shrouds

S1 type
Black

141F 2111
/

2700 3017

R
200 KA
600 VAC

Black

S1 type
Red/Yellow

2699 5042

141G 2111

Red

S1 type
Black

2699 5043
/

200 mm

1400 1020
1400 1032

/

2694 4014(1)

400 mm

141D 2111

2700 4017

/

2694 3014(1)

320 mm

1400 1040

S1 type
Red/Yellow

141E 2111
(1) Top or bottom.

UL characteristics
UL 508 100 A 600 VAC General use

#HLDMRHNMRHMLL
4 pole

3.62
92

3.62
92

3 pole

2.95
75

0.39
10

2.95
75

0.79
20

2.56
65

0.39
10

0.35
9
2.16
5.5

0.39
10

0.1
2.5

4.53
3.35 115
85

2.56
65
1.42
1.1 36
28
5.51
140

2.95
0.79 75
20

1.37
3.5

2.16
5.5

4.52
3.35 115
85
sirco-ul_020_a_1_gb_cat

2.56
65

0.83
21

0.35
9

sirco-ul_019_a_1_gb_cat

1.77
45
0.79
20

0.4
10

0.83
21
1.38
3.5

1.42
0.86 36
22
6.69
170

0.78
20

General Catalogue 2013-2014

179

Load break switches

Load break
switches

for specific applications

Despite already offering a wide range of load break switches, SOCOMEC also
manufactures specific products suitable for all your requirements. Some of these
products can be seen on these two pages, however this list does not include them all.
Please, feel free to consult us.

SIRCO range with overrated neutral

sirco_255_a_1_cat

The use of power electronics is becoming more

frequent. Choppers, rectifiers and current inverters
distort the signal by reinjecting the 3rd order
harmonics which are combined in the neutral.
Available from 125 to 1800 A.

SIRCO 3 x 250 A with neutral at 400 A.

SIRCO HW short-circuit performance

sirco_353_a_1_cat

q 80 kA rms 1 s.
q 110 kA rms 0.1 s.
q 240 kA peak.

Multipolar SIRCO

sirco_256_a_1_cat

SOCOMEC can provide switches up to 16 poles.

12 pole SIRCO.

Specific range for 1000 V network

sider_078_a_1_cat

AC-22 / AC-23 characteristics.

180

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Conformity to standards
>
>
>
>
>

IEC 60947-3
BS EN 60947-3
EN 60947-3
NBN EN 60947-3
VDE 0660-107 (1992)

Load break switches

for specific applications

SIRCO for earthing

sirco_338_a_1_x_cat

From 800 to 1800 A.

50 kA eff. 1 s.
Special S4 type handle.
Undervoltage coil interlocking.

sirco_363_a_2_cat

q
q
q
q

Motorised load break switches

SIRCO MOT AT M: based on the ATyS M

atysm_213_a_1_cat

Function
SIRCO MOT AT M are 40 to 160 A motorised load
break switches that can be remotely operated via a
volt-free contact. They make and break under load
and provide safety isolation.

References
Rating (A)
No. of poles
4P

40

63

80

100

125

160

Power supply
voltage

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

230 VAC

1923 4004

1923 4006

1923 4008

1923 4010

1923 4012

1923 4016

SIRCO MOT AT: based on the ATyS

sirco_310_b

Function
SIRCO MOT AT are 125 to 3200 A motorised load
break switches that can be remotely operated via a
volt-free contact. They make and break under load
and provide safety isolation.

References
Rating (A)
No. of poles

Power supply
voltage

3P

230 VAC

4P

230 VAC

Rating (A)
No. of poles

Power supply
voltage

3P

230 VAC

4P

230 VAC

125

160

250

400

630

800

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1915 3012
1915 4012

1915 3016
1915 4016

1915 3025
1915 4025

1915 3040
1915 4040

1915 3063
1915 4063

1915 3080
1915 4080

1000

1250

1600

2000

2500

3200

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1915 3100
1915 4100

1915 3120
1915 4120

1915 3160
1915 4160

1915 3200
1915 4200

1915 3250
1915 4250

1915 3320
1915 4320

General Catalogue 2013-2014

181

Fuse protection

Fuse solutions: Definite advantages over circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

p. 184

Why choose Socomec? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

p. 185

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

p. 186

FUSERBLOC

Plug-in range

FUSERBLOC

FUSERBLOC

BS88
20 to 1250 A
p. 188

NFC/DIN
25 to 1250 A
p. 188

FUSERBLOC
UR fuses

FUSERBLOC
UL

50 to 1250 A
p. 224

30 to 800 A
p. 248

Connected directly to the

busbar by contact clamps, the
Plug-in FUSERBLOCS offer
RHFMHjB@MSSHLD@MCLNMDX
savings during maintenance
and extension operations.
These devices are available
with side or bottom outputs for
ETRDRQ@SDCSN 
(DIN and BS fuses).

160 to 400 A
Contact us

FUSOMAT
FUSOMAT

SIDERMAT
combination

250 to 1250 A
p. 238

1600 to 1800 A
p. 230

Fuses
Distribution protection

Semiconductor protection

BS88

NFC/DIN

gG fuses

gG fuses

UR fuses

2 to 1250 A
p. 272

0.16 to 1250 A
p. 278

10 to 2000 A
p. 224

BS88

NFC/DIN

gM fuses

aM fuses

2 to 1250 A
p. 272

0.16 to 1250 A
p. 278

Motor protection

Fuse bases

More about our

products

Fuse disconnect switches

Other product enclosures

SOCOMEC offers you a
range of pre-equipped
enclosures in steel or in
polyester.

new
Fuse base
RM - RMS

160 to 2500 A
p. 266

p. 604

p. 262

6SHFLFSURGXFWV
6DVHKKGDKOXNTjMCSGD
right solution for your
application.

Photovoltaic applications
new

n ew

n ew

gPV Fuses

RM PV

PV Fuse bases

p. 298

p. 304

p. 306

Please feel free to consult us.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

183

Fuse protection

Fuse solutions: definite advantages

over circuit breakers
SOCOMEC has always promoted the benefits of fuses for both personal and equipment
safety. Fuse protection offers lots of benefits compared to circuit breakers in a large
number of applications.
Fuse switches provide a guarantee of reliable breaking and protection from power
distribution to motor protection. Summary of the main benefits:
q Significant limitation of short circuits
The thermal and mechanical effects
generated during a short circuit can be
considerable. The speed at which a fuse
can cut out means it offers a much greater
limitation of the short circuit current than
provided by circuit breaker technology
(see fig. 1).

q Simplified discrimination
Fuses allow total discrimination, regardless
of the short circuit level. This is ensured as
soon as the ratio of ratings between the
upstream and downstream fuse is at least
1:6. This characteristic guarantees perfect
continuity of the energy supplied
(see an example in fig. 2).

q High breaking capacity

%TRDRG@UD@AQD@JHMFB@O@BHSXNEJ 
(or more); it is therefore not necessary to
worry too much about the short circuit
current when choosing the product which
has the right characteristics.

q Visible breaking
When eliminating a short circuit, the energy
generated is absorbed by the silica and
remains confined in the body of the fuse,
stopping the propagation of the arc or even
the projection of white-hot materials.

Circuit breaker
Fuse
High speed fuses (UR)

fuser_489_c_gb

kA

Useful information
q"NMSQNKKDCAXSGD'5+5SQ@MRENQLDQ
sensor, the fuse breaker switches
with tripping function are the best
way of ensuring its general breaking
and protection functions.
q/QNSDBSHNMVHSGGHFGRODDC41
fuses is the only way to effectively
protect the semiconductors used in
electronic equipment (variable speed
drives, etc.) against short circuits.

Photovoltaic applications
SOCOMEC provides solutions based
on fuse disconnects or fuse breaker
switches.
Please consult us.

q Visible double breaking

Breaker switches ensure breaking
upstream and downstream of the fuses
which allows them to be replaced in
complete safety.

ms

Fig. 1 : Limitation of the current

fuser_641_b

Mini x 1.6

Time (s)

Current
Fig. 2 : Example of total discrimination

184

General Catalogue 2013-2014

appli_563_a

160 A

fuser_493_c_gb

100 A

Why choose Socomec?

With over 90 years' experience, SOCOMEC offers a range of switches and components for
building a complete fuse protection solution. Our partnership also brings you additional benefits:

High-quality
products
SOCOMEC is renowned among its customers
for the reliability of its fuse solutions.

Customised
solutions
Are your requirements outside
of the standard offering? As a specialist
manufacturer, we can adapt our devices to
suit your specific requirements. Get in touch
with us or your usual contact to discuss your
options.

sgys_076_a_1_cat

A wide
range
Whatever your area of activity (industry,
data centre, photovoltaics, etc.), you'll find
the solution to your electrical protection
requirements in this product family.

We also offer you a large range of

devices for electronically guaranteeing
personal and equipment safety
(differential protection, protection against
voltage surges).
See our section on "Electronic
protection", page 508.

resys_081_a

A responsive commercial
network
Our teams of engineers have built their
reputation on a reassuring closeness,
specialist expertise and a commitment to
listening.

Additional products

Still not sure?

flcd-url_051_a

We're certain you'll find the answers to your questions about electrical protection on the Profuse
International website: www.profuseinternational.com
The site includes a detailed presentation of the customer benefits of fuse technology:
q4RDQR@EDSX
q1DKH@AKDHMRS@KK@SHNMR
q"NRSR@UHMFR
q$MUHQNMLDMS@KKXEQHDMCKXRNKTSHNM

INTERNATIONAL

make a smart choice for your electrical protection

General Catalogue 2013-2014

185

Selection guide
Fuse protection

Fuse protection

Which
application?

Which type of
operation?

Industry

new

FUSERBLOC
BS88
NFC/DIN
20 to 1250 A
p. 188

FUSERBLOC
UL
30 to 800 A
p. 248

SIDERMAT
combination &
FUSOMAT
250 to 1800 A
p. 230 - 238

RM - RMS

Fuse bases

Industrial fuses
BS88

Industrial fuses
NFC/DIN

32 to 100 A
p. 262

160 to 2500 A
p. 266

0,16 to 1250 A
p. 272

2 to 1250 A
p. 278

Applications

Transformer output
Distribution panels

Main switchboards

Cable ducting

Motor circuits

Semiconductor protection





Photovoltaic installations

Operation

Manual

Trippable

Position of direct operation handle

Front

Side

XSWRb$

XSWRb$

XSWRb$

Panel mounting

Position of external operation handle

Front

Right side

XSWRb$

Left side
Centred operation

Please consult us

Please consult us

Indication of breaking
Positive break indication

Visible contacts

Fuse
NFC/DIN
BS
UL
Other

186

General Catalogue 2013-2014







Selection guide
Fuse protection

Positive break
indication or
visible breaking?

Which handle
location?

Which type of
fuse?

Power electronics
(variable speed drives, inverters)

Photovoltaic

n ew

FUSERBLOC
UR

new

new

UR fuses

gPV Fuses

RM PV

PV Fuse bases

50 to 1250 A
p. 224

p. 288

p. 298

32 to 50 A
p. 304

32 to 600 A
p. 306

gPV

gPV

gPV



General Catalogue 2013-2014

187

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A
Fuse protection

The solution for

fuser_548_a_1_cat

> Motor load break.

> Protection of industrial
cabinet.

FUSERBLOC
630 to 1250 A

Strong points

fuser_539_a_1_cat

fuser_532_a_1_cat

> Improved safety.

> High breaking capacity.
> Specific functionalities for
simplified use.

A complete range.
> Centred or left side
operation, rear connections,
plug-in connections.
Please consult us.

FUSERBLOC
32 to 400 A
FUSERBLOC
20 to 32 A

Function
FUSERBLOC are manually operated multipolar fuse combination switches. They make and
break on load and provide safety isolation and protection against overcurrent for any low
voltage electrical circuit.

Advantages
Improved safety
q Complete isolation of the fuse with double
breaking per pole (top and bottom of fuse).
q Positive break indication.
q IP2X protection with terminal
shrouds front panel.

Specific functionalities for simplified use

q TEST position for testing control circuits
without power using U-type auxiliary
contacts. In TEST position, the enclosure
door can be opened.
q Mechanical or electronic fuse melting
detection system (see DDMM or FMD).

High breaking capacity

Protection against overloads and shortcircuits thanks to high breaking capacity fuses
(100 kA rms).

General Catalogue 2013-2014

IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
BS EN 60947-3
NBN EN 60947-3
IEC 60269-1
DIN EN 60269-1
NF EN 60269-1
IEC 60269-2
VDE 0636-1
VDE 0660-107
Standards UL: see
FUSERBLOC UL

(1) Product reference on request.

fuser_552_a

fuser_597_a

188

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

Approvals and certifications(1)

Customised solutions

Multipolar FUSERBLOC

Conformity to standards

Centred operation

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

What you need to know

q In addition to the FUSERBLOC rating, product selection also depends on the fuse characteristics and
functional specifications, which need to be in accordance with the application.
SOCOMEC FUSERBLOC are available for utilisation with NFC, DIN or BS88 fuses.

fuser_704_a_1_cat

q Maintenance of outputs from the DC common

bus. The FUSERBLOC LMDC is the most
compact solution and the most economical
for your maintenance requirements (please
consult us).

fuser-lm_002_a

q For ratings 20 to 400 A, the flat mounting

kit provides a compact solution ideally
suited to withdrawable applications.

fuser_702_a_2_cat

fuser_703_a_1_cat

q With external operation, it is possible to

operate the device in 3 ways:
- Front operation
- Right side operation
- Left side operation.

q From 630 to 1250 A, the FUSERBLOC

allows direct and external front left or
right side operation in 2, 3 or 4 poles.

fuser_706_a_2_cat

q From 32 to 400 A, the FUSERBLOC is

available in 2, 3 or 4 poles with direct right
side operation.

fuser_705_a_1_cat

q Whether it is 3 pole + switched neutral or

3 pole + solid neutral, the FUSERBLOC
20 to 32 A with direct front operation
and external operation is the best suited
solution in compact design.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

189

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

References
BS 88 - External front and side operation - 20 to 160 A
Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size

20 A
A1
0

CD 32 A
A1
0

32 A
A1
11

Number of
poles

Reference
Switch I-0

TEST
Changeover
Reference
External
External
Shaft
External
external
Changeover
front
right side
extensions
front handle
front handle
I - 0 - II
handle I-0
handle I -0
for handle
I-0 TEST
I - 0 - II

3P

3641 3000

3680 3000

3 P + switched
neutral

3641 4000

3680 4000

3 P+solid
neutral

3641 5000

Terminal
shrouds(3)

U type
A/C (2)

Integrated
solid
neutral link

320 mm

1401 0532

3P

3641 3001

3680 3001

3 P + switched
neutral

3641 4001

3680 4001

3 P + solid
neutral

3641 5001

1411 2111(1) 1413 2115(1)

1415 2111(1)

1411 2113(1)

2P

3841 2003

3P

3841 3003

3880 3003

Red/Yellow Red/Yellow
S1 type
S1 type
1414 2111
IP65

Red/Yellow
S1 type
IP65

Red/Yellow
S1 type
IP65

1414 2115

1418 2111

1414 2113

4P

3841 6003

3880 6003

2P

3841 2006

3P

3841 3006

3880 3006

4P

3841 6006

3880 6006

2P

3841 2010

3P

3841 3010

3880 3010

4P

3841 6010

3880 6010

Black
S1 type
IP55

Black
S1 type
IP65

Black
S1 type
IP55

Black
S1 type
IP55

Standard
63 A
A2-A3
12

100 A
A4 (4)
13

CD 160 A
A3-A4 (4)
13 A

160 A
B1-B2
14

3999 0702

3829 9310

320 mm

1400 1032

3841 2014

3P

3841 3014

3880 3014

4P

3841 6014

3880 6014

3841 2015

3P

3841 3015

3880 3015

4P

3841 6015

3880 6015

2P

3841 2016

3P

3841 3016

3880 3016

4P

3841 6016

3880 6016

(1) Standard.
(2) 4 auxiliary contacts as standard without additional contact holder.
(3) Top/bottom.
(4) For fuse size A4: max diameter 31 mm.

190

3999 0701
1 contact
NC

2P

2P
160 A
A4
14

1 contact
NO

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Black
S2 type
IP55

Black
S2 type
IP65

Red/Yellow
S2 type
IP65

Red/Yellow
S2 type
IP65

1424 2111

1424 2115

1421 2111(1) 1423 2115(1)

Black
S2 type
IP55

1425 2111(1)

Black
S2 type
IP55

1421 2113(1)

2P

3998 2016
3P

3998 3016
Red/Yellow
S2 type

Red/Yellow
IP65

1428 2111

1424 2113

4P

3998 4016
3829 9320

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS 88 - External front and side operation - 200 to 1250 A

Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size

CD 200 A
A3-A4 (5)
13 A

200 A
B1-B2
15

250 A
B1-B2-B3
15

Number of
poles

Reference
Switch I-0

2P

3841 2019

3P

3841 3019

3P

3880 3019

2P

3841 2021

3P

3841 3021

3880 3021

4P

3841 6021

3880 6021

2P

3841 2024

3P

3841 3024

2P

U type
A/C (2)

Integrated
solid
neutral link

2P

3841 6019

3841 6024

Terminal
shrouds(3)

3998 2016

4P

4P

315 A
B1-B2-B3
16

TEST
Changeover
Reference
External
External
Shaft
External
external
Changeover
front
right side
extensions
front handle
front handle
I - 0 - II
handle I-0
handle I -0
for handle
I-0 TEST
I - 0 - II

4P

3880 6019

3998 4016

Black
S2 type
IP55

Black
S2 type
IP65

Black
S2 type
IP55

1421 2111(1) 1423 2115(1)

1425 2111(1)

1421 2113(1)

Red/Yellow
S2 type
IP65

Red/Yellow
S2 type
IP65

Red/Yellow
S2 type
IP65

Red/Yellow
S2 type
IP65

1424 2111

1424 2115

1428 2111

1424 2113

3841 2032

3829 9325

Black
S2 type
IP55

3880 3024
3880 6024

3829 9320

3998 3016

320 mm

1400 1032

2P

3998 2025
3P

3998 3025
4P

3998 4025
3P

3841 3032

3880 3032

4P

3841 6032

3880 6032

2P

3841 2038

3P

3841 3038

4P

3841 6038

2P

3821 2063

3P

3821 3063

4P

3821 6063

1433 3111(1)

2P

3821 2080

3P

3821 3080

Red/Yellow
S3 type
IP65

4P

3821 6080

2P

3821 2120

3P

3821 3120

1 contact
NO

3999 0701
3829 9339

400 A
B1-B2B3-B4
16

630 A
C1-C2
17

800 A
C1-C2-C3
17

1250 A
D1
18

4P

3821 6120

1 contact
NC

3999 0702

Black
S3 type
IP65

1434 3111

2P

3898 2080
Black
S3 type
IP65

1437 3111(1)
Red/Yellow
S3 type
IP65

1438 3111
Black
S4 type
IP65

1443 3111(1)

3P

3898 3080

3829 9308

4P
320 mm

3898 4080

1400 1232

3898 2120
3898 3120

3829 9312

3898 4120

(1) Standard.
(2) 4 auxiliary contacts as standard without additional contact holder.
(3) Top/bottom.
(4) 8 AC as standard without support (the support is for 8 additional auxiliary contacts).
(5) For fuse size A4: max diameter 31mm

General Catalogue 2013-2014

191

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

References (continued)
BS 88 - Direct operation - 20 to 160 A
Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size

20 A
A1
0

CD 32 A
A1
0

32 A
A1
1

63 A
A2-A3
2

100 A
A4 (4)
3

CD 160 A
A3-A4 (4)
3A

Number of
poles

Reference
Side direct
operation

3P

3641 3000

3 P + switched
neutral

3641 4000

3 P + solid
neutral

3641 5000

3P

3641 3001

3 P + switched
neutral

3641 4001

3 P + solid
neutral

3641 5001

Side direct
handle
operation
switch

Direct front
handle

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds(3)

Cage
terminals

Standard

Standard

160 A
B1-B2
4

Black

3629 4012

3999 0001(1)
2 contacts
NO/NC
A-type

3999 0002(1)

2P

3625 2003

consult us

3P

3625 3003

consult us

4P

3625 6003

consult us

2P

3625 2006

consult us

3P

3625 3006

consult us

4P

3625 6006

consult us

2P

3625 2010

consult us

3P

3625 3010

consult us

4P

3625 6010

consult us

3999 0021(1)

2P

3625 2014

consult us

3P

3625 3014

consult us

2 contacts
NO/NC
A-type

4P

3625 6014

consult us

2P

3625 2015

consult us

3P

3625 3015

consult us

4P

3625 6015

consult us

2P

3625 2016

consult us

3P

3625 3016

consult us

4P

3625 6016

consult us

(1) Max. 2 contacts.

(2) Lock not included.
(3) Top/bottom.
(4) For fuse size A4: max diameter 31 mm.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Handle key
interlocking
accessories(2)

1 contact
NO/NC
A-type

Black

3629 7903

3629 7900

1 contact
NO/NC
A-type

3999 0022(1)

2P

3998 2016

3P

Black

3P

5400 3016

3629 7901

3998 3016

4P

4P

5400 4016

3998 4016

160 A
A4
4

192

Reference
Direct front
operation

3629 7913

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS 88 - Direct operation - 200 to 400 A

Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size
CD 200 A
A3-A4 (4)
13 A
200 A
B1-B2
5
250 A
B1-B2-B3
5
315 A
B1-B2-B3
6
400 A
B1-B2-B3-B4
6

Number of
poles

Reference
Side direct
operation

Reference
Direct front
operation

2P

3625 2019

consult us

3P

3625 3019

consult us

4P

3625 6019

consult us

2P

3625 2021

consult us

3P

3625 3021

consult us

4P

3625 6021

consult us

2P

3625 2024

consult us

3P

3625 3024

consult us

4P

3625 6024

consult us

2P

3625 2032

consult us

3P

3625 3032

consult us

4P

3625 6032

consult us

2P

3625 2039

consult us

3P

3625 3039

consult us

4P

3625 6039

consult us

Side direct
handle
operation
switch

Direct front
handle

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds(3)

Cage
terminals

Handle key
interlocking
accessories(2)

2P

1 contact
NO/NC
A-type

3P

3P

5400 3016

3998 3016

4P

4P

5400 4016

3998 4016
3P

3999 0021(1)

Black

3629 7901

3998 2016

5400 3025

consult us
2 contacts
NO/NC
A-type

3999 0022(1)

4P

3629 7913

5400 4025
2P

3998 2025
3P

3998 3025
4P

3998 4025

3P

5400 3040
4P

5400 4040

(1) Max. 2 contacts.

(2) Lock not included.
(3) Top/bottom.
(4) For fuse size A4: max diameter 31 mm.

BS 88 - Direct operation - 630 to 1250 A

Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size

Number of
poles

630 A
C1-C2
17

2P

800 A
C1-C2-C3
17

2P

1250 A
D1
18

2P

3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Reference
Side direct
operation

Reference
Direct front
operation

3821 2063
3821 3063
3821 6063
3821 2080
3821 3080
3821 6080
3821 2120
3821 3120
3821 6120

3821 2063
3821 3063
3821 6063
3821 2080
3821 3080
3821 6080
3821 2120
3821 3120
3821 6120

Side direct
handle
operation
switch

Direct front
handle

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds(3)

3898 2080

Black

1 contact
NO
U-type

3899 6011
Black

3899 7911
Black

3899 7011

3999 0701(1)
1 contact
NC
U-type

3999 0702(1)

Cage
terminals

Handle key
interlocking
accessories(2)

2P
3P

3898 3080
4P

3898 4080
3898 2120
3898 3120
3898 4120

(1) Max.number of U-type auxiliary contacts is 8.

(2) Lock not included.
(3) Top/bottom.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

193

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

References
NFC and DIN - External front and right side operation - 25 to 125 A
Rating (A) /
Fuse /
Frame size

25 A
10 x 38
0

CD 32 A
10 x 38
0

32 A
14 x 51
0

50 A
14 x 51
11

63 A
00C
12

100 A
22 x 58
13

125 A
22 x 58
13

No. of poles

Switch
I-0-TEST

Changeover
switch I-0-II

3P

3631 3002(1)

3670 3002

3 P + switched
3631 4002(1)
neutral

3670 4002

3 P + solid
neutral

3631 5002(1)

3P

3631 3003

3670 3003

3 P + switched
neutral

3631 4003

3670 4003

3 P + solid
neutral

3631 5003

3P

3631 3004(1)

3670 3004

3 P + switched
3631 4004(1)
neutral

3670 4004

3 P + solid
neutral

3631 5004(1)

2P

3831 2005

3P

3831 3005(1)

3870 3005

4P

3831 6005(1)

3870 6005

2P

3831 2006

3P

3831 3006(1)

3870 3006

4P

3831 6006(1)

3870 6006

2P

3831 2010

3P

3831 3010(1)

3870 3010

4P

3831 6010(1)

3870 6010

2P

3831 2011

3P

3831 3011

4P

125 A
00
13

3831 6011

TEST
External Changeover Shaft for
external front right side external front external
handle
handle
handle
handle

S1 type

S1 type

Black
IP55

Black
IP65

1411 2111

1413 2115

U-type

1401 0532

Red/Yellow
IP65

S1 type

S1 type

1414 2111

1414 2115

Black
IP55

Black
IP55

1415 2111

1411 2113

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

1418 2111

1414 2113

S1 type

Black
IP65

Black
IP65

1411 2111

1413 2115

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

1414 2111

1414 2115

Integrated
Terminal
solid neutral
shrouds(1)
link

320 mm

Red/Yellow
IP65

S1 type

Auxiliary
contacts(2)

1 contact

3999 0710

Standard

U-type

3870 3010
3870 6010

2P

3831 2012

3P

3831 3012

3870 3011

4P

3831 6012

3870 6011

(1) Available enclosed (see page "Enclosed fuse switches" page XXX).
(2) Top/bottom.
(3) Maximum 4 contacts.

194

External
front
handle

General Catalogue 2013-2014

320 mm

(2)

1400 1032
S2 type

S2 type

S2 type

S2 type

Black
IP65

Black
IP55

Black
IP55

Black
IP55

1421 2111

1423 2115

14252111

1421 2113

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

1424 2111

1424 2115

1428 2111

1424 2113

1 contact

3999 0600
2P

3998 2016
3P

3998 3016
4P

3998 4016

3829 9310

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

NFC and DIN - External front and right side operation - 160 to 1250 A
Rating (A) /
Fuse /
Frame size
160 A
00
13

160 A
0
14

250 A
1
15

400 A
2
16

630 A
3
17

800 A
3
17

800 A
4
18

1250 A
4
18

TEST
Changeover
External
external front
switch I-0-II front handle
handle

No. of
poles

Switch I-0

2P

3831 2015

3P

3831 3015

3870 3015

4P

3831 6015

3870 6015

2P

3831 2016

3P

3831 3016(1)

3870 3016

4P

3831 6016(1)

3870 6016

2P

3831 2024

3P

3831 3024(1)

4P

3831 6024(1)

2P

3831 2039

3P

3831 3039(1)

3870 3039

4P

(1)

3870 6039

3831 6039

Changeover
external
front handle

Shaft for
external
handle

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds(2)

U-type

3998 2016

Integrated
solid neutral
link

2P
3P
S2 type

S2 type

S2 type

S2 type

Black
IP55

Black
IP65

Black
IP55

Black
IP55

1421 2111

1423 2115

1425 2111

1421 2113

3870 3024

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

Red/Yellow
IP65

3870 6024

1424 2111

1424 2115

1428 2111

1424 2113

1 contact

(3)

3999 0600

3998 3016

320 mm

1400 1032
2P
3P

3999 0600

3998 3025
4P

3998 4025

3P

3811 3063(1)

4P

3811 6063(1)

2P

3811 2080

3P

3811 3080

Red/Yellow
IP65

3829 9325

3998 2025

U-type
(4)

3811 2063

3829 9320

4P

3998 4016

1 contact

2P

3829 9339

S3 type
2P

Black
IP65

3898 2080
3P

1433 3111

4P

3811 6080

1434 3111

2P

3811 2081

S4 type

3P

3811 3081

Black
IP65

4P

3811 6081
3811 2120

3P

3811 3120

Red/Yellow
IP65

3811 6120

1444 3111

1443 3111

3898 3080

S3 type
Black
IP65

1437 3111

2P

4P

External
right side
handle

Red/Yellow
IP65

1438 3111

3829 9308

4P

3898 4080
320 mm

1400 1232
2P

3898 2120
3P

3898 3120

3829 9312

4P

3898 4120

(1) Available enclosed (see "Enclosed fuse switches" page XXX).

(2) Top/bottom.
(3) Maximum 4 contacts.
(4) Maximum 8 contacts.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

195

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

References (continued)
NFC and DIN - Direct operation - 25 to 125 A
Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size

25 A
10 x 38
0

CD 32 A
10 x 38
0

32 A
14 x 51
0

50 A
14 x 51
1

63 A
00C
2

100 A
22 x 58
3

125 A
22 x 58
3

125 A
00
3

No. of poles

Direct side
operation

3P

3631 3002

3 P + switched
neutral

3631 4002

3 P + solid
neutral

3631 5002

3P

3631 3003

3 P + switched
neutral

3631 4003

3 P + solid
neutral

3631 5003

3P

3631 3004

3 P + switched
neutral

3631 4004

3 P + solid
neutral

3631 5004

Direct handle

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds

Cage
terminals

2P

3615 2005

consult us

3P

3615 3005

consult us

4P

3615 6005

consult us

2P

3615 2006

consult us

3P

3615 3006

consult us

4P

3615 6006

consult us

2P

3615 2010

consult us

3P

3615 3010

consult us

4P

3615 6010

consult us

2P

3615 2011

consult us

Lock for fuse

protection
cover

Handle key
interlocking
accessories(6)

A-type
1 contact
NO/NC

Black

3999 0001(3)
(1)(2)

3629 4012

A-type
2 contacts
NO/NC

Standard

3999 0002(3)
Standard

Standard

Black

3629 7903

3629 7900(5)(2)
3999 8906
A-type
1 contact
NO/NC

3999 0021(3)

3P

3615 3011

consult us

4P

3615 6011

consult us

2P

3615 2012

consult us

3P

3615 3012

consult us

4P

3615 6012

consult us

(1) Direct front operation.

(2) Standard.
(3) Maximum 2 contacts.
(4) Top or bottom.
(5) Direct right side operation.
(6) Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (lock not included).

196

Direct front
operation

General Catalogue 2013-2014

A-type
2 contacts
NO/NC

3999 0022(3)
Black

3629 7901(5)(2)

2P

3998 2016(4)
3P

3998 3016(4)
4P

3998 4016(4)

3P

5400 3016
3999 8912
4P

5400 4016

3629 7913

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

NFC and DIN - Direct operation - 160 to 400 A

Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size

No. of poles

Direct side
operation

Direct front
operation

2P

3615 2015

consult us

3P

3615 3015

consult us

160 A
00
3

4P
2P
160 A
0
4

3P

3615 6015
3615 2016
3615 3016

Direct handle

Auxiliary
contacts

Terminal
shrouds

Cage terminals

Lock for fuse

protection cover

2P

Black

3998 2016(3)

3629 7901(4)(1)

consult us

3P

3998 3016(3)

consult us

A-type
1 contact
NO/NC

consult us

4P

3999 8912
3P

5400 3016
3999 8216

4P

5400 4016
3999 8316

3998 4016(3)

(2)

4P

3615 6016

consult us

3999 0021

2P

3615 2024

consult us

3P

3615 3024

consult us

A-type
2 contacts
NO/NC

Handle key
interlocking
accessories(5)

3999 8416
3629 7913

250 A
1
5

4P
2P
400 A
2
6

3P
4P

3615 6024
3615 2039
3615 3039
3615 6039

Black

3629 7901(4)(1)

consult us

(2)

3999 0022

2P

3998 2025(3)

3999 8225

3P

5400 3025
4P

5400 4025
3P

3998 3025(3)

consult us

4P

3998 4025(3)

consult us

3999 8425
3999 8240

3P

consult us

3999 8325

5400 3040
4P

5400 4040

3999 8340
3999 8440

(4) Direct right side operation.

(5) Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (lock not included).

(1) Standard.
(2) Maximum 2 contacts.
(3) Top/bottom.

NFC and DIN - Direct operation - 630 to 1250 A

Rating (A)
Fuse size
Frame size

630 A
3
17

800 A
3
17

800 A
4
18

1250 A
4
18

(1) Direct front operation.

(2) Standard.

No. of poles

Direct side and front

operation

2P

3811 2063

3P

3811 3063

4P

3811 6063

2P

3811 2080

3P

3811 3080

4P

3811 6080

2P

3811 2081

3P

3811 3081

4P

3811 6081

2P

3811 2120

3P

3811 3120

4P

3811 6120

Direct front handle

Direct side handle

Auxiliary contacts

Terminal shrouds

2P

3898 2080(3)
Black

3P

3899 6011(1)(2)

3898 3080(3)
4P

U-type
Black

3899 7911

3898 4080(3)

1 contact NO

3999 0701(4)

1 contact NC

3999 0702(4)

Black

3899 7011(1)(2)

2P

3898 2120(3)
3P

3898 3120(3)
4P

3898 4120(3)

(3) Top/bottom.
(4) Maximum 8 contacts.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

197

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Accessories
Direct operation handle
Frame size

Figure no.

Handle colour

Reference

20 ... 32

Black

20 ... 32

Red

32 ... 400

11 ... 16

Black

630 ... 800

17

Black

800 ... 1250

18

Black

3629 4012
3629 4013
3629 7910
3899 6011
3899 7011

acces_261_a

Rating (A)

acces_147_a_2_cat

For front operation

Fig. 1

Fig.2

Figure no.

Handle colour

Reference

1/2

Black

100 ... 400

36

Black

630 ... 1250

17 ... 18

Black

3629 7900
3629 7901
1437 7911

Fig. 3

fuser_707_a

Frame size

32 ... 63

acces_148_a_2_cat

Rating (A)

acces_262_a

For right side operation

Fig.4

Fig. 5

Handle
colour
Black
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

100 400
100 400
100 400
100 400
100 400

13 16
13 16
13 16
13 16
13 16

S2
S2
S2
S2
S2

630 800
630 800

17
17

800 1250
800 1250

18
18

Operation

External IP(1)

I-0
I-0
I-0
I - 0 - Test
I - 0 - Test

IP55
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65

Defeatable
handle
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Black
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

I-0
I-0
I-0
I - 0 - Test
I - 0 - Test

IP55
IP65
IP65
IP55
IP65

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

1421 2111
1423 2111
1424 2111
1423 2115
1424 2115

S3
S3

Black
Red/Yellow

I-0
I-0

IP65
IP65

Yes
Yes

1433 3111
1434 3111

S4
S4

Black
Red/Yellow

I-0
I-0

IP65
IP65

Yes
Yes

1443 3111
1444 3111

Reference

1411 2111
1413 2111
1414 2111
1413 2115
1414 2115

acces_164_a_2_cat

Padlockable handle in position 0

Frame
Handle
Rating (A)
size
type
CD 25 63 0/11/12
S1
CD 25 63 0/11/12
S1
CD 25 63 0/11/12
S1
CD 25 63 0/11/12
S1
CD 25 63 0/11/12
S1

acces_149_a_2_cat

External front operation handle

S1 type handle
S2 type handle

Handle colour
Black
Black

External IP(1)
IP65
IP65

acces_151_a_2_cat

Padlockable handle in position 0 and I

Rating (A)
Frame size
Handle type
CD 25 63
0/11/12
S1
100 400
13 16
S2

acces_152_a_2_cat

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

Reference

1413 2311
1423 2311

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

S4 type handle
S3 type handle

Handle type

Handle colour

External IP(1)

Reference

0/11/12

S1

Black

IP55

CD 25 63

0/11/12

S1

Black

IP65

CD 25 63

0/11/12

S1

Red/Yellow

IP65

1415 2111
1417 2111
1418 2111

100 400

13 16

S2

Black

IP55

100 400

13 16

S2

Black

IP65

100 400

13 16

S2

Red/Yellow

IP65

630 1250

17/18

S3

Black

IP65

630 1250

17/18

S3

Red/Yellow

IP65

1425 2111
1427 2111
1428 2111

S1 type handle
acces_166_a_2_cat

Frame size

CD 25 63

Rating (A)

acces_149_a_2_cat

External right side operation handle

1437 3111
1438 3111

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

S3 type handle

198

General Catalogue 2013-2014

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

External front operation handle with metal padlocking lever

0/11/12
0/11/12

S1
S1

100 400
100 400

13 16
13 16

S2
S2

Black
Red/Yellow

IP65
IP65

Yes
Yes

142D 2911
142E 2911

600 800
600 800

17
17

S3
S3

Black
Red/Yellow

IP65
IP65

Yes
Yes

143D 3911
143E 3911

800 1250
800 1250

18
18

S4
S4

Black
Red/Yellow

IP65
IP65

Yes
Yes

144D 3911
144E 3911

Reference

141D 2911
141E 2911

S2 type handle

acces_235_a_2_cat

IP65
IP65

Defeatable
handle
Yes
Yes

CD 25 63
CD 25 63

Frame size Handle type

acces_236_a_2_cat

External IP(1)

Handle
colour
Black
Red/Yellow

Rating (A)

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

S3 type handle

S-type handle adapter

Dimensions

Enables S-type handles to be fitted in place of

existing older style Socomec handles.
Adapter can be utilised as a spacer to increase
the distance between the panel door and the
handle lever.

Adds 12 mm to the depth.

Handle colour

To be ordered
in multiples of

External IP(1)

Reference

IP65

1493 0000

Black

acces_187_a_1_cat

Use

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

Alternative S-type handle cover colours

Use

Handle colour
Light grey
Dark grey
Light grey
Dark grey

To be ordered
in multiples of
50
50
50
50

Handle

Reference

Type S1, S2
Type S1, S2
S4 type
S4 type

1401 0001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

acces_198_a_1_cat

For single lever handles S1, S2, S3 types and double lever handle, S4 type.
Other colours: please consult us.

Flat mounting kit

Rating (A)
CD 25 CD 32
50 400

Frame size

Type

Reference

Kit + Shaft 200 mm

11 16

Kit + Shaft 200 mm

1429 7709
1429 7710

fuser_535_a_1_cat

Use
The flat mounting providing compact solution ideally suited to withdrawable applications.
Kit to be used with a handle for flat mounting.

Handle for flat mounting kit

Handle type
S1
S1
S2
S2

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

(2) Defeatable handle in position I.

Handle colour
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/Yellow

External IP(1)
IP55
IP65
IP55
IP65

Reference

fuser_536_a_1_cat

Padlockable handle in position 0

Rating (A)
Frame size
CD 25 63
0/11/12
CD 25 63
0/11/12
100 400
13 16
100 400
13 16

1411 2111(2)
1414 2111(2)
1421 2111(2)
1424 2111(2)
S2 type handle.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

199

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Accessories (continued)
Front operation shaft support accessory
Use

Rating (A)

Frame size

Reference

50 400

11 16

3899 0400

fuser_698_a_2_cat

This support maintains shaft position for extension shafts greater than 320 mm in length.

Shaft guide for external operation

Use

Description

Reference

Shaft guide

1429 0000

acces_260_a_2_cat

To guide the shaft extension into the external handle.

This accessory enables the handle to engage the extension shaft with a misalignment of up to 15 mm.
Required for a shaft lengths over 320 mm.

Shaft for external front operation handle

Use

32 400
32 400
32 400
630 800
630 1250
630 1250

Shaft length (mm)

200
320
400

Reference

11 16
11 16
11 16

200
320
500

1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1050(2)

17
17/18
17/18

200
320
500

1400 1220
1400 1232
1400 1250(1)

1401 0520
1401 0532
1401 0540(1)

acces_369_a_1_cat

Frame size
0
0
0

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)
CD 20 CD 32
CD 20 CD 32
CD 20 CD 32

acces_145_b_1_cat

Other lengths: consult us.

Standard lengths:
- 200 mm
- 320 mm
- 400 mm
- 500 mm.

(1) Use the shaft guide accessory for external operation.

(2) Use the front operation shaft support accessory.

Dimension X (mm) for FUSERBLOC BS88

Shaft length (mm)

200
320
400
500

CD 20 CD 32
A1
0
102 245
102 365
102 445

32
A1
11
100 230
100 350

63 160
A2-A3/A4
12/13/14
125 230
125 350

CD160 CD200
A3-A4
13 A
150 230
150 350

160 200
B1-B2
14/15
135 230
135 350

250 315
B1-B2-B3
15/16
160 230
160 350

630 800
C1-C2-C3
17
270 304
270 424

1250
D1
18
304 424

100 530

125 530

150 530

135 530

160 530

270 600

304 600

Dimension X (mm) for FUSERBLOC NFC and DIN

Shaft length (mm)
200
320
400
500

200

CD 25 CD 32
10x38/14x51
0
102 245
102 365
102 445

50
14x51
11
100 230
100 350
100 ... 430
100 530

General Catalogue 2013-2014

63
00C
12
125 230
125 350
125 ... 430
125 530

100 160
22x58/00
13
135 230
135 350
135 ... 430
135 530

160
0
14
145 230
145 350
145 ... 430
145 530

250 400
1/2
15/16
160 230
160 350
160 ... 430
160 530

630 800
3
17
270 304
270 424
270 ... 504
270 604

800 1250
4
18
304 ... 424
304 ... 504
304 ... 604

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Shaft extensions for external side operation

Use
Standard lengths, 200 mm.
Frame size

CD 25 CD 32
50 400
630 1250

0
11 16
17/18

Handle
type
S
S
S

Dimension Shaft length

Y (mm)
(mm)
36 159
200
36 172
200
15 150
200

Reference
acces_203_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

1401 0520
1400 1020
1400 1220

Integrated solid neutral link

Use

Reference

3829 9310
3829 9320
3829 9320
3829 9325
3829 9339
3829 9308
3829 9312

NFC and DIN For external front operation

Rating (A) Frame size Bar rating (A) Reference
100 125
13
125
3829 9310
160
13
160
3829 9320
160
14
200
3829 9320
250
15
250
3829 9325
400
16
400
3829 9339
630 800
17
800
3829 9308
800 1250
18
1250
3829 9312

acces_130_a_1_cat

BS88 for external front operation

Switch body Bar rating
Rating (A)
size
(A)
100
13
125
CD 160
13a
200
CD 200
160
14
200
200 250
15
250
315 400
16
400
630 800
17
800
1250
18
1250

acces_131_a_1_cat

Fixing the solid neutral onto the mechanism produces a device with a solid neutral of
the same size as a standard three-pole device (+ 6 mm).

Solid neutral module

BS88 for external front operation
Switch
Distance
I (A)
Reference
body size max
(mm)

32

11

32

27

63

12

63

32

100

13

100

36

3629 9227
3629 9232
3629 9236

13 a

200

36

3629 9237

160

14

160

50

200 250

15

250

60

315 400

16

400

66

630 800

17

800

94

1250

18

1250

120

3629 9250
3629 9260
3629 9266
3629 9294
3629 9212

CD 160
CD 200

NFC and DIN For external front operation

Distance (mm)
Rating (A)
Frame size
Imax(A)
50
1/11
50
27
63
2/12
63
32
100 160
3/13
160
36
160
4/14
160
50
250
5/15
250
60
400
6/16
400
60
630 800
17
800
94
800 1250
18
1250
120

Reference

acces_199_a_2_cat

Rating (A)

3629 9227
3629 9232
3629 9236
3629 9250
3629 9260
3629 9266
3629 9294
3629 9212

BS88 switches
Rating (A) Frame size Fuse size
32
11
A1
63
12
A2-A3
100
13
A4
CD 160
13a
A3-A4
160
14
A4
160
14
B1-B2
CD 200
13a
A3-A4
200
15
B1-B2
250
15
B1-B2-B3
315
16
B1-B2-B3
400
16
B1-B2-B3-B4
630 800
17
C1-C3
1250
18
D1

Imax (A)
32
63
160
160
160
200
160
200
315
315
400
800
1250

Reference

3629 9003
3629 9006
3629 9010
3629 9010
3629 9010
3629 9016
3629 9010
3629 9016
3629 9025
3629 9025
3629 9040
3629 9063
3629 9120

NFC and DIN switches

Rating (A) Frame size Fuse size
50
1/11
14 x 51
63
2/12
00C
100 125
3/13
22 x 58
125 160
3/13
00
160
4/14
0
250
5/15
1
400
6/16
2
630 800
17
3
800 ... 1250
18
4

Imax(A)
50
160
125
160
160
250
400
630
1250

fusib_124_a_2_cat

fusib_123_a_2_cat

Solid links

Reference

6029 0000
6420 0000
6039 0000
6420 0000
6421 0000
6421 0001
6421 0002
6421 0003
6441 0005

General Catalogue 2013-2014

201

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Accessories (continued)
A-type auxiliary contacts
Use

Connection to the control circuit

Pre-break and position 0 and I signalling by 1 or 2

NO /NC auxiliary contacts.
For low level use, specific auxiliary contacts:
please consult us.

By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.

Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

NO / NC auxiliary contacts
Rating (A)
Frame size
CD 20 CD 32
0
CD 20 CD 32
0
32 400(1)
16
32 400(1)
16

Contact(s)
1
2
1
2

acces_046_a_1_cat

References
Reference

3999 0001
3999 0002
3999 0021(2)
3999 0022(2)

(1) Side direct operation switch only.

(2) A type auxiliary contacts cannot be mounted in conjunction with integrated solid neutral.

Rating (A)

acces_047_a_2_cat

Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)
Current
250 VAC 400 VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC
nominal (A)
AC-13
AC-13
DC-13
DC-13

CD 20 400

16

12

Use

Connection to the control circuit

Compact universal type auxiliary contacts which

can be configured for operation in either, or both,
ON and TEST positions for CD 20 to 1250 A
FUSERBLOC. Each slot can accommodate up to
two interlocked A/Cs.

By terminals with max. section 2 x 2.5 mm.

For FUSERBLOC CD 20 to 400 A. Pre-break and
signalling of positions 0, I and TEST.
%NQ%42$1!+." /QDAQD@J@MCONRHSHNM
0 and I signalling.

acces_056_a_1_cat

U-type auxiliary contacts(1)

References
NC auxiliary contacts
Rating (A)
Frame size
CD 20 1250
0 18

Contact(s)
1

Reference

Frame size

Contact(s)

Reference

0 18

3999 0701

Reference(1)

3999 0702

NO auxiliary contacts
Rating (A)
CD 20 1250

Contact holder for auxiliary contacts

Rating (A)

Frame size

Contact(s)

CD 20 160

0 14

4 (2 x 2 max)

included

250 400

15/16

8 (4 x 2 max)

included

630 1250

17/18

8 (4 x 2 max)

included

(1) Cannot be mounted in direct operation.

Contact holder for additional auxiliary contacts

Frame size

Contact(s)

Reference

4 (2 x 2 max)

11 16

4 (2 x 2 max)

3999 0710
3999 0600

CD 20 CD 32
32 400

A
B

Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)
Rating (A)
CD 20 1250

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-15

AC-15

DC-13

DC-13

1.8

2.8

1.4
(1) U-type auxiliary contacts cannot be mounted
with an integrated solid neutral.

202

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_043_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

S and ST-type auxiliary contacts

Use

Connection

For FUSERBLOCs 32 to 1250 A, position 0 and I

signalling by 1 to 4 NO + NC auxiliary contacts.

By terminals with max. cross-section 10 mm.

Electrical principle

30 000 operations.

acces_051_a_2_cat

Mechanical characteristics

The NO + NC S-type auxiliary contacts can be

configured as 2 NC or 2 NO.

References
S-type auxiliary contacts 0-I
for external front and right-side operation (Standard operation)
Rating (A) Frame size
Contact type
Reference
32 1250
11 18
NC+NO
3999 0041

acces_083_a_1_cat

ST-type auxiliary contacts I-0-TEST

for external front and right-side operation (TEST operation)
Contact
Rating (A) Frame size
Description
Reference
type
32 400
11 16
NC+NO
TEST + ON
3999 0141
32 400
11 16
2O
TEST + ON
3999 0241

Characteristics
Switch body for signalling auxiliary contact
Contact type
Operation type
S-type
Standard
ST-type
TEST
Rating (A)

Current
nominal (A)

32 1250

20

Important:

Reference

3999 0003
3999 0103

> For the 400 A rating, an

adaptation kit reference
3999 0000 must be ordered
in addition to the auxiliary
contact kit.

Operating current Ie (A)

250 VAC
400 VAC
AC-13
AC-13
10
8

Fuse cover interlocking

Use
On NFC and DIN, side direct operation, locking of the opening of the fuse protection cover when
FUSERBLOC is engaged (position I).
Rating (A)
CD 20 50
63
100 125
125 160
160
160
160
250
250
250
400
400
400

Frame size
0 11
12
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16

Fuse size
10 x 38 / 14 x 51
00C
22 x 58
00
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
2
2

No. of poles
2/3/4
2/3/4
2/3/4
2/3/4
2P
3P
4P
2P
3P
4P
2P
3P
4P

Reference
included

3999 8906
3999 8912
3999 8912
3999 8216
3999 8316
3999 8416
3999 8225
3999 8325
3999 8425
3999 8240
3999 8340
3999 8440

Terminal shrouds

Rating (A)
CD 20 63
100 CD 200
100 CD 200
100 CD 200
200 400
200 400
200 400
630 800
630 800
630 800
800 1250
800 1250
800 1250

Frame size
0 12
13/14
13/14
13/14
15/16
15/16
15/16
17
17
17
18
18
18

Position
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom
top / bottom

Two sets required to fully shroud both incoming

and outgoing terminals.

No. of poles
2/3/4P
2P
3P
4P
2P
3P
4P
2P
3P
4P
2P
3P
4P

Reference
integrated

3998 2016
3998 3016
3998 4016
3998 2025
3998 3025
3998 4025
3898 2080
3898 3080
3898 4080
3898 2120
3898 3120
3898 4120

fuser_314_a_1_cat

Use
Top or bottom IP20 protection (on the front)
against direct contact with terminals or
connection parts.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

203

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Accessories (continued)
NFC and DIN fuse blown indication
Use

Connection to the control circuit

For fuse cartridge with striker

(size 14 x 51 22 x 58 ; 0 ; 1 ; 2 ; 3 and 4).

6.35 mm fast-on terminal.

Electrical principle

30 000 operations.

Mechanical characteristics

A NO/NC auxiliary contact detects that the fuse

has blown.

References
NO/NC type auxiliary contacts for 2 pole
Rating (A)
Frame size
Fuses
50
11
14 x 51
100 125
13
22 x 58
160
14
0
250
15/16
1-2
400
16
2
630
17
3
800 1250
18
4

Contact(s)
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st

Reference

NO/NC type auxiliary contacts for 3 pole

Rating (A)
Frame size
Fuses
CD 32
0
14 x 51
50
11
14 x 51
100 125
13
22 x 58
160
14
0
250
15/16
1-2
400
16
2
630
17
3
800 1250
18
4
50 250
11
400
16
2
630 1250
16
-

Contact(s)
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
2nd
2nd
2

Reference

fuser_311_a_1_cat

3994 0303
3994 0405
3994 0310
3994 0316
3994 0325
3894 0440
3894 1306
3894 1312
3994 1901
3994 1902
3994 1901

DDMM for cylindrical fuses

Reference

3994 0405
3994 0410
3994 0416
3994 0425
3894 0440
3894 1406
3894 1412
3994 1901
3994 1902
3994 1901

fuser_312_a_1_cat

NO/NC type auxiliary contacts for 4 pole or 3 pole + neutral

Rating (A)
Frame size
Fuses
Contact(s)
50
11
14 x 51
1st
100 125
13
22 x 58
1st
160
14
0
1st
250
15/16
1-2
1st
400
16
2
1st
630
17
3
1st
800 1250
18
4
1st
50 250
11
2nd
400
16
2
2nd
630 1250
16
2

3994 0405
3994 0210
3994 0216
3994 0225
3894 0440
3894 1206
3894 1212

DDMM for NH fuses

Characteristics
Rating (A)
CD 32 ... 1250

Current
nominal (A)
16

250 VAC
AC-13
4

Operating current Ie (A)

400 VAC
24 VDC
AC-13
DC-13
3
12

48 VDC
DC-13
2

Electronic fuse blown indication (FMD)

Use
Provides fuse blown indication with fuse links
without fuse blown indication strikers. Suitable for
use with BS88, DIN and UL type fuses.

Principle
The Fuse Melting Device (FMD) detects the
operation of a fuse and provides a signal via:
a relay and 1 LED (FMD10) or a bi-stable relay
and 3 LEDs (FMD30).
The FMD can be DIN rail or back plate mounted
close to the Fuserbloc, directly mounted on the
FUSERBLOC, or it can be door mounted to provide
information directly on the front of a panel.

References

3899 1120
3899 1380
3899 3120
3899 3380
Reference

Standard
Door mounted

3819 9120
3829 9120

Relay characteristics
Rating (A)
63 ... 1250

204

1 LED version (FMD10)

Relay operating current Ic (A)

AC-15
DC-13
2.5 A
0.2

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_310_a

Accessories
Kit for connection accessories
Kit for connection accessories

Reference
acces_319_a

For FUSERBLOC 63 to 1250A - size 000 to 4

Nb of LEDs
Operating voltage
1 (FMD10)
120 - 260 VDC
1 (FMD10)
380 - 690 VDC
3 (FMD30)
120 - 260 VDC
3 (FMD30)
380 - 690 VDC

3 LED version (FMD30)

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Cage terminals
Use
Connection of bare copper cables onto the terminals (without lugs).

References
Frame size
0 12
13/14
13/14
15
15
16
16

No. of poles
2/3/4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Reference
integrated

5400 3016
5400 4016
5400 3025
5400 4025
5400 3040
5400 4040

acces_053_a_1_cat

Rating max (A)

CD 20 63
100 160
100 160
250
250
400
400

Connections
Rigid cable
Flexible bar Stripped over
Flexible cable
(mm)
Rating (A) cross-section (mm2) cross-section (mm) width (mm)
16 95
16 185
50 300

13
18
20

22
27
34

Dimensions

Rating (A)

A1

X1

100 160

47.5

22.5

25

20

8.5

M12

10

250

62

31.5

31.5

25

10.5

M16

14

400

71.5

32

38

32

10.5

M20

15

A1

C
A

acces_092_a_1_x_cat

16 95
16 185
50 240

acces_091_a_1_x_cat

100 160
250
400

X1

Handle key interlocking accessories

Use
Locking in position 0 of the direct, front or right
side operation:
- using a padlock (not supplied) in direct right side
operation: integrated into the handle,

- using a padlock (not supplied): right-side or front

operation switch from 32 to 1250 A, factory
integrated
- using a padlock (not supplied) in external
operation.

Rating (A)

Frame size

Operation

Figure n

Reference

0 18

external front

1/2

direct

100 400

3 6

direct

630 1250

17 18

direct

1499 7701
3629 7903
3629 7913
3829 7923

CD 20 1250
32 63

acces_042_a_1_x_cat

Locking using RONIS EL 11 AP lock (not supplied)

Fig. 1

Locking using K-type CASTELL lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)
CD 20 1250

Frame size

Operation

Figure n

Reference

0 18

external front

1499 7702

CD 20 1250

Frame size

Operation

Figure n

Reference

0 18

external front

1499 7703

Locking using XOP (not supplied)

Rating (A)
CD 20 1250

Frame size

Operation

Reference

0 18

external front

1499 7702
Fig.2

acces_157_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

acces_158_a_1_x_cat

Locking using FS-type CASTELL lock (not supplied)

Fig. 3

Label holder
Use
Dimensions W x H (mm)
18 x 13

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

50

7769 9999

acces_044_a_1_cat

Recognisable self-adhesive label allowing identification of the devices.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

205

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

20 to 100 A
Thermal current Ith (40C)

20 A

25 A

CD 32 A

CD 32 A

32 A

50 A

BS88/DIN fuse size

A1/-

-/10 x 38

-/10 x 38

A1/14 x 51

A1/-

-/14 x 51

63 A

100 A

A2-A3/00C A4*/22 x 58

Frame size for direct operation

Switch body size for front and side operation

11

11

12

13

800

800

800

800

750

750

750

750

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage
400 VAC
400 VAC
690 VAC
690 VAC
220 VDC
220 VDC
440 VDC
440 VDC

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

AC-22 A / AC-22 B
AC-23 A / AC-23 B
AC-22 A / AC-22 B
AC-23 A / AC-23 B
DC-20 A / DC-20 B
DC-21 A / DC-21 B
DC-20 A / DC-20 B
DC-21 A / DC-21 B

20/20
20/20
20/20
20/20

25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25

32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
-/32

32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32

32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32/32
32(3)/32(3)
32(3)/32(3)

50/50
50/50
50/50
50/50
50/50
40/40
50(3)/50(3)
40(3)/40(3)

63/63
63/63
63/63
63/63
63/63
40/40
63(3)/63(3)
40(3)/40(3)

100/100
100/100
100(4)/100(4)
100(4)/100(4)
100/100
100/100
100(3)/100(3)
100(3) / 100(3)

-/25(2)

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

9/9

11/11

15/15

15/15

15/15

25/25

30/30

51/51

At 690 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

15/15

22/22

25/25

25/25

25/25

45/45

55/55

90/90

11

15

15

15

23

28

45

Reactive power (kvar)

At 400 VAC(5)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand BS88/DIN (kA rms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(6)

80/-

-/100

-/100

80/100

80/100

-/100

80/100

80/100

Associated fuse rating (A)(6)

20/-

-/25

-/32

32/32

32/32

-/50

63/63

100/100

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.6

10.6

20

SOCOMEC BS88
SOCOMEC BS88
SOCOMEC DIN
SOCOMEC DIN
BUSSMANN

6A10 0020
6A1M 0032

6012 0025
6013 0025

6012 0032
6013 0032

BUSSMANN

NITD 20M32

2.5
16

2.5
16

2.5
16

2.5
16

6
25

6
25

10
25

2/-

2/-

2/3

2.5/3

2.5/3

2.5/3

25
95
20
8.3/13

20 000
0.48
0.50

20 000
0.48
0.50

20 000
0.48
0.50

20 000
0.50
0.52

10 000
0.80
1
0.2
32

10 000
0.80
1
0.2
27

10 000
1
1.3
0.3
32

10 000
1.5
2
0.5
36

Short-circuit capacity
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6)

Fuse selection (maximum fuse size)(7)

NITD 20

LAWSON

NIT 20

LAWSON

NIT 20M32

GE

NIT 20

GE

NIT 20M32

6A10 0032 6A10 0032

6A1M 0063 6A1M 0032

6A30 0063 6A40 0100

6A3M 0080 6A4M 0125
6022 0050 6600 0063 6032 0100
6023 0050 6601 0063 6033 0100
NITD 32
NITD 32
BAO 63
CEO 100
CEO
NITD 32M63 NITD 32M63
BAO 63M80
100M125
NIT 32
NIT 32
TIS 63
TCP 100
CTFP
NIT 20M32
TIS 63M80
100M125
NET 32
NET 32
TIS 63
TCP 100
OCP
NET 32M63 NET 32M63
TIS 63M80
100M125

Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)
Maximum busbar width (mm)
Min. / Max. tightening torque min (Nm)

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)
Weight of 3 P switch (kg)
Weight of 4 P switch (kg)
Weight of 1 P extra (kg)
Frame pitch (mm)

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or terminal screen.
(3) 4-pole device with 2 pole in series by polarity.
(4) Poles cannot be juxtaposed.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.
(7) Fuse 800 A, 690 VAC does not exist, tests conducted with bars.
* For fuse size A4: max diameter 31 mm.
** Please ensure that fuse let through current does not exceed short-circuit capacity of the switch (kA peak).

206

General Catalogue 2013-2014

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

125 to 200 A
Thermal current Ith (40C)
NFC/DIN fuse size

125 A

125 A

160 A

CD 160 A

160 A

160 A

CD 200 A

200 A

-/22 x 58

-/00

-/00

A3-A4*/-

A4/0

B1-B2/-

A3-A4*/-

B1-B2/-

Frame size for direct operation

Switch body size for front and side operation

13

13

13

13 A

14

14

13 A

15

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

750

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

400 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

125/125

125/125

160/160

160/160

160/160

160/160

200/200

200/200

400 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

125/125

125/125

160/160

160/160

160/160

160/160

200/200

200/200

690 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

125(2)/125(2) 125(2)/125(2) 160(2)/160(2)

160(2/160(2)

160(2)/160(2)

160(2)/160(2)

160(2)/160(2)

200(2)/200(2)

690 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

100(2)/100(2) 100(2)/100(2) 125(2)/125(2)

125(2)/125(2)

125(2)/125(2)

125(2)/125(2)

125(2)/125(2)

200(2)/160(2)

220 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

125/125

125/125

160/160

160/160

160/160

160/160

160/160

200/200

220 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

100/100

100/100

125/125

125/125

125/125

125/125

125/125

200/200

440 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

125(3)/125(3) 125(3)/125(3) 160(3)/160(3)

160(3)/160(3)

160(3)/160(3)

160(3)/160(3)

160(3)/160(3)

200(3)/200(3)

440 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

100(3)/100(3) 100(3)/100(3) 125(3)/125(3)

160(3)/160(3)

125(3)/125(3)

125(3)/125(3)

125(3)/125(3)

200(3)/200(3)

Rated voltage

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

63/63

63/63

80/80

80/80

80/80

80/80

80/80

100/100

At 690 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

90/90

90/90

110/110

110/110

110/110

110/110

110/110

150/185

55

55

75

70

75

75

90

90

Reactive power (kvar)

At 400 VAC(5)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(6)

-/100

-/100

-/100 (50)

50/-

80/100

80/100

50/-

80/-

Associated fuse rating (A)(6)

-/125

-/125

-/125 (160)

160/-

160/160

160/160

200/-

200/-

20

20

20

20

22.7

22.7

20

32.5

Short-circuit capacity
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6)

Fuse selection (maximum fuse size)(7)

SOCOMEC BS88
SOCOMEC BS88
SOCOMEC DIN
SOCOMEC DIN
BUSSMANN
BUSSMANN
LAWSON
LAWSON
GE
GE

6A40 0160
6A4M 0160

6A40 0160
6B20 0160
6A40 0200
6B20 0200
6A4M 0160
6B1M 0200
6A4M 0315
6B2M 0315
6032 0125 6692 0125 6692 0160
6702 0160
6033 0125 6693 0125 6693 0160
6703 0160
DEO 160
DEO 160
DD 160
DEO 200
DD 200
CEO 100M160 DEO 100M200 CD 100M200 DEO 200M315 DD 200M315
CTFP 160
TFP 160
TF 160
TF 200
TF 200
CTCP 100M160 TCP 100M200 TCP 100M200 TC 200M315 TC 200M315
TCP 100
TFP 160
TF 160
TF 200
TF 200
OCP 100M160 TCP 100M201 TC 100M200 TF 200M315 TF 200M315

Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)
Maximum busbar width (mm)
Tightening torque min (Nm)

35
95
20
8.3/13

35
95
20
8.3/13

35
95
20
8.3/13

35
95
20
8.3/13

50
95
20
8.3/13

50
95
20
8.3/13

35
95
20
8.3/13

95
240
32
20/26

10 000
1.5
2
0.5
36

10 000
1.5
2
0.5
36

10 000
1.8
2.3
0.5
36

10 000
1.8
2.3
0.5
36

10 000
1.8
2.3
0.5
50

10 000
1.8
2.3
0.5
50

10 000
1.8
2.3
0.5
36

10 000
3.2
4.5
1.3
60

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)
Weight of 3 P switch (kg)
Weight of 4 P switch (kg)
Weight of 1 P extra (kg)
Frame pitch (mm)

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.
(3) Poles cannot be juxtaposed.
(4) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.
(7) Fuse 800 A, 690 Vac does not exist, tests conducted with bars.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

207

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3 (continued)

250 to 1250 A
Thermal current Ith (40C)

250 A

315 A

400 A

630 A

800 A

800 A

1250 A

B1-B2-B3/1

B1-B2-B3/-

B1-B2-B3-B4/2

C1-C2/3

C1-C2-C3/3

-/4

D1/4

Frame size for direct operation

17

17

18

18

Switch body size for front and side operation

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

750

800

800

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

400 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

250/250

315/315

400/400

630/630

800/800

800/800

1250/1250

400 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

250/250

315/315

400/400

630/630

800/800

800/800

1000/1250

690 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

250(2)/250(2)

315(2)/315(2)

400/400

500/630

800/800

800/800(7)

800/1250

690 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

250(2)/250(2)

250(2)/315(2)

400/400

315/400

630/630

800/800(7)

800/630

220 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

250/250

250/250

315/315

315/630

800/800

800/800

1250/1250

220 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

200/200

200/200

200/315

400/630

800/800

800/800

1250/1250

440 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

250(3) / 250(3)

250(3) / 250(3)

315(4)/315(4)

315/630(4)

800(3) / 800(3)

800/800

1000(3) / 1000(3)

440 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

200(3) / 200(3)

200(3) / 200(3)

250(4) / 315(4)

400(4)/630(4)

800(3) / 800(3)

800/800(3)

1000(3) / 1000(3)

At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

132/132

160/160

220/220

355/355

450/450

450/450

560/560

At 690 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

220/220

220/295

220/295

295/400

400/400

400/400

400/475

115

145

185

290

365

355

460

NFC/DIN fuse size

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

Reactive power (kvar)

At 400 VAC(5)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(6)

80/100

80/-

80/50

80/100

80/100

-/100

-/100

Associated fuse rating (A)(6)

250/250

315/-

400/400

630/630

800/800

-/800

-/1250

32.5

40

40

70

80

80

90

6C20 0630

6C30 0800
6746 0800
6747 0800

6746 1200
6747 1200

4 x 185

Short-circuit capacity
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6)

Fuse selection (maximum fuse size)(7)

SOCOMEC BS88
SOCOMEC BS88
SOCOMEC DIN
SOCOMEC DIN
BUSSMANN
BUSSMANN
LAWSON
LAWSON
GE
GE

6B20 0250
6B30 0315
6B40 0400
6B2M 3015
6B3M 0400
6B4M 0500
6712 0250
6722 0400
6713 0250
6723 0400
ED 250
ED 315
ED 400
DD 200M315 ED 315M400 ED 400M500
TKF 250
TKF 315
TMF 400
TF 200M315 TKF 315M400 TMF 400M500
TKF 250
TKF 315
TMF 400
TF 200M315 TKF 315M355 TMF 400M450

6732 0400
6733 0400
FF 630

GF 800

TTM 630

TLM 800

TTM 630

TLM 800

Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)

95

185

185

2 x 150

2 x 185

Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)

240

240

240

2 x 300

2 x 300

4 x 185

Maximum busbar width (mm)

32

45

45

63

63

80

80

20/26

20/26

20/26

40/45

40/45

40/45

40/45

Tightening torque min (Nm)

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

10 000

10 000

10 000

8 000

8 000

5 000

5 000

Weight of 3 P switch (kg)

3.2

4.8

4.8

16

17

25

25

Weight of 4 P switch (kg)

4.5

6.1

6.1

20

21.5

30

30

Weight of 1 P extra (kg)

1.3

1.3

1.3

Frame pitch (mm)

60

66

66

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or terminal screen.
(3) 4-pole device with 2 pole in series by polarity.
(4) Poles cannot be juxtaposed.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.
(7) Fuse 800 A, 690 VAC does not exist, tests conducted with bars.
** Please ensure that fuse let through current does not exceed short-circuit capacity of the switch (kA peak).

208

General Catalogue 2013-2014

94

94

120

120

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

External operation
BS88 - FUSERBLOC CD 20 to CD 32 A in size A1
External front operation
102 min.

44

96

37.5

6.5
44
19

15

5.2

65
98

vfuser_292_d_1_x_cat

70

98
79.5

14

35

83

1. With 1 U-type AC: 130 mm

With 2 U-type AC: 155 mm.

External side operation

44

6.5
44
19

36 min.

96

36 min.

70

83

fuser_295_c_1_x_cat

98

79.5
70

45

5.2

65
98

44

52.5

External front operation fuse combination changeover

44

192

105 min.
96

105

6.5

37.5 15

65
98

83

5.2

fuser_440_b_1_x_cat

70

98
79.5

14

44
19

1. With 1 U-type AC: 130 mm

With 2 U-type AC: 155 mm.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

209

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

External operation
NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 25 to 32 A in size 10 x 38
External front operation

External side operation

102 min.

44

96

44

36 mini

96

36 mini

44

52.5

6.5
44
19

35

5.2

21.5

45

70

70

fuser_291_d_1_x_cat

98
79.5

45
70

21.5

65

79.5

14

35

21.5

65

21.5

17

5.2
17

fuser_294_c_1_x_cat

15

98

37.5

6.5
44
19

1. With 1 U-type AC: 130 mm.

With 2 U-type AC: 155 mm.

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 32 A in size 14 x 51

External front operation
44

External side operation

102 min.

96

37.5

6.5
44
19

192

105 min.
96

105

6.5

14
98
79.5
65
83

1. With 1 U-type AC: 130 mm.

With 2 U-type AC: 155 mm.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

5.2

fuser_440_b_1_x_cat

37.5 15

44
19

70
5.2

fuser_295_c_1_x_cat

83

External front operation fuse combination changeover

70

44

98

79.5
65

98

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 25 to 32 A in size 10 x 38 and 14 x 51

210

36 min.

70

45

fuser_292_d_1_x_cat

14
98
79.5

70

5.2

83

98

96
52.5

1. With 1 U-type AC: 130 mm.

With 2 U-type AC: 155 mm.

44

36 min.

35

65
98

44

6.5
44
19

15

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

External front or right side operation

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 32 A in fuse size A1

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 50 A in fuse size 14 x 51

*x 5.5

min 50
max 230

29

4.8

15 24

68

14.5

1
2

12

6.2

27

27
121 (3P)
148 (4P)

min 100 + N x 23.5*

max 145 + N x 23.5*
W
31 x 27

31

45

35

18

23.5*

4
118

126.5

x 106
*x 52.5

fuser_624_b_1_x_cat

59

6
27

27

1. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC to use if block number > 4

2. Rear connection (option)
3. 1 or 2 pre-break auxiliary contact (fuse blown indication)
4. 1 to 4 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation
5. Additional contact holder for U-type AC

* to use if pre-break auxiliary contact number > 4

W: 84.5 for BS88; 87 for NFC and DIN
X: 153 only for DIN
Y: 85 only for DIN
Z: 26 only for DIN

Dimensions for external operation handles

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 32 to 63 A - NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 25 to 63 A
Front operation
Direction of operation

S1 type
Box size 0
TEST

65

Side operation

Door drilling

Direction of operation

0.78 0.78
20 20

0
90

1.46
37

4 0.27
47

14

0.55

3.07
78

1.73
44

0.78
20

0.55
1.46
37

14

2.75
70

fuser_712_a_1_gb_cat

90

4 0.27
47

Door drilling

0.78
20

Handle type

0.55
14

0.55
14

General Catalogue 2013-2014

211

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

External front or right side operation

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 63 A in fuse size A2 - A3

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 63 A in fuse size 00C

*x 5.5

min 50
max 230

14.5

15 24

68

4.8

29

1
2

12
32

6.2
32
136 (3P)
168 (4P)

min W
max X
132
36

31

x 32

50

18

35

118

126.5

x 106
*x 52.5

fuser_625_b_1_x_cat

59

5.4
32

32

Z
* to use if pre-break auxiliary contact number > 4
W: 124 + N x 23.5 for BS88; 139 for NFC and DIN
X: 145 + N x 23.5 for BS88; 145 for NFC and DIN
Y: 159 only for DIN
Z: 145 only for DIN

212

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC to use if block number > 4

2. Rear connection (option)
3. 1 to 4 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation
4. Additional contact holder for U-type AC

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 100 A

in fuse size A4 - max 31 mm

NFC and DIN

- FUSERBLOC 100 to 125 A in fuse size 22 x 58
- FUSERBLOC 125 to 160 A in fuse size 00

* x 5.5

29
14.5

min 50
max 230

68

4.8

41

1
2
20

8.7
36

36
148 (3P)
184 (4P)

min 139
max 145
132

40
31

54

18 35

53

162

141
x 127
126.5
x 52.5*

141

2.5

62

2.5

fuser_626_a_1_x_cat

x 36
5.4

53

8.5
5

2.5
19.5

20
36

36

* to use if pre-break auxiliary contact number > 4

X: 179 for BS88 / NFC and DIN 100 to 125 A
189 for NFC and DIN 125 to 160 A

1. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC to use if block number > 4

2. Rear connection (option)
3. 1 to 4 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation
4. 1 or 2 pre-break auxiliary contact (fuse blown indication)
5. Terminal shrouds
6. Additional contact holder for U-type AC

General Catalogue 2013-2014

213

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

External front or right side operation

BS88 - FUSERBLOC CD 160 to CD 200 A in fuse size A3-A4 (A4 max 31 mm)
*x. 5.5

B
14.5

4.8

68

min 50
max 230

39

10

2
18

8.7
36

36
148 (3P)
184 (4P)

min 145
max 225
139
36

x. 36

54

18

35

53

40

162

x. 52.5*

141
x. 130
126.5

78

18

3
20

* to use if pre-break auxiliary contact number > 4

1. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC to use if block number > 4
2. Rear connection (option)

214

53

fuser_627_b_1_x_cat

8.5

General Catalogue 2013-2014

36

36

3. 1 to 4 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation

4. Terminal shrouds
5. Additional contact holder for U-type AC

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 160 A in fuse size A4 & B1-B2

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 160 A in fuse size 0

*x 5.5

29
14.5

min 50
max 23

68

4.8

41

1
8

2
20

8.7
50

50
190 (3P)
240 (4P)

min 145
max 225
54

136.5
31

68

18 35

141
x 140
126.5
x 52.5*

174

fuser_628_b_1_x_cat

2.5

62

2.5

x 50

5.4

* to use if pre-break auxiliary contact number > 4

1. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC to use if block number > 4
2. Rear connection (option)
3. 1 to 4 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation

8.5
20

4. 1 or 2 pre-break auxiliary contact (fuse blown indication)

5. Terminal shrouds
6. Additional contact holder for U-type AC

General Catalogue 2013-2014

215

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

External front or right side operation

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 200 A in fuse size B1-B2
FUSERBLOC 250 A in fuse size B1-B2-B3

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 250 A in fuse size 1

*x 5.5

14.5

min 50
max 230

68

4.8

29

17

52

1
2
32

11

60

60

234 (3P)
294 (4P)
min 154
max 225
146

64

x 60

3P 86
4P 146

25 35

6.4

75

3
31

195

166
x 162
126.5
*x 52.5

75

fuser_629_b_1_x_cat

185

2.5

84

2.5

11

2.5
19.5

32
60

60

251
* to use if pre-break auxiliary contact number > 4
1. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC to use if block number > 4
2. Rear connection (option)
3. 1 to 8 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation

216

General Catalogue 2013-2014

4. 1 or 2 pre-break auxiliary contact (fuse blown indication)

5. Terminal shrouds
6. Additional contact holder for U-type AC

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 315 A in fuse size B1-B2-B3

FUSERBLOC 400 A in fuse size B1-B2-B3-B4

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 400 A in fuse size 2

*x 5.5 29
4.8

14.5
min 50
max 230

68

* to use if pre-break auxiliary contact number > 4

1. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC to use if block number > 4
2. Rear connection (option)
3. 1 to 8 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation4. 1 or 2 pre-break
auxiliary contact (fuse blown indication)
5. Terminal shrouds
6. Additional contact holder for U-type AC

54

50

14.5

2
11
66

66
252 (3P)
318 (4P)

min 157
max 225

x 66

70

91

25

35

6.4

149
31

75

205

175

75

fuser_630_b_1_cat

200

84

x 172
126.5
*x 52.5

11
3

50

20

66

66

260

Dimensions for external operation handles

BS88 / NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 100 to 400 A
Front operation

TEST

65

Direction of operation

0
90

90

4 0.27
47

14

0.55

3.07
78

1.46
37

4 0.27
47

1.46
37

14

0.55

4.92
125
1.77
45

Door drilling

0.78 0.78
20 20

0.55
14

0.55
14

General Catalogue 2013-2014

fuser_713_a_1_gb_cat

S2 type
Box size 11-16

Side operation

Door drilling

0.78
20

Direction of operation

0.78
20

Handle type

217

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS88 - External front operation fuse combination changeover

FUSERBLOC 32 to 400 A

F
A

fuser_634_e_1_x_cat

E min.

J1
H

14

AC

AA

DA

BA

8.2

20

W
2

DB
1. Fuse blown indicaion not available for BS88
2. Terminal shrouds

A. S1 handle: 32 and 63 A
B. S1 handle: 100 to 400 A
C. Door drilling

Rating
(A)

Fuse size

Dimensions
Frame
size A 3 A 4
E
E
P
P min max

AC

Switch
mounting

Switch body

Connection

F3 F4
P
P

J3 J4
P
P

J1
3P

J1
4P

DA DB

T U

242 296

87

102 129 138

165

85 153

90

27

118
118

AA

BA

32

A1

11

264 318 100(1) 146(1)

63

A2-A3

12

294 358 124

145

272 336 116.5 121 153 157

189 159 145

90

32

100

A4

13

318 390 124

145

268

296 368 116(2) 133 169 169

205 141 179

128

36 20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

CD
160

A3-A4

13 A

318 390 145

225

268

296 368

205

128

36 18 8.5

160

A4

14

402 502 124

225

268

380 480 136.5 176 226 212

262 174 229

128

50 20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

160

B1-B2

14

402 502 130

225

268

380 480 136.5 176 226 212

262 174 229

128

50 20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

CD
200

A3-A4

13 A

318 390 145

225

268

296 368

139

133 169 169

205

128

36 18 8.5

200

B1-B2

15

490 610 130

225

345

468 588

146

213 273 263

323 185 251

155

60 32 11

2.5 19.5 195 166

250

B1-B2-B3

15

490 610 154

225

345

468 588

146

213 273 263

323 185 251

155

60 32 11

2.5 19.5 195 166

315

B1-B2-B3

16

526 658 154

225

355

504 636

149

231 297 281

347 200 260

168

66 50 11

20

205 175

400

B1-B2-B3-B4

16

526 658 157

225

355

504 636

149

231 297 281

347 200 260

168

66 50 11

20

205 175

(1) 1 AC: + 23.5 mm / 2 AC: + 47 mm.

(2) 132 mm with 2 AC.

218

Terminal
shrouds

General Catalogue 2013-2014

139

133 169 169

20

20

162 141

162 141

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

NFC and DIN - External front operation fuse combination changeover

FUSERBLOC 50 to 400 A

F
A

fuser_634_e_1_x_cat

E min.

J1
H

14

AA

AC

AA

BA

DA

BA

8.2

20

W
2

DB
1. Fuse blown indicaion not available for BS88
2. Terminal shrouds

A. S1 handle: 50 and 63 A
B. S2 handle: 100 to 400 A
C. Door drilling

Rating Fuse
(A)
size
50

14 x
51

Frame
size
11
12

Overall dimensions
A
3p

A
4p

264

318 100(1) 146(1)

294

358

E
E
min max

125

Terminal
shrouds
AC

F
F
3P 4P

121 148

87(1)
(2)

63

00C

100

22 x
58

145

13

318

390

135

145

268

125

22 x
58

13

318

390

135

145

125

00

13

318

390

135

160

00

13

318

390

135

160

14

402

502

250

15

490

400

16

526

Switch
mounting

Switch body

136 168 116.5

Connection

J
J
J1 J1
DA
3P 4P 3P 4P

DB

102 129 138 165

153

90

27

118
118

85

121 153 158 189 159 145

90

32

148 184

(2)

116

133 169 169 205 141 187

128

36

20

8.5

2.5 19.5 162 141

268

148 184

116(2)

133 169 169 205 141 179

128

36

20

8.5

2.5 19.5 162 141

145

268

148 184 126.5 133 169 169 205 141 193

128

36

20

8.5

2.5 19.5 162 141

145

268

148 184 126.5 133 169 169 205 141 193

128

36

20

8.5

2.5 19.5 162 141

145

225

268

190 240 136.5 176 226 212 262 174 229

128

50

20

8.5

2.5 19.5 162 141

610

154

225

345

234 294

146

213 273 263 323 185 251

155

60

32

11

2.5 19.5 195 166

658

157

225

355

252 318

149

231 297 281 347 200 260

168

66

50

11

20

205 175

(1) 1 AC: +23.5 / 2 AC: +47

(2) 132 with 2 AC

General Catalogue 2013-2014

219

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS88 - Direct operation

FUSERBLOC CD 20 to CD 32 A in frame size 0 / fuse size A1
112

96

91.5
44

37.5

6.5

15

fuser_148_c_1_x_cat

45

98
79.5

14

19

5.2

65
98

83

FUSERBLOC 32 to 400 A
T

AD

fuser_064_b_1_x_cat

AA

DA

BA

70
1

AC

Z
W

31

T
AB

DB
1. Protection screen lockable in position I
2. 1 or 2 fuse blown indication.
3. 1 or 2 A type ACs

Dimensions
Rating
(A)

Frame
size

32

A1

133

165

63

A2-A3

133

165

100

A4

150

186

173

108

144

268

A3-A4

3A

152

188

173

108

144

268

CD 160

220

Terminal shrouds

Fuse size

A
A
4
3
/WWW /WWW

AB
3P

AB
4P

AC

AD

Switch body

Switch mounting

Connection

DA

DB

AA

BA

134

116.5

36

159

145

106

5.4

6.5

27

134

116.5

36

159

145

106

5.4

6.5

32

44

116

38

127

5.4

36

20

8.5

2.5

19.5 162

141

44

139

38

130

5.4

36

20

8.5

19.5 162

141

118
118

160

A4

150

186

173

108

144

268

44

116

38

127

5.4

50

20

8.5

2.5

19.5 162

141

160

B1-B2

192

242

173

136

172

268

44

123

45

140

5.4

50

20

8.5

2.5

19.5 162

141

CD 200

A3-A4

3A

152

188

173

108

144

268

44

139

38

130

5.4

36

20

8.5

19.5 162

141

200

B1-B2

192

242

173

136

172

345

44

123

45

140

5.4

60

20

8.5

2.5

19.5 195

166

250

B1-B2-B3

253

313

173

180

240

345

65

146

81

185

251

162

6.4

60

32

11

2.5

19.5 195

166

315

B1-B2-B3

253

313

173

180

240

355

65

146

81

185

251

162

6.4

66

32

11

2.5

19.5 195

175

400

B1-B2-B3-B4

271

337

173

192

258

355

65

149

86

200

260

172

6.4

66

50

11

General Catalogue 2013-2014

20

205

175

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

NFC and DIN - Direct operation

FUSERBLOC 25 to 32 A in frame size 0 / fuse size 10 x 38 FUSERBLOC 32 A in frame size 0 / fuse size 14 x 51
112

112

96

91.5

37.5

6.5

15

96

91.5
44

44

15

19

98
79.5

79.5

45

5.2

65
5.2

21.5

65

fuser_148_c_1_x_cat

fuser_138_c_1_x_cat

45

98

14

14

35

19

37.5

6.5

98
21.5

83

17

FUSERBLOC 50 to 400 A
T

AD

AA

DA

BA

70
1

AC

Z
W

fuser_064_b_1_x_cat

31

T
AB

DB

1. Protection screen lockable in position I

2. 1 or 2 fuse blown indication.
3. 1 or 2 A type ACs

Rating
Frame
Fuse size
(A)
size
50

14 x 51

Overall dimensions
A3P A4P
118

145

Terminal shrouds
AB
3P

AB 4 P

AC

Switch body
AD

134

87

33.5

116.5

36

116

38

DA

159

Switch mounting
DB

63

00C

133

165

134

100

22 x 58

150

186

173

108

144

268

44

145

125

22 x 58

150

186

173

108

144

268

44

116

38

125

00

150

186

173

108

144

268

44

126.5

38

141

193

160

00

150

186

173

108

144

268

44

126.5

38

141

160

192

242

173

136

172

268

44

136.5

45

250

253

313

173

180

240

345

65

146

400

271

337

173

192

258

355

65

149

Connection

106

5.4

6.5

27

6.5

32

AA

BA

118

106

5.4

127

5.4

36

20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

118

127

5.4

36

20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

127

5.4

36

20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

189

127

5.4

36

20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

174

229

140

5.4

50

20 8.5 2.5 19.5 162 141

81

185

251

162

6.4

60

32

11 2.5 19.5 195 166

86

200

260

172

6.4

66

50

11

20

205 175

General Catalogue 2013-2014

221

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

Direct and external front or right side operation

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 630 A in fuse size C1-C2
FUSERBLOC 800 A in fuse size C1-C2-C3
NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 630 to 800 A in fuse size 3
14.5

85.5

1
11.5

68

min 265

10.5

46

2
20

3
51

min 15

94
94
364 (3P)
458 (4P)
min 265
Fix 284 (3P)
Fix 378 (4P)
65

250

85.5

155
11

235.5
85.5

300

fuser_631_b

90

300
260
x 250

22

235.5

79.5

34

13

59

9
51
94

380

94

1. Direct operation
2. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC
3. Rear connection (option)
4. 1 to 8 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation
5. Terminal shrouds

Dimensions for external operation handles

FUSERBLOC 630 to 800 A
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

S3 type
Box size 17

4 0.27
47
14

0.55

0.78
20

90

0
1.46
37

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1.46
37

4 0.27
47

14

0.55

210

fuser_714_a_1_gb_cat

222

Door drilling

0.78
20

61

Direction of operation

0.78 0.78
20 20

90

3.07
78

Side operation

Door drilling

0.55
14

0.55
14

FUSERBLOC
Fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A

BS88 - FUSERBLOC 1250 A in fuse size D1

NFC and DIN - FUSERBLOC 800 to 1250 A in fuse size 4
14.5

85.5

1. Direct operation
2. S-type auxiliary contact NO + NC
3. Rear connection (option)
4. 1 to 8 pre-break auxiliary contact for signalisation
5. Terminal shrouds

11.5

10.5

68

min 304

46

2
3
120

min 15

120
442 (3P)
562 (4P)

x 362 (3P)
x 482 (4P)
88

min 304
289
87.5

160
11

34

22

300
260
x 250

237.5
87.5

355

fuser_632_b_1_x_cat

90

237.5

79.5

59

120

120

295

FUSERBLOC 800 to 1250 A

Handle type

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S3 type
Box size 18
3.07
78

210

90

0
37
47
20 20

61

S4 type

1414

0
90

350

78

fuser_715_a_1_gb_cat

60

General Catalogue 2013-2014

223

FUSERBLOC and high-speed fuses (UR)

The solution for
> Protection of inverters and
variable speed drives.

fuser_437_a_1_cat

Fuse protection

Fuse combination switches

protection of power semi-conductors up to 1250 A

Strong points

FUSERBLOC
630 to 1250 A

> Limitation of short-circuit

current.

fuser_439_a_1_cat

Large range
> Contact us for any other
combinations (1250 V UR
fuses, notched fuses with
}RUPPGLVWDQFH
between centres, other sizes,
etc.)
FUSERBLOC
from 25 to 400 A

224

Function

Advantages

FUSERBLOC fuse combination switches

combined with high speed fuses (UR)
provide optimal breaking and making on
load, safety isolation and protection of power
semiconductors (variable speed drives,
inverters)

Limitation of short-circuit current

The limitation of short-circuit current provided
by the fuse solution is the most performant
and economical on the market (UR fuses).

General Catalogue 2013-2014

FUSERBLOC and high-speed fuses (UR)

Fuse combination switches

protection of power semi-conductors up to 1250 A

Characteristics
FUSERBLOC for 690 VAC UR cylindrical fuses
FUSERBLOC CD 50 A for fuse size 14 x 51
Fuse rating (A)

10

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

10

12

16

20

25

29

36

40

FUSERBLOC CD 125 A for fuse size 22 x 58

Fuse rating (A)

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

20

25

32

40

50

63

71

85

References
Direct side operation
Fuse rating (A)
Frame size

No. of poles

Switch body

50 A / 14 x 51
1

125 A / 22 x 58
3

2P

3615 2005

3P

3615 3005

4P

3615 6005

2P

3615 2011

3P

3615 3011

4P

3615 6011

Auxiliary contact pre-break

and position

Direct handle
Black

3629 7900

1 contact NO/NC

3999 0021
2 contacts NO/NC

3999 0022

Black

3629 7901

External right side or front operation

Fuse rating (A)
Frame size
50 A / 14 x 51
11

125 A / 22 x 58
13

No. of poles

Switch body

2P

3831 2005

3P

3831 3005

4P

External front handle External side handle

Black IP55

Shaft for external

handle

Auxiliary contact prebreak and position

Black IP55

1411 2111

1415 2111

Red / Yellow IP65

Red / Yellow IP65

3831 6005

1414 2111

1418 2111

2P

3831 2011

Black IP55

Black IP55

3P

3831 3011

4P

3831 6011

1421 2111

1425 2111

Red IP65

Red / Yellow IP65

1424 2111

1428 2111

1 contact NC
320 mm

3999 0701

1400 1032

1 contact NO

3999 0702

Accessories
Other accessories: See the FUSERBLOC pages

General Catalogue 2013-2014

225

FUSERBLOC and high-speed fuses (UR)

Fuse combination switches
protection of power semi-conductors up to 1250 A

Characteristics
FUSERBLOC for DIN 43620 UR knife-edge fuses
FUSERBLOC 160 A for fuse size 000 and 00
Fuse rating (A)

10

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

160

200

250

315

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

10

16

20

25

32

32

37

44

51

92

105

121

140

140

140

FUSERBLOC 250 A for fuse size 1*

Fuse rating (A)

40

50

63

80

100

125

160

200

250

315

350

400

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

40

50

63

80

100

125

155

178

205

210

215

220

Fuse rating (A)

200

250

315

350

400

450

500

550

630

700

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

200

250

285

310

330

330

340

340

350

350

Fuse rating (A)

500

550

630

700

800

900

1000

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

360

380

420

450

480

500

510

FUSERBLOC 400 A for fuse size 2

FUSERBLOC 630 A for fuse size 3

References
Direct side operation
Fuse rating (A)
Frame size

No. of poles
2P

3615 2015

3990 7015(1)

160 A / 00
3

3P

3615 3015

3990 8015(1)

4P

3615 6015

3990 9015(1)

2P

3615 2016

3990 7016(1)

3P

3615 3016

4P

3615 6016

Black

3999 0021

3990 9016(1)

3629 7901

2 contacts NO/NC

3990 7024(1)

160 A / 0
4

250 A / 1
5

400 A / 2
6

630 A / 3
17

Switch body

Auxiliary contact pre-break

and signalisation

1 contact NO/NC

Fuse protection covers

3990 8016(1)

2P

3615 2024

3P

3615 3024

4P

3615 6024

3990 9024(1)

2P

3615 2039

3990 7039(1)

3P

3615 3039

3990 8039(1)

4P

3615 6039

3990 9039(1)

2P

3811 2063

3P

3811 3063

4P

3811 6063

(1) Terminal shrouds for FUSERBLOC fitted fuse blown microswitch.

226

Direct handle

General Catalogue 2013-2014

3999 0022

3990 8024(1)

1 contact NC
Black

3999 0701

3899 6011

1 contact NO

3999 0702

3890 8063(1)
3890 9063(1)

FUSERBLOC and high-speed fuses (UR)

Fuse combination switches

protection of power semi-conductors up to 1250 A

External right side or front operation

Fuse rating (A)
Frame size

No. of poles

160 A / 00
13

160 A / 0
14

250 A / 1
15

400 A / 2
16

630 A / 3
17

External front
handle

Switch body

External side
handle

Shaft for external

handle

Auxiliary contact
pre-break and
position

Fuse protection
covers

2P

3831 2015

3990 7015(1)

3P

3831 3015

3990 8015(1)

4P

3831 6015

3990 9015(1)

2P

3831 2016

3990 7016(1)

3P

3831 3016

3990 8016(1)

4P

3831 6016

2P

3831 2024

3P

3831 3024

4P

3831 6024

2P

3831 2039

3990 7039(1)

3P

3831 3039

3990 8039(1)

4P

3831 6039

3990 9039(1)

2P

3811 2063
3811 3063

3P

Black IP55

Black IP55

200 mm

1421 2111

1425 2111

1400 1020

Red / Yellow IP65

Red / Yellow IP65

320 mm

1424 2111

1428 2111

1400 1032

1 contact NC

3999 0701
1 contact NO

3999 0702

Black IP65

Black IP65

200 mm

1433 3111

1437 3111

1400 1220

Red / Yellow IP65

Red / Yellow IP65

320 mm

1434 3111

1438 3111

1400 1232

3811 6063

4P

3990 9016(1)
3990 7024(1)
3990 8024(1)
3990 9024(1)

3890 8063(1)
3890 9063(1)

(1) Terminal shrouds for FUSERBLOC fitted fuse blown microswitch.

Accessories
FUSERBLOC for DIN 43620 UR knife-edge fuses
Terminal shrouds for FUSERBLOC fitted fuse blown microswitch

Rating (A)

Fuses (1)

No. of
poles

160

00

2P

160

00

3P

160

00

4P

160

2P

160

3P

160

4P

250

2P

250

3P

250

4P

400

2P

400

3P

400

4P

630

3P

630

4P

Accessories(2)

Options(3)

References

References

3990 7015
3990 8015
3990 9015
3990 7016
3990 8016
3990 9016
3990 7024
3990 8024
3990 9024
3990 7039
3990 8039
3990 9039
3890 8063
3890 9063

3999 7015
3999 8015
3999 9015
3999 7016
3999 8016
3999 9016
3999 7024
3999 8024
3999 9024
3999 7039
3999 8039
3999 9039
3899 8063
3899 9063

acces_221_a

Use
Protection against direct contact with live parts situated in the fuse
compartment for FUSERBLOC fitted with UR fuses with fuse blown
auxiliary contacts.

(1) For the fuses: see "UR fuses 10 to 2000 A" page
(2) If ordered at the same time as the standard device.
(3) If ordered later.

Other accessories: See the FUSERBLOC pages

General Catalogue 2013-2014

227

FUSERBLOC and high-speed fuses (UR)

Fuse combination switches
protection of power semi-conductors up to 1250 A

Characteristics
FUSERBLOC for UR fuses type K/50
FUSERBLOC V 800 A for BK fuses size 2
Fuse rating (A)
Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)
FUSERBLOC 1250 A for fuse size 3

400
380

450
420

500
440

550
450

630
500

700
520

800
530

900
530

1000
530

1100
540

1250
550

Fuse rating (A)

500

550

630

700

800

900

1000

1100

1250

1400

1500

1600

1800

2000

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

500

550

620

630

720

790

870

940

1050

1100

1100

1100

1100

1100

References
Front operation
Rating (A) /
Fuse
800 A /
2
1250 A /
3

Switch body only(1) Direct handle External handle

No. of poles

3680 3081
3680 6081
3680 3121
3680 6121

3P
4P
3P
4P

Shaft for
external handle

Black IP55

Please consult
us

Fuse
protection
covers

Auxiliary
contact prebreak and
position

Terminal
shrouds

Please consult
us

Please consult
us

Please consult
us

200 mm

1443 3111(2)

1400 1220

Red / Yellow
IP65

320 mm

1400 1232

1444 3111

(1) Please consult us.

(2) Standard.

Characteristics
FUSERBLOC for UR fuses type K/110
FUSERBLOC 250 A for fuse size 1* (690 VAC)(1)
Fuse rating (A)

40

50

63

80

100

125

160

200

250

315

350

400

450

500

550

630

Max. I for the

FUSERBLOC (A)

40

50

63

80

100

120

140

165

195

215

230

240

240

240

230

240

Fuse rating (A)

200

250

315

350

400

450

500

550

630

700

800

900

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

145

165

200

220

240

265

290

310

340

370

395

395

FUSERBLOC 400 A for fuse size 1* (690 VAC)

(1)

FUSERBLOC 500 A for fuse size 2* (690 VAC)(1)

Fuse rating (A)

400

450

500

550

630

700

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

320

345

370

390

425

460

Fuse rating (A)

800

900

1000

1100

1250

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

495

545

590

610

620

FUSERBLOC 630 A for fuse size 2 to 690 VAC(1)

FUSERBLOC 800 A for fuse size 3 to 690 VAC(1)

Fuse rating (A)

500

550

630

700

800

900

1000

1100

1250

1400

1500

1600

1800

2000

Max. I for the FUSERBLOC (A)

370

395

440

480

535

590

645

695

760

800

800

800

800

800

FUSERBLOC 1250 A for fuse size 3 Please consult us.

(1) For UR fuses type K/110 1250 VAC, please consult us.

References
External right side or front operation switch
Rating (A) /
Fuse

No. of poles

Switch body

2P

36U1 2024

3P

36U1 3024

Black

400 A /
1

2P

36U1 2039

3629 7901

3P

36U1 3039

500 A /
2

2P

38U1 2050

3P

38U1 3050

630 A /
2

2P

38U1 2063

3P

38U1 3063

Black

800 A /
3

2P

38U1 2080

1437 7911

3P

38U1 3080

250 A /
1*

1250 A /
3

Direct front
handle

Auxiliary contact
pre-break and Terminal shrouds
signalisation
2P

3990 2839(1)

1 contact NO/NC

3P

3999 0021

3990 3839(1)

3899 6011

3890 2U63(1)
3P

3890 3U63(1)

3998 2025
3P

3998 3025

2P

Black

2P
1 contact NC

3999 0701
1 contact NO

3898 2080
3P

3898 3080

3999 0702

38U1 2120

Black

3P

38U1 3120

3899 7011

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Fuse protection
covers
2P

2P

(1) Terminal shrouds for FUSERBLOC fitted fuse blown microswitch.

228

Direct side
handle

(1)

3890 2U12

3898 2120

3890 3U12(1)

3898 3120

FUSERBLOC and high-speed fuses (UR)

Fuse combination switches

protection of power semi-conductors up to 1250 A

External right side or front operation

Rating (A) /
Fuse

No. of
poles

Switch body

2P

38U1 2024

3P

38U1 3024

External front
handle

External side
handle

S2 type
Black IP55

S2 type
Black IP55

1421 2111

1425 2111

320 mm

S2 type
Red IP65

S2 type
Red/yellow IP65

1400 1032

1424 2111

1428 2111

250 A /
1*

2P

38U1 2039

400 A /
1
3P

38U1 3039

2P

38U1 2050

3P

38U1 3050

2P

38U1 2063

Shaft for external Fuse protection

handle
covers

Auxiliary contact
pre-break and Terminal shrouds
position

2P

2P

3990 2839(1)

3998 2025

3P

3P

3990 3839(1)

3998 3025

500 A /
2

630 A /
2
3P

38U1 3063

2P

38U1 2080

3P

38U1 3080

2P

38U1 2120

S3 type
Red/Yellow IP65

800 A /
3

3P

38U1 3120

2P

3890 2U63(1)

1433 3111
1434 3111

1250 A /
3

1 contact NC

S3 type
Black IP65

3P

3890 3U63(1)

S3 type
Black IP65

1437 3111

320 mm

S3 type
Red/Yellow IP65

1400 1232

3999 0701
1 contact NO

3999 0702

2P

3898 2080
3P

3898 3080

1438 3111

S4 type
Black IP65

2P

1443 3111

3890 2U12(1)

S4 type
Red/Yellow IP65

3890 3U12(1)

3P

2P

3898 2120
3P

3898 3120

1444 3111

(1) Terminal shrouds for FUSERBLOC fitted fuse blown microswitch.

Accessories
FUSERBLOC for UR fuses type K/110
Terminal shrouds for FUSERBLOC fitted fuse blown microswitch

Rating (A)

Fuses(3)

No. of
poles

250 400

1* / 1

2P

250 400

1* / 1

3P

500 800

2/3

2P

500 800

2/3

3P

1250

2P

1250

3P

500 800

2/3

2P

Accessories(1)

Option(2)

Reference

Reference

3999 2839
3999 3839
3899 2U63
3899 2U63
3899 2U12
3899 3U12

3990 2839
3990 3839

acces_221_a

Use
Protection against direct contact with live parts situated in the fuse
compartment for FUSERBLOC fitted with UR fuses with fuse blown
auxiliary contacts.

3890 3U63
3890 2U12
3890 3U12
3890 2U63

(1) If ordered later.

(2) If ordered at the same time as the standard device.
(3) For the fuses: see "UR fuses 10 to 2000 A" page

Other accessories: see the FUSERBLOC pages

General Catalogue 2013-2014

229

SIDERMAT combination
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 630 to 1800 A
Fuse protection

The solution for

sdmat_048_b_1_cat

> Motor load break.

> Protection of industrial
cabinet.
> Electrical distribution.

Strong points
> Tripping upon overload.
> High breaking capacity.
> Improved safety.

A complete range

Function
SIDERMAT combination are manually
operated tri- or tetrapolar fuse disconnecting
switches which can be triggered remotely.
They make and break under load conditions
and provide safety isolation and protection
against overcurrent for any low voltage
electrical circuit.

They can automatically switch on a power

circuit in combination with:
- fuse blown indication,
- thermal relay,
- differential relay,
- protective relays DIRIS,
- other protective devices.

Advantages
Tripping upon overload.
Remote breaking by voltage release device
High breaking capacity
Protection against overloads and shortcircuits thanks to high breaking capacity fuses
(100 kA rms).

230

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Improved safety
q Double break per phase (top and bottom of
fuse - 1600 and 1800 A excluded).
q Positive break indication.
q IP2X protection with
terminal shrouds front panel.

> Can be combined with UR

fuses for the protection of
power semi-conductors Please consult us.

Conformity to standards
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
BS EN 60947-3
NBN EN 60947-3
IEC 60269-1
IS 14947-3
DIN EN 60269-1
NF EN 60269-1
IEC 60269-2
VDE 0636-1
VDE 0660-107

SIDERMAT combination

Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches

from 630 to 1800 A

References
NFC and DIN - Front operation - Switch body with a shunt trip coil - 230 VAC
Rating (A) /
Fuse(4)
630 A /
3

800 A /
4

1250 A /
4

1600 A / 2
x 4*

1800 A / 2
x 4*

Direct
handle

Switch body

3P

3520 3063

3998 3063

4P

3520 6063

3998 4063

3P

3520 3080

4P

3520 6080

3P

3520 3120

4P

3520 6120

3P

3520 3160

3 P + NC

3520 4160

4P

3520 6160

3P

3520 3180(3)

2998 3180(2)

3 P + NC

3520 4180(3)

included

4P

3520 6180(3)

2998 4180(2)

Black

3999 6203(1)

External
handle

S3 type
Black
IP55

1431 3511(1)
Red
IP55

1432 3511

Shaft for
external handle

1st position
AC

No. of
poles

1st contact
NO/NC
320 mm

3999 0051

1401 1532

2nd contact
NO/NC

Tripping AC

Terminal
shrouds top

Terminal
screens top

Inter phase
barrier

3P
1 contact
NO/NC

3999 0031

2998 3120(2)
4P

2998 4120(2)

3999 0052

3P

2998 0003
4P

2998 0004

(1) Standard.

(2) Bottom terminals protection screen as standard.

(3) Only one of the two T4 fuses should be equipped with striker.
(4) For the fuses: see page 236 "NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks 0.16 to 1250 A".
* Two size 4 DIN fuses in parallel per pole.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

231

SIDERMAT combination

Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches

from 630 to 1800 A

Accessories
Direct front operation handle
Handle colour

Reference

630 1800

Black

3999 6203

630 1800

Red

consult us

acces_156_a_2_cat

Rating (A)

External front operation handle

External IP

Reference

630 1800

Black

IP55

630 1800

Red

IP55

1431 3511
1432 3511

acces_166_a_2_cat

Handle colour

acces_151_a_2_cat

S3 type handle

Rating (A)

Alternative S-type handle cover colours

Colour

To be ordered by multiple

Reference

Light grey

50

Dark grey

50

1401 0001
1401 0011

acces_198_a_2_cat

Use
For single lever S3 type handles.
Other colours: consult us.

Shaft for external handle

Rating (A)

Dimension X (mm)

Shaft length (mm)

Reference

630 800

350 450

200

630 800

350 570

320

1250 1800

370 570

320

1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1532

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

acces_144_b_1_cat

Use
Standard lengths:
- 200 mm,
- 320 mm.
Other lengths: consult us.

Current-reducing resistor for undervoltage trip coil

Use
Reduces, by limiting the current, the effects on the
undervoltage coils used
in continuous processes or processes exposed to high
ambient temperatures.

232

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Voltage

Reference

110 VAC

3999 3112
3999 3230
3999 3400
3999 4110

230 VAC
400 VAC
110 VDC

SIDERMAT combination

Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches

from 630 to 1800 A

Alternative tripping coils

Coils Characteristics: see "SIDERMAT" page 88.

Shunt trip coil.

Shunt trip coil

Replacement
tripping coil
Reference

3990 1024
3990 1048
3990 1110
3990 1220
3990 1380
3990 2012
3990 2024
3990 2048
3990 2220

acces_049_a_1_cat

Original coil(1)
Reference

3991 1024
3991 1048
3991 1110
included

3991 1380
3991 2012
3991 2024
3991 2048
3991 2220

Undervoltage trip coil

acces_050_a_1_cat

Voltage
24 VAC
48 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC
400 VAC
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
110 / 200 VDC

Undervoltage trip coil

Replacement
tripping coil
Reference

Original coil(1)
Reference

3990 3024
3990 3048
3990 3110
3990 3220
3990 3380
3990 4012
3990 4024
3990 4048
3990 4110
3990 4220

3991 3024
3991 3048
3991 3110
3991 3220
3991 3380
3991 4012
3991 4024
3991 4048
3991 4110
3991 4220

Use
Omnipolar breaking remotely controlled by shunt trip or undervoltage
voltage release coil.
Note: the shunt trip coil must not be supplied for more than 5 s. A
5 "RGTMSSQHOBNHKHREHSSDCSNSGDRS@MC@QCRVHSBGANCX
To modify this coil, the reference opposite must be added to the switch
reference (use "original coil" reference).

Voltage

Reference

230 VAC

3992 3230
3992 3400

Examples for ordering

q Combined SIDERMAT with shunt trip coil 230 VAC - 1 reference:
Combined SIDERMAT 630 A, 3 pole, front operation: 3520 3063.
q Combined SIDERMAT fitted with a non standard coil - 2 references:
Combined SIDERMAT 630 A, 3 pole, front operation fitted with a
5 "TMCDQUNKS@FDSQHOBNHK


Voltage
24 VAC
48 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC
400 VAC
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
110 VDC
220 VDC

(1) To be ordered at same time as switch (factory fitted).

Delayed undervoltage trip coil

400 VAC

Auxiliary contacts
References
Position AC

Reference

630 1800

1st

630 1800

2nd

3999 0051
3999 0052

acces_048_a_1_cat

NO/NC position contact

Rating (A)

NO/NC low level position contact

Rating (A)

Position AC

Reference

630 1800

1st

630 1800

2nd

3999 0111
3999 0112

NO/NC contact, signalling coil tripping

Rating (A)

Position AC

Reference

3999 0031

630 1800

Characteristics

Coil tripping
1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts

NO/NC position contact

Rating (A)
630
1800

Operating current Ie (A)

Current
nominal
(A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-13

AC-13

DC-13

DC-13

16

12

14

NO/NC contact, signalling coil tripping

Rating (A)
630
1800

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions and I:
1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts

Operating current Ie (A)

Current
nominal
(A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-13

AC-13

DC-13

DC-13

16

12

12

Connection to the control circuit

By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
Characteristics
NO/NC auxiliary contact: IP2.
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

233

SIDERMAT combination

Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches

from 630 to 1800 A

Accessories (continued)
Fuse blown indication
Use
For DIN fuse cartridges with striker.

NO/NC changeover contact

Rating (A)

Electrical principle
A NO/ NC auxiliary contacts detects that the fuse has blown.

No. of poles

Position AC

Reference

3/4 P

1st

included

630 1800

Characteristics

Connection to the control circuit

By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.

Operating current Ie (A)

Rating (A)

Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

Nominal
current (A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-13

AC-13

DC-13

DC-13

16

12

12

630 1800

Terminal shrouds

Rating (A)

Advantages
Perforations allowing remote thermographic
inspection without removal.

No. of poles

Position

Reference

630

3P

top

630

4P

top

3998 3063
3998 4063

acces_212_a_2_cat

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct
contact with terminals or connection parts.

Terminal screens
Use
Top or bottom protection against direct
contact with terminals or connection parts.

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

800 1600

3P

top

800 1600

4P

top

1800

3P

top

1800

4P

top

2998 3120
2998 4120
2998 3180
2998 4180

3/4 P

bottom

included

800 1800

Use
Safety isolation between the terminals,
essential for use at 690 VAC or in a polluted
or dusty atmosphere.

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Reference

1250 1800

3P

1250 1800

4P

2998 0003
2998 0004

acces_036_a_1_cat

Inter phase barrier

Handle key interlocking accessories

Lock RONIS 1104A

Locking using RONIS EL 1104 A lock (supplied)

Rating (A)

Operation

Reference

630 1800

front direct

3999 8104

Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)

Operation

Reference

630 1250

front direct

1600 1800

front direct

630 1800

external front

3999 7007
3999 6117
1499 7701

Other specific accessories

q
q
q
q

234

Customised protection screens (for specific dimensions or high ambiant temperatures).

Connection accessories.
Mounting plates for standard systems.
Special construction available for specific environments.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_010_b_1_x_cat

Use
Locking in position 0 of the front
operation handle:
- using a padlock (not supplied) and the
factory integrated padlocking function
of the handle.
- using RONIS 1104 A lock
JDX!"SNADLNTMSDCCHQDBSKX
on the padlockable handle,
- locking using RONIS EL11AP lock
(not supplied).

SIDERMAT combination

Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches

from 630 to 1800 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

630 to 1800 A
Thermal current Ith (40C)
Fuse size
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

630 A

800 A

1250 A

1600 A

2x4

1800 A
2x4

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

12

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage
400 VAC

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

1600/1800
1600/1600

400 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

630/630

630/630

1250/1250

1600/1600

690 VAC(2)

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

690 VAC(2)

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

500/630

630/800

1000/1000

1250/1250

690 VAC(2)

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

400/500

500/500

800/800

1000/1000

220 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

220 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

220 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

500/630

630/800

1250/1250

1250/1250

440 VDC

DC-20 A / DC-20 B

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

440 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

1600/1600

440 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

630/630(3)

800/800(3)

1250/1250(4)

1600/1600(4)

440 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

500/630(3)

630/800(3)

1250/1250(4)

1250/1250(4)

At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC-23 (1)(5)

355/355

355/355

710/710

900/900

At 690 VAC without pre-break in AC-23 (1)(5)

400/475

475/475

750/750

900/900

At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

355/355

450/450

710/710

900/900

At 690 VAC without pre-break in AC(1)(5)

475/600

600/750

900/900

1100/1100

290

365

575

Motor power output (kW)

900/900
900/900

Reactive power (kvar)

At 400 VAC (5)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(6)

100

100

100

120

120

Associated fuse rating (A)(6)

630

800

1250

2 x 800

2 x 900

55

80

100

120

120

Short-circuit capacity
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6)

Connection
Minimum Cu cable section (mm2)

2 x 150

2 x 185

Minimum Cu busbar section (mm2)

2 x 30 x 5

2 x 40 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

2 x 80 x 5

Maximum Cu cable section (mm2)

2 x 300

2 x 300

4 x 185

6 x 240

8 x 240

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

50

63

100

100

100

20

20

40

Tightening torque min (Nm)

4 x 240

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

5000

5000

5000

3000

3000

Weight of 3 P switch (kg)

20

25

27

54

59

Weight of 4 P switch (kg)

24

30

32

70

75

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.
(3) Poles cannot be juxtaposed.
(4) 4-pole device with 2 pole in series by polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

235

SIDERMAT combination

Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches

from 630 to 1800 A

Dimensions
SIDERMAT combination 630 A
Direct front operation

1. Terminal shrouds top.

2. Terminal screens bottom

327
111
60

4 10

3p: 507 - 4p: 587

3p: 365.5 - 4p: 445.5
83

8 13 80 80 73.5
3p: 307 - 4p: 387

sdmat_006_c_1_x_cat

190
60 15

515

665

175

2
114

SIDERMAT combination 800 to 1250 A

Direct front operation
322

1. Terminal screens top

2. Terminal screens bottom

145
75

4 10

3p: 584.5 - 4p: 704.5

3p: 440.5 - 4p: 560.5
100.5

120

91

190

3p: 382 - 4p: 502

sdmat_005_a_1_x_cat

120

75 15

765

585

165

2
109

SIDERMAT combination 1600 A

Direct front operation
432

3p: 588 - 4p: 708

3p: 443 - 4p: 563
100.5

1. Terminal screens top

2. Terminal screens bottom

158

4 11

2
8

120

120

91

3p: 382 - 4p: 502

236

General Catalogue 2013-2014

118

sdmat_013_a_1_x_cat

190
38

778

748

240

SIDERMAT combination

Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches

from 630 to 1800 A

SIDERMAT combination 1800 A

Direct front operation
3p: 588 - 4p: 708
3p: 443 - 4p: 563
100.5

1. Terminal screens top

2. Terminal screens bottom

432
160
1

190
38

sdmat_014_e_1_x_cat

778

748

240

4 11

2
8

120

120

91
118

3p: 382 - 4p: 502

Connection terminals

40
90

17 25
19 25 19
63

SIDERMAT combination
1600 A - top

13

SIDERMAT combination
1800 A - top

80

100

40

50
13

40 20

20 40

13

16 x 11

sdmat_059_a_1_x_cat

SIDERMAT combination
1600 to 1800 A - bottom

sider_074_a_1_x_cat

30
33
50

sdmat_055_a_1_x_cat

10

30
33

sdmat_052_a_1_x_cat

15

19 x 11

sdmat_054_a_1_x_cat

SIDERMAT combination
800 to 1250 A

40 20

SIDERMAT combination - 630 A

General Catalogue 2013-2014

237

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A
Fuse protection

The solution for

fusom_063_b_1_cat

> Motor load break.

> Protection of industrial
cabinet.
> Electrical distribution.

Strong points
> Tripping upon overload.
> High breaking capacity.
> Improved safety.

A complete range

Function
FUSOMAT are manually controlled tri- or
tetrapolar fuse combination switches.
They can be tripped remotely.
They break or switch off on load and provide
safety isolation and protection against
overcurrent for any low voltage electrical
circuit.

They can automatically disconnect a circuit in

combination with:
q fuse blown indication.
q thermal relay.
q protective relays DIRIS.
q other protective devices.

Advantages
Tripping upon overload
Remote breaking by voltage release device.
High breaking capacity
Protection against overloads and shortcircuits thanks to high breaking capacity fuses
(100 kA rms).

Improved safety
q Double break per phase (top and bottom
of fuse - up to 630 A (NFC/DIN) and 800 A
(BS88).
q Positive break indication.
q IP2X protection with
terminal shrouds front panel.

Configurations
5

Functional diagram (for further details see

the installation instructions supplied with
the product).

6
3

1. Direct front operation.

2. External front operation.
3. NO/NC position AC.
4. NO/NC AC wired to ready mounted
transmission coil.
5. Terminal shrouds.
6. Fuse blown indication device.

2
1

238

General Catalogue 2013-2014

fusom_060_b_1_x_cat

> Can be combined with UR

fuses for the protection of
power semi-conductors Please consult us.

Conformity to standards
>
>
>
>
>

IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
VDE 0660-107
NBN EN 60947-3
BS 88

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

References
BS88 - Front and side operation - Switch body with a shunt trip coil - 230 VAC
Rating (A)
Fuse (1)

Front
No. of
operation
poles Switch body

Side
operation
Switch body

3P

3660 3026

3665 3026

4P

3660 6026

3665 6026

Direct
handle(2)

External
handle

Shaft for
external
handle

Auxiliary
contact
position

Auxiliary
contact
tripping

Terminal
shrouds(3)

Terminal
screens(4)

Inter phase
barrier

250 A
B1-B2-B3

400 A
B1-B2B3-B4

3P

3660 3041

3665 3041

4P

3660 6041

3665 6041

3P

3660 3064

4P

3998 4040

3999 6201
Side
operation
Black

3999 6012
3P

3998 3040

Front
operation
Black

3665 3064

S3 type
Front
operation
Black IP55

1431 3511(2)

630 A
C1-C2

Red IP55
4P

3P

3660 6064

3660 3080

3665 6064

3660 6080

3665 6080

3P

3660 3121

3665 3121

4P

3660 6121

3665 6121

1250 A
D1

1401 1520
320 mm

1401 1532(2)

Side operation
Side operation
200 mm
Black IP55

1435 3511(2)

3665 3080

800 A
C1-C2-C3
4P

1432 3511

Front
operation
200 mm

Front
operation
Black

3999 6012
Side
operation
Black

1st contact
NO/NC

3999 0051

1 contact
NO/NC

2nd contact
NO/NC

3999 0031

3998 3063

3998 4063

3999 0052

1403 1520

Red IP55

1436 3511
3P

3998 3120
4P
39984120

3P

2998 0003
4P

2998 0004

3999 6012

(1) For the fuses: see page 230 "BS88 industrial fuselinks".
(2) Standard.
(3) Top/bottom.
(4) Bottom terminals protection screen as standard.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

239

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

References
NFC and DIN - Front operation - Switch body with a shunt trip coil - 230 VAC

Rating (A)
Fuse

No. of
poles

Switch
body

3P

3650 3026

4P

3650 6026

3P

3650 3041

Direct
handle

External
handle

Shaft for
external
handle

Auxiliary
contact
position

Auxiliary
contact
tripping

1st Fuse
blown AC

Terminal
shrouds
(1 piece)

Terminal
screens
top

Inter
phase
barrier

250 A / 1

Black

400 A / 2

3P

3P

3994 1304

3998 3040(2)

4P

4P

3994 1404

3998 4040(2)

3999 6201(1)
4P

3650 6041

3P

3650 3064

4P

3650 6064

S3 type
Black
IP55

200 mm

1st contact
NO/NC

1431 3511(1)

1401 1520

3999 0051

1 contact
NO/NC

S3 type
Red/yellow
IP55

320 mm

2nd contact
NO/NC

3999 0031

1401 1532(1)

630 A / 3

3999 0052

3P

3994 1306
4P

3994 1406

3P

3998 3063(2)
4P

3998 4063(2)

1432 3511
3P

3650 3080

4P

3650 6080

800 A / 4
3P
Black

3999 6012(1)
3P

3650 3121

4P

3650 6121

1250 A / 4

(1) Standard.
(2) Top/bottom.
(3) Bottom terminals protection screen as standard.

240

General Catalogue 2013-2014

3994 1312
4P

3994 1412

3P

3P

3998 3120(3)

2998 0003

4P

4P

3998 4120(3)

2998 0004

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

NFC and DIN - Side operation - Switch body with a shunt trip coil - 230 VAC

Rating (A)
Fuse

No. of
poles Switch body Direct handle
3P

3655 3026

4P

3655 6026

3P

3655 3041

4P

3655 6041

External
handle

Shaft for
external
handle

Auxiliary
contact
position

Auxiliary
contact
tripping

1st Fuse
blown AC

Terminal
shrouds
(1 piece)

Terminal Inter phase

screens top
barrier

250 A
/1

400 A
/2

3P

S3 type
Black
IP55

3655 3064
Black

630 A
/3

3999 6012(1)
4P

3655 6064

1435 3511(1)
S3 type
Red
IP55

1st contact
NO/NC
200 mm

1403 1520

3999 0051

1 contact
NO/NC

2nd contact
NO/NC

3999 0031

3P

3P

3994 1304

3998 3040(2)

4P

4P

3994 1404

3998 4040(2)

3994 1306

3998 3063(2)

3994 1406

3998 4063(2)

3999 0052

1436 3511
3P

3655 3080

4P

3655 6080

3P

3655 3121

4P

3655 6121

800 A
/4
3P

3994 1312
4P

3994 1412

3P

3P

3998 3120(3)

2998 0003

4P

4P

3998 4120(3)

2998 0004

1250 A / 4

(1) Standard.
(2) Top/bottom.
(3) Bottom terminals protection screen as standard.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

241

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

Accessories
Direct handle
Front operation
Rating (A)
250 630
800 1250
250 1250

Handle colour
Black
Black
Red

Reference

Side operation
Rating (A)
250 1250
250 1250

Handle colour
Black
Red

Reference

acces_156_a_2_cat

3999 6201
3999 6012
consult us

3999 6012
3999 6013

External handle

Rating (A)
250 1250
250 1250

Handle
type
S3
S3

Handle colour
Black
Red

External IP
IP55
IP55

Reference

Handle
type
S3
S3

Handle colour
Black
Red

External IP
IP55
IP55

Reference

1431 3511
1432 3511

acces_151_a_1_cat

Rating (A)
250 1250
250 1250
Side operation

acces_166_a_2_cat

Front operation

1435 3511
1436 3511
S3 type handle

S3 type handle

S-type handle adapter

Handle colour

To be ordered
in multiples of

External IP(1)

Reference

IP65

1493 0000

Black

acces_187_a_1_cat

Dimensions
Adds 12 mm to the depth.

Use
Enables S-type handles to be fitted in
place of existing older style Socomec
handles.

(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

Alternative S-type handle cover colours

Use
For single lever S3 type handles.

Handle

Reference

Light grey

50

S3 type

Dark grey

50

S3 type

Light grey

50

S4 type

Dark grey

50

S4 type

1401 0001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

Colour

acces_198_a_2_cat

Other colours: Please consult us.

To be ordered
in multiples of

Use
Standard lengths:
- 200 mm
- 320 mm.

Shaft length (mm)

200
320
200
320

Type
15 x 12
15 x 12
15 x 12
15 x 12

Reference

1401 1520
1401 1532
1401 1520
1401 1532

Side operation
Rating (A)
250 1250

242

Dimension Y (mm)

Shaft length (mm)

Type

Reference

78 200

200

15 x 12

1403 1520

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_203_a_1_x_cat

Other lengths: Please consult us.

acces_202_a_1_x_cat

Front operation
Rating (A)
Dimension X (mm)
250 400
300 422
250 400
300 542
630 1250
345 467
630 1250
345 587

acces_144_b_1_cat

Shaft for external handle

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

Auxiliary contact
Connection to the control circuit
By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
Characteristics
Auxiliary contact NO/NC IP2.
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I:
1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts.
Coil tripping
1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts.

NO/NC position contact

Rating (A)
250 1250

Current
nominal (A)
16

250 VAC
AC-13
12

Operating current Ie (A)

400 VAC
24 VDC
AC-13
DC-13
8
14

48 VDC
DC-13
6

Operating current Ie (A)

400 VAC
24 VDC
AC-13
DC-13
8
12

48 VDC
DC-13
2

NO/NC contact signalling coil tripping

Rating (A)
250 1250

Current
nominal (A)
16

250 VAC
AC-13
12

NO/NC position contact

Position AC
1st AC
2nd AC
3rd and more

Reference

3999 0051
3999 0052
consult us

NO/NC low level position contact

Rating (A)
Position AC
250 1250
1st AC
250 1250
2nd AC

Reference

3999 0111
3999 0112

acces_048_a_1_cat

Rating (A)
250 1250
250 1250
630 1250

NO/NC contact signalling coil tripping

Rating (A)

Position AC

Reference

250 1250

1 AC

3999 0031

Alternative tripping coil

Replacement tripping coil
Reference

Modified Original coil

Reference

3990 1024
3990 1048
3990 1110
3990 1220
3990 1380
3990 2012
3990 2024
3990 2048
3990 2220
3990 2220

3991 1024
3991 1048
3991 1110

Replacement tripping coil

Reference

Modified Original coil

Reference

3990 3024
3990 3048
3990 3110
3990 3220
3990 3380
3990 4012
3990 4024
3990 4048
3990 4110
3990 4220

3991 3024
3991 3048
3991 3110
3991 3220
3991 3380
3991 4012
3991 4024
3991 4048
3991 4110
3991 4220

included

3991 1380
3991 2012
3991 2024
3991 2048
3991 2220

Undervoltage trip coil

Voltage
24 VAC
48 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC
400 VAC
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
110 VDC
220 VDC

Shunt trip coil

acces_050_a_1_cat

Voltage
24 VAC
48 VAC
110 VAC
230 VAC
400 VAC
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
110 / 200 VDC
220 VDC

Use
Omnipolar breaking remotely controlled by shunt trip or
undervoltage voltage release coil.
Note: the shunt trip coil must not be supplied for more
than 5 s.
A 230 VAC shunt trip coil is fitted to the standard switch
body. To modify this coil, the reference opposite must be
added to the switch reference.
Examples for ordering:
q FUSOMAT with shunt trip coil 230 VAC - 1 reference:
FUSOMAT 250 A, 3 pole, front operation,
reference 3650 3026.
q FUSOMAT fitted with a non standard coil - 2 references:
FUSOMAT 250 A, 3 pole, front operation, fitted with a
110 VAC undervoltage trip coil: 3650 3026 + 3991 3110.

acces_049_a_1_cat

Shunt trip coil

Delayed undervoltage trip coil

Voltage
230 VAC
400 VAC

Reference

3992 3230
3992 3400

General Catalogue 2013-2014

243

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

Accessories (continued)
Current-reducing resistor for undervoltage trip coil
Use
Reduces, by limiting the current, the effects
on the undervoltage coils used in continuous
processes or processes exposed to high
ambient temperatures.

Voltage

Reference

110 VAC

3999 3112
3999 3230
3999 3400
3999 4110

230 VAC
400 VAC
110 VDC

Fuse blown indication

Characteristics

Use
For DIN fuse cartridge with striker.
Electrical principle
A NO/NC auxiliary contact detects that the fuse
has blown.
Connection to the control circuit
By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.

Operating current Ie (A)

Rating (A)
250 1250

Current
nominal (A)

250 VAC

400 VAC

24 VDC

48 VDC

AC-13

AC-13

DC-13

DC-13

16

12

12

NO/NC changeover contact

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position AC

Reference

250 400

3P

1st

250 400

4P

1st

630

3P

1st

630

4P

1st

800 1250

3P

1st

3994 1304
3994 1404
3994 1306
3994 1406
3994 1312
3994 1412
3994 1902

800 1250

4P

1st

250 1250

3/4 P

2nd

Terminal shrouds

Rating (A)

No. of poles

Position

Reference

250 400

3P

top or bottom

250 400

4P

top or bottom

630

3P

top or bottom

630

4P

top or bottom

3998 3040(1)
3998 4040(2)
3998 3063(1)
3998 4063(2)

(1) Reference composed of 3 pieces.

(2) Reference composed of 4 pieces.

acces_213_b_1_cat

Advantage
Perforations allowing
remote thermographic
inspection without removal.

Use
Top or bottom protection
against direct contact with
terminals or connection
parts.

Terminal screen

Rating (A)

244

No. of poles

Position

Reference

800 1250

3P

top

800 1250

4P

top

3998 3120
3998 4120

800 1250

3/4 P

bottom

included

General Catalogue 2013-2014

fusom_059_a_1_cat

Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact with
terminals or connecting parts.

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

Cage terminals
Use
Connection of bare copper cables onto the terminals (without lugs).
References
No. of poles
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P

Reference

5400 3025
5400 4025
5400 3040
5400 4040
5400 3063
5400 4063

acces_053_a_1_cat

Rating max (A)

250
250
400
400
500 ... 630
500 ... 630

Connections
Stripped
over (mm)

16 185

16 185

18

27

400

50 240

50 300

20

34

500 ... 630

70 300

70 300

24

34

X1

Dimensions
Rating (A)

A1

X1

250

62

31.5

31.5

25

10.5

M16

14

400

71.5

32

38

32

10.5

M20

15

500 ... 630

76.5

37

38

40

12.5

M20

15

acces_092_a_1_x_cat

250

acces_091_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

Flexible cable Rigid cable

Width
cross-section cross-section flexible bar
2
2
(mm )
(mm )
(mm)

X
Z

R
C
A

A1

Handle key interlocking accessories

Use
Locking in position 0 of the front or side operation handle:
using a padlock (not supplied) and factory integrated into the handle.
using RONIS 1104 A lock (key BC 3318) to be mounted directly on the padlockable handle.
Locking using CASTELL K (not supplied)
Locking using RONIS EL11AP (not supplied).

acces_010_b_1_x_cat

q
q
q
q
q

Locking using RONIS EL 1104 A lock (supplied)

Rating (A)
250 1800

Operation
front direct

Reference

3999 8104

Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)

Operation

Reference

250 1800

external

1600 1800

front direct

1499 7701
3999 6117

Lock RONIS 1104 A

Locking using CASTELL lock (not supplied)

Rating (A)

Operation

Reference

external

1499 7702

250 1250

Label holder

Dimensions W x H (mm)

To be ordered in multiples of

Reference

50

7769 9999

18 x 13

acces_044_a_1_cat

Use
Recognisable self-adhesive label allowing identification of the devices.

Other specific accessories

Use
q Customised protection screens
(for specific dimensions or high ambient temperatures).
q Connection accessories.
q Mounting plates for standard systems.
q Special construction available for specific environments.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

245

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

25 to 1250 A
Thermal current Ith (40C)

250 A

400 A

630 A

800 A

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

12

12

12

12

12

Utilisation category

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

A/B(1)

400 VAC

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

400 VAC

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1250/1250

400 VAC

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

250/250

400/400

630/630

800/800

1000/1000

690 VAC(2)

AC-21 A / AC-21 B

200/200

315/400

500/630

800/800

800/1250

690 VAC(2)

AC-22 A / AC-22 B

200/200

315/400

500/630

800/800

800/1000

690 VAC(2)

AC-23 A / AC-23 B

200/200

250/315

315/400

630/630

630/630

220 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

200/200

315/315

400/630

800/800

800/1250

220 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

200/200

315/315

315/630

800/800

800/1250

220 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

200/200

200/315

400/630

800/800

800/1000

440 VDC

DC-21 A / DC-21 B

200/200

315/315

400/630(3)

800/800(4)

800/1250(4)

440 VDC

DC-22 A / DC-22 B

200/200

315/315(3)

315/630(3)

800/800(4)

800/1250(4)

440 VDC

DC-23 A / DC-23 B

200/200

200/315(3)

400/630(3)

800/800(4)

800/1000(4)

At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC-23 (kW)(1)(5)

132/132

220/220

355/355

450/450

560/560

At 690 VAC without pre-break in AC-23 (kW)(1)(5)

185/185

220/295

295/400

400/400

600/600

115

185

290

365

575

80/100

80/100

80/100

80/100

80/100

250

400

630

800

1250

30

45

60

80

80

95

185

2 x 30 x 5

NFC/DIN fuse size

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

1250 A

Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage

Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

Reactive power (kvar)

At 400 VAC (kvar)(5)

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA ms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(6)
Associated fuse rating (A)(6)

Short-circuit capacity
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6)

Connection
Min. connection wire range
Minimum Cu busbar section (mm2)

2 x 150
2 x 60 x 5

2 x 60 x 5

Maximum Cu cable section (mm2)

240

240

2 x 300

4 x 185

4 x 185

Maximum Cu busbar width (mm)

40

40

50

100

100

Tightening torque min (Nm)

20

20

40

20

Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles)

8000

8000

5000

5000

5000

Weight of a 3 pole device (kg)

16

28

28

Weight of a 4 pole device (kg)

8.5

9.5

19

33

33

(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.
(3) Poles cannot be juxtaposed.
(4) 4-pole device with 2 pole in series by polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.

246

General Catalogue 2013-2014

FUSOMAT
Visible breaking and tripping fuse switches
from 250 to 1250 A

Dimensions
Front operation
BS88 - FUSOMAT 250 to 800 A
NFC and DIN - FUSOMAT 250 to 630 A
Direct front operation

External front operation

F
M

P
U

210

190

V2

fusom_046_d_1_x_cat

AC
B
AA
BA

K1

V1

H
C

E min.

61

1. Terminal shrouds.
2. Reset 70.

Terminal
shrouds

Dimensions
Rating (A) A 3p. A 4p.
250
400

Switch body

X X
U V1 V2 W 3p. 4p. Y

F 3p. F 4p.
285

345 221 253 313 115 210 180 10 70

7 65 32 35 43 11 31 46 3 67 238 208

285

345 221 253 313 115 210 180 10 70

7 65 32 35 43 13 31 46 5 69 238 208

495

305 307 297 343

380

435

495

Connection

P P
N 3p. 4p. R T

AC

435

Switch mounting

J
J
3p. 4p. K1

AA BA

305 307 293 343

380

630

490,5 570,5 350 348 341 440

470

345,5 425,5 268 308 388 150 250 250 20 100 9 80 50 50 50 13 36 65 7 72 300 260

800

490,5 570,5 350 348 341 440

470

345,5 425,5 268 308 388 150 250 250 20 100 9 80 50 50 50 13 36 65 7 72 300

BS88 - FUSOMAT 1250 A

NFC and DIN - FUSOMAT 800 to 1250 A
Direct front operation

External front operation

330
106

76

80

16

1
4

68

190

165

509
363
250
fusom_048_f_1_x_cat

210

F
M

9
43 120
59

250

187
3

E min.

61

433

1. Top terminal screens

2. Reset 70.
3. Padlocking 65.
4. Front terminal screens

Overall dimensions
Rating (A)

Switch body

Switch mounting

A 3p.

A 4p.

E min

F 3p.

F 4p.

J 3p.

J 4p.

M 3p.

M 4p.

800(1)

582

702

345

437

557

399.5

519.5

345

465

1250

582

702

345

437

557

399.5

519.5

345

465

(1) NFC and DIN only.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

247

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A
Fuse protection

The solution for

ul_004_a

> Motor load break.

> Protection of industrial
cabinet.
> Electrical distribution.

> Improved safety.

> High breaking capacity.
> A complet range of functions.
fuser-ul_005_a

fuser-ul_006_a

Strong points

Function
FUSERBLOC UL fusible disconnect switches are heavy duty switches that break and make
power circuits on and off load.
The switches employ double break contacts per pole that ensure complete isolation of the fuse
when the switch is in the OFF position. These switches are extremely durable and are tested
and approved for use in the most demanding applications.
The TEST position function is enabled with handles with the TEST position. This function tests
the control circuit auxiliaries without switching the main contacts. It is a simple alternative to a
separately wired push button.

Advantages
Improved safety
q On load make and break power circuit
applications.
q Double break by phase.
q Touch safe covers.
High breaking capacity.
q Up to 200 kA Short circuit rating.

248

General Catalogue 2013-2014

A complet range of functions

q Compact footprints.
q Front or side operation.
q Flange operation.
q NFPA 79 compliant kits.
q Voltage sensing terminals.

Conformity to standards(1)
> IEC 60947-3
> NFPA79
(2002 Edition)
> UL489,
Guide WJAZ,
file E255272
(Frame size 1 and 2)
> UL98, Guide WHTY,
file E201138
(Frame sizes 3 to 8)
> CSA22.2 #5,
&ODVV}ILOH}
(Frame size 1 and 2)
> &6$&ODVV}
ILOH}
(Frame sizes 3 to 8)
(1) Product reference on request.

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

References
Fusible disconnect
Rating (A)
Fuses
Frame size

CD 30 A
CC
1

No. of poles

Switch body

3P

3710 3003

3 P + switched
neutral

3 P + solid
neutral

3710 4003

Front external External right Shaft external

Direct handle
handle
side handle
handle

1405 0620

S0 type
Black IP65
I-0
1, 3R, 12

320 mm
12.6 inches

1405 0632

1493 0111

3710 5003

Terminal
shrouds

S0 type
200 mm
7.9 inches

Black

3729 4012

NFPA79 kit

U type
auxiliary
contacts

4, 4X

400 mm
15.7 inches

149D 0111

1405 0640

S1 type
Black IP65
I-0
1, 3R, 12

S1 type
200 mm
7.9 inches

141F 2111
4, 4X

320 mm
12.6 inches

141D 2111

1401 0532

3729 4532
3P

CD 30 A
J
2

3 P + switched
neutral

3710 3004

3710 4004

3729 4014

1401 0520

400 mm
15.7 inches

1401 0540
3 P + solid
neutral

3710 5004
1 contact NC

3999 0701
1 contact NO

standard

3999 0702

30 A
J
4

2P

3861 2004

3P

3861 3004

4P

3861 6004
Black

3629 7910
2P

3861 2005

S1 type
Black
I-0
1, 3R, 12
Defeatable

S1 type
Black I - 0 4, 4X

141F 2111

141H 6111

I-0
4, 4X
Defeatable

S1 type
Red / yellow
I-0
4, 4X

320 mm
12.6 inches

141I 6111

1400 1032

141D 2111
I - 0 - Test
4, 4X
Defeatable

60 A
J
4

3P

3861 3005

4P

3861 6005

S1 type
200 mm
7.9 inches

1400 1020

3729 7540

141D 2115

General Catalogue 2013-2014

249

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

References (continued)
Rating (A)
fuses
Frame size

No. of
poles

Switch body

2P

3861 2006

3P

3861 3006

4P

3861 6006

2P

3861 2010

3P

3861 3010

60 A
J
5

100 A
J
5

Direct handle

Front external
handles

S2 type
Black
I-0
1, 3R, 12
Defeatable

142F 2111
4P
2P

200 A
J
6

3P
4P

3861 6010
3861 2020

Black

3629 7910

3861 3020
3861 6020

Black
I-0
4, 4X Defeatable

Shaft for
External right
side handle(1) external handle

NFPA79 kit

S2 type
Black
I-0
4, 4X

142H 6111

142D 2111

Red / yellow
I - 0 4, 4X

Black
I - 0 - Test
4, 4X Defeatable

142I 6111

S1 type
200 mm
7.9 inches

3729 7540

1400 1020
3898 2020

320 mm
12.6 inches

1400 1032

3898 3020
1 contact type
NC

3999 0701
1 contact type
NO

3861 2038

3898 4020
3898 2038

3999 0702

400 A
J
7

600 A
J
8

3P

3861 3038

4P

3861 6038

2P

3850 2060

3P

3850 3060

4P

3850 6060

2P
800 A
L
8

3850 2080

3P

3850 3080

4P

3850 6080

(1) No door interlocking.

250

Terminal
shrouds

standard

142D 2115
2P

U type auxiliary
contacts

General Catalogue 2013-2014

3729 7544

3898 3038
3898 4038

Black

3859 6011

S3 type
Black
I-0
1, 3R, 12
Defeatable

S3 type
200 mm
7.9 inches

143F 3111
4, 4X Defeatable

320 mm
12.6 inches

143D 3111

1400 1232

1400 1220

2P

3898 2080
3729 7552

3P

3898 3080
4P

3898 4080

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

NFPA79 accessories
Flange handle for flange operation

Rating (A)

Type

Nema type

Reference

30 200

Standard handle

1, 3, 3R, 4, 12

30 200

Chrome plated handle

1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

3729 9002(1)
3729 9003(1)

sirco_246_a_1_cat

Use
Meets both UL508A and NFPA79 requirements.
The handle will operate the switch by cable or rod.

(1) Defeatable handle.

Cable operator

Description

Reference

30 ... 200 A

Cable flange mechanism

3729 9903

Cable length (inches)

Cable length (mm)

Reference

36

900

60

1500

120

3000

3729 9992
3729 9993
3729 9994

ul_042_b_1

Rating (A)

sirco_247_a_1_cat

Use
Link between the flange handle and the switch, please order the flange handle,
the mechanism and a cable length of your choice.

Rod operator

ul_043_a

Use
Link between the flange handle and the switch. The rod flange is an
economical solution, please order the flange handle and a rod kit.
Rating 30 ... 200 A
For enclosure depth (inches)

For enclosure depth (mm)

Reference

203 613

3729 9904

8 24

NFPA79 "Through the door" kit

Rating (A)

Reference

CD 30, frame 1 - 2

3729 4532
3729 7540
3729 7544
3729 7552

30 200, frame 3 to 6
400, frame 7
600 800, frame 8

ul_121_b

Use
Meets both UL508A and NFPA79 requirements.
Allows retrofitt of your installations for ratings from 30 to 800 A.
Please order an S-type external handle separately.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

251

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

Accessories
Colour

fuses

Fig.

Reference

CD 30

Black

CC

CD 30

Black

30 ... 400

Black

600 ... 800

Black

J/L

3729 4012
3729 4014
3629 7910
3859 6011

acces_261_a

Rating (A)

acces_147_a_2_cat

Direct handle

Fig.1
Fig. 2

External handle
Use
The locking function of the front external
handle prevents the user from opening the
door of the enclosure when the switch is in
the "ON" position, and when the switch is
padlocked in the OFF position (S1, S2, S3
and S4 type handles only).
Front operation

S0 type handle

Frame size Handle Nema type

Standard

Heavy duty
Reference

Test

Handle colour

Reference

I-0

Black

1, 3R, 12

I-0

Red/Yellow

4, 4X

I-0

Black

S0 type

4, 4X

I-0

Red/Yellow

3/4

S1 type

1, 3R, 12

I-0

Black

3/4

S1 type

1, 3R, 12

I-0

Red/Yellow

CD 30 60

3/4

S1 type

4, 4X

I-0

Black

CD 30 60

3/4

S1 type

4, 4X

I-0

Red/Yellow

CD 30 60

3/4

S1 type

4, 4X

I - 0 - Test

Black

CD 30 60

3/4

S1 type

4, 4X

I - 0 - Test

Red/Yellow

5/6/7

S2 type

1, 3R, 12

I-0

Black

60400

5/6/7

S2 type

1, 3R, 12

I-0

Red/Yellow

60400

5/6/7

S2 type

4, 4X

I-0

Black

60400

5/6/7

S2 type

4, 4X

I-0

Red/Yellow

60400

5/6/7

S2 type

4, 4X

I - 0 - Test

Black

142D 2115

142D 2915

60400

5/6/7

S2 type

4, 4X

I - 0 - Test

Red/Yellow

142E 2915

600800

S3 type

1, 3R, 12

I-0

Black

600800

S3 type

1, 3R, 12

I-0

Red/Yellow

600800

S3 type

4, 4X

I-0

Black

600800

S3 type

4, 4X

I-0

Red/Yellow

142E 2115
143F 3111
143G 3111
143D 3111
143E 3111

S0 type

1, 3R, 12

CD 30

S0 type

CD 30

S0 type

CD 30

CD 30 60
CD 30 60

acces_149_a_2_cat

60400

1493 0111
1494 0111
149D 0111
149E 0111
141F 2111
141G 2111
141D 2111
141E 2111
141D 2115
141E 2115
142F 2111
142G 2111
142D 2111
142E 2111

CD 30

S1 type handle

141D 2911
141E 2911
141D 2915
141E 2915

acces_164_a_2_cat

Rating (A)

acces_263_a_2_cat

Opening the door when the switch is in the

"ON" position is possible by defeating the
interlocking function with the use of a tool
(authorised persons only).
The interlocking function is restored when
the door is re-closed.

142D 2911
142E 2911
S2 type handle

143D 3911
143E 3911

252

Standard

Heavy duty

Reference

Reference

Red/Yellow

141H 6111
141I 6111
142H 6111
142I 6111

141H 6911
141I 6911
142H 6911
142I 6911

I-0

Black

consult us

consult us

I-0

Red/Yellow

consult us

consult us

Frame
size

Handle

Nema type

Test

Handle
colour

30 60

3/4

S1 type

4, 4X

I-0

Black

30 60

3/4

S1 type

4, 4X

I-0

Red/Yellow

100 400

5/6/7

S2 type

4, 4X

I-0

Black

100 400

5/6/7

S2 type

4, 4X

I-0

600 800

S3 type

4, 4X

600 800

S3 type

4, 4X

Rating (A)

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_151_a_1_cat

Right side operation

S3 type handle

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

S-type handle raiser

Handle colour

Dimensions
Increases distance to door by 12 mm.

Pack qty

External degree of protection (IP)

Reference

10

IP65

1493 0000

Black

acces_187_a_1_cat

Use
Enables S-type handles to be fitted in place
of existing older style SOCOMEC handles.
Adapter can also be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel
door and the handle lever.

Alternative colour S-type handle cover

Handle colour

Pack qty

Handle

Reference

Light grey

50

S2, S3 type

Dark grey

50

S2, S3 type

1401 0001
1401 0011
1401 0031
1401 0041

Light grey

50

S4 type

Dark grey

50

S4 type

acces_198_a_1_cat

Use
For single lever handleS-type S1, S2, S3 and double lever handle, type S4.
Other colours: please consult us.

Shaft for external handle

Dimensions
X (in)

Dimensions
X (mm)

Handle

Length
(inches)

Length
(mm)

CD 30

4.02 ... 9.65

102 ... 245

S0-type

7.9

200

CD 30

4.02 ... 14.37

102 ... 365

S0-type

12.6

320

CD 30

4.02 ... 17.52

102 ... 445

S0-type

15.7

400

CD 30

4.02 ... 9.65

102 ... 245

S1 type

7.9

200

CD 30

4.02 ... 14.37

102 ... 365

S1 type

12.6

320

CD 30

4.02 ... 17.52

102 ... 445

S1 type

15.7

400

30 ... 100

5.3 ... 9.06

135 ... 230

S2, S3 Type

7.9

200

200

5.7 ... 9.06

145 ... 230

S2, S3 Type

7.9

200

400

7.87 ... 10.24

200 ... 260

S2, S3 Type

7.9

200

30 ... 100

5.3 ... 13.78

135 ... 350

S2, S3 Type

12.6

320

200

5.7 ... 13.78

145 ... 350

S2, S3 Type

12.6

320

400

7.87 ... 14.96

200 ... 380

S2, S3 Type

12.6

320

30 ... 100

5.3 ... 16.93

135 ... 430

S2, S3 Type

15.7

400

200

5.7 ... 16.93

145 ... 430

S2, S3 Type

15.7

400

400

7.87 ... 18.1

200 ... 460

S2, S3 Type

15.7

400

600 ... 800

10.63 ... 11.97

270 ... 304

S3 Type

7.9

200

600 ... 800

10.63 ... 16.69

270 ... 424

S3 Type

12.6

320

600 ... 800

10.63 ... 19.84

270 ... 504

S3 Type

15.7

400

Reference

1405 0620
1405 0632
1405 0640
1401 0520
1401 0532
1401 0540
1400 1020
1400 1020
1400 1020
1400 1032
1400 1032
1400 1032
1400 1040
1400 1040
1400 1040
1400 1220
1400 1232
1400 1240

acces_369_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

acces_145_b_1_cat

Other lenghts: please consult us.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_202_a_1_cat

Use
Standard lenghts:
- 7.9 in / 200 mm,
- 12.6 in / 320 mm,
- 15.7 in / 400 mm.

253

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

Accessories (continued)
Shaft guide for external handle

Description

Reference

Shaft guide for S1 to S3 handles

1429 0000
1419 0000

Shaft guide for S0 handle

acces_260_a_2_cat

Use
This accessory enables handle to engage shaft with a misalignment of up to 15 mm.
Required for a shaft length over 400 mm for S1 to S3 handles and for a shaft lenght
from 320 mm for S0 handle.

U type Auxiliary Contacts

Electrical characteristics
A600.

acces_056_a_1_cat

Use
U type AC can be configured to be
operated on both, standard and TEST
ONRHSHNMRVHSBGDREQNL"#SN 
Each slot can accommodate up to
HMSDQKNBJDC "R
- For CD 30A/CC, a maximum of 4 ACs
(8 with an additional holder),
- For CD 30A/J, maximum 2 ACs
(6 with an additional holder),
- For 30 to 200A/J, maximum 4 ACs,
- For 400 to 800A/L, maximum 8 ACs.

Rating (A)

Number of contacts

Reference

3999 0701

Number of contacts

Reference

3999 0702

CD 30 800
NC auxiliary contacts
Rating (A)

CD 30 800
Contact holder for additional auxiliary contacts
Rating (A)

Fuses

Reference

CD 30

CC

CD 30

3999 0710
3999 0710

acces_043_a_1_x_cat

NO auxiliary contacts

S-type auxiliary contacts

Electrical characteristics
A600/D600.
acces_051_a_1_cat

Use
Side operated auxiliary contacts for
%42$1!+."SN ONRHSHNM.%%
@MC.-RHFM@KKDCAXSN-.
-"
auxiliary contacts.
NO+NC auxiliary contacts

Number of contacts

Reference

30 800

30 800

3999 U041
3999 U042
acces_083_a_1_cat

Rating (A)

254

General Catalogue 2013-2014

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

Terminal shrouds
Use
Top or bottom protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
2 sets required to fully shroud both line and load terminals.
Reference(1)
as standard

No. of poles
2/3/4 P
2P
3P
4P
2P
3P
4P
2P
3P
4P

3898 2020
3898 3020
3898 4020
3898 2038
3898 3038
3898 4038
3898 2080
3898 3080
3898 4080

fuser_314_a_1_cat

Front and side operation

Rating (A)
30 100
200
200
200
400
400
400
600 800
600 800
600 800
(1) Top or bottom.

Terminals lugs
Use
Connection of cables to the terminals.
Wires range
#14 - #10
#14 - #10
#10 - #6
#12 - #1
#6 - 300MCM
#6 - 300MCM
#6 - 300MCM
#2 - 600MCM
#2 - 600MCM
#2 - 600MCM
2 x (#6 - 350 MCM)
2 x (#6 - 350 MCM)
2 x (#6 - 350 MCM)
2 x (#2 - 600MCM)
2 x (#2 - 600MCM)
2 x (#2 - 600MCM)

No wires per lug

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2

Lugs per kit

2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4

Wires
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al
Cu / Al

Reference
as standard
as standard
as standard
as standard

ul_032_a

Rating (A)
CD 30
30
30 60
60 100
200
200
200
400
400
400
400
400
400
600
600
600

3954 2020
3954 3020
3954 4020
3954 2040
3954 3040
3954 4040
3954 2041
3954 3041
3954 4041
3954 2060
3954 3060
3954 4060

Solid links
Fuses
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J/L
J/L

No of links per kit

3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4

Reference

3799 9006
3799 8006
3799 9010
3799 8010
3799 9020
3799 8020
3799 9040
3799 8040
3799 9080
3799 8080

fuser-ul_013_a_1_cat

Rating (A)
60
60
100
100
200
200
400
400
600 800
600 800

Class T fuse adapter

Use
The adapter makes it possible to fit class T fuses in the FUSERBLOC fuse switches.
Size Class T fuse (in/mm)
2.34 / 59.5
2.48 / 63
2.71 / 69
2.95 / 75
3.17 / 80.5
2.34 / 59.5
2.48 / 63
2.71 / 69
2.95 / 75
3.17 / 80.5

No. of poles
3P
3P
3P
3P
3P
4P
4P
4P
4P
4P

Reference

3729 8010
3729 8020
3729 8040
3729 8060
3729 8080
3729 9010
3729 9020
3729 9040
3729 9060
3729 9080

fuser-ul_014_b_1_cat

Rating (A)
100
200
400
600
800
100
200
400
600
800

General Catalogue 2013-2014

255

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

Characteristics according to UL98/CSA22.2 #4

CD 30 to 800 A
CD 30A(3)

CD 30A(3)

30A

60A

60A

100A

200A

400A

600A

800A

Short circuit rating at 600 VAC (kA)

100

100

200

100

200

200

200

200

200

200

Type of fuse

CC

Max. fuse rating (A)

30

30

30

60

60

100

200

400

600

800

Characteristics UL and CSA

Operational power / current max Operational 3 ph

220-240 VAC

7.5 / 22

7.5 / 22

7.5 / 22

15 / 42

15 / 42

30 / 80

60 / 154

125 / 312

200 / 480

200 / 480

440-480 VAC

15 / 21

15 / 21

15 / 21

30 / 40

30 / 40

60 / 77

125 / 156

250 / 302

500 / 590

500 / 590

500 / 472

500 / 472

600 VAC

20 / 22

20 / 22

20 / 22

50 / 52

50 / 52

75 / 77

150 / 144

350 / 336

125 VDC(1)

3 / 25

3 / 25

3 / 25

3 / 25

3 / 25

7.5 / 58

15 / 112

20 / 148

250 VDC(2)

5 / 20

5 / 20

5 / 20

10 / 38

10 / 38

20 / 38

40 / 140

50 / 173

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

10 000

8 000

6 000

5 000

5 000

#14

#14

#10

#10

#12

#12

#6

#2 or 2 x #6

2 x #2

2 x #2

Mechanical endurance
Endurance (number of operating cycles)
Connection
Min. connection cross-section/ (mm2)(2)
2 (2)

Max. connection cross-section/ (mm )

#10

#10

#6

#6

#1

#1

600MCM or
2 x 600MCM 2 x 600MCM
2 x 350MCM

300MCM

(1) 2 pole in series.

(2) 3 pole in series.
(3) UL 489/CSA22.2 #5.

Dimensions (in/mm)
FUSERBLOC CD 30 A / CC - Frame size 1

F
Z

J1

fuser_655_a_1_x_cat

AA

N1

H1

Switch body
Rating (A) / Fuse
CD 30 A / CC

256

Switch mounting

Connection

Unit

H1

J1

N1

AA

in

3.78

3.28

5.19

1.47

0.59

3.13

4.56

1.12

mm

96

83.5

132

37.5

15

79.5

25.5

116

28.5

General Catalogue 2013-2014

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

FUSERBLOC CD 30 A / J - Frame size 2

F

J1

Switch body
Rating (A) / Fuse
CD 30 A / J

fuser_656_a_1_x_cat

AA

N1

Switch mounting

Connection

Unit

J1

N1

AA

in

4.13

3.89

1.47

0.59

3.30

4.56

1.12

mm

105

99

37.5

15

84

25.5

116

28.5

FUSERBLOC 30 to 60 A / J - Frame size 4

1.41
36

fuser-ul_001_a_1_x_cat

1.46
37.2

4.84
123

4.02
102.1

5.35
136

5.87
149.3
1.41
36

Note for width :

For 2 pole device decrease overall width by 1.41"/36mm.
For 4 pole device increase overall width by 1.41"/36mm.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

257

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

Dimensions (continued)
FUSERBLOC 60 to 100 A / J - Frame size 5
1.41
36

fuser-ul_002_a_1_x_cat

1.46
37.2

4.81
122.2

5.23
133

6.77
172

7.32
186

5.87
149.3
1.41
36

Note for width :

For 2 pole device decrease overall width by 1.41/36mm.
For 4 pole device increase overall width by 1.41/36mm.

FUSERBLOC 200 A / J - Frame size 6

7.72
196.2
6.61
168

1.41
36
5.11
130
Note for width:
For 2 pole device decrease overall width by 1.96/50mm.
For 4 pole device increase overall width by 1.96/50mm.

258

General Catalogue 2013-2014

1.96
50

fuser-ul_003_a_1_x_cat

11.46
291.3

7.67
195

6.50
165.2

5.28
134.2

6.18
157

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

FUSERBLOC 400 A / J - Frame size 7

7.5

259 (3P) - 325 (4P)

180

198 (3P) - 264 (4P)

Note for width:

For 2 pole device decrease overall 3 pole width by 2.59/66mm.

66

66

fuser-ul_004_c_1_x_cat

194

209

240
75

24.9

101.25

390

202.5

101.25

75

111.1

83

FUSERBLOC 600 to 800 A / J - Frame size 8

fix 11.18 (3P) - fix 14.88 (4P)
fix 284 (3P) - fix 378 (4P)
1.34
2.56
65
34

6.10
155
3.36
85.5

min 10.43
min 265
9.84
250

0.43
11

2.32
59
14.96
380
Note for width:
For 2 pole device decrease overall 3 pole width by 3.7/94mm.

0.51
13

fuser_631_b_1_gb_cat

18.54
471

fix 9.84
fix 250
5
126.5

10.23
260

11.81
300
3.36
85.5

0.27
7

11.81
300

0.27
7

3.54
90

0.27
7

3.12
79.5

0.35
9
2
51 3.7
3.7
94
94
14.33 (3P) - 18.03 (4P)
364 (3P) - 458 (4P)

General Catalogue 2013-2014

259

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

Dimensions (continued)
FUSERBLOC 30 to 400 A

FUSERBLOC 600 to 800 A

Front direct handle

Front direct handle

2.36
60

sirco_267_b_1_x_cat

7.48
190

sirco-ul_027_a_1_x_cat

1.79
45.5

5.31
135

1.57
40

3.35
85

External handle dimensions (in / mm)

FUSERBLOC CD 30 A - Frames 1 / 2
Handle type

Front operation

Side operation

Direction of operation

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S0 type
I

3.07
78

90

3.46
88

With 4 xing screws

I
90

40

47

0
28

1.45
37

31
With xing nut

0.53
13.5

fuser-ul_015_a_1_gb_cat

0.11
3

0.88
22.5

FUSERBLOC CD 30 to 60 A - Frames 1 / 2 / 4
Side operation(1)

Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Door drilling

Direction of operation

Door drilling

S1 type

1.73
44

TEST

(1) Not for frames 1 and 2.

260

General Catalogue 2013-2014

0.78
20

0.55
14

0.55
14

0.78
20

0
65

2.75
70

1.46
37

4 0.27
47

0.55
14

0.55
14

fuser-ul_015_b_1_gb_cat

3.07
78

9
0.78
20

90

1.46
37

4 0.27
47

0.78
20

FUSERBLOC UL
Fusible disconnect switches UL and CSA
30 to 800 A

External handle dimensions (in / mm)

FUSERBLOC 60 to 400 A - Frames 5 / 6 / 7
Front operation
Handle type

Direction of operation

Side operation

Door drilling

Direction of operation

S2 type

Door drilling

I
0.78
20

0.55
14

0.55
14

fuser-ul_016_b_1_gb_cat

0.78
20

0.55
14

0.55
14

1.77
45

0.78
20

65

4.92
125

1.46
37

4 0.27
47

0.78
20

90

4 0.27
47

3.07
78

90

1.46
37

TEST

FUSERBLOC 600 and 800 A - Frame 8

Front operation
Direction of operation

Handle type

Door drilling

S3 type

1.46
37

fuser-ul_017_b_1_gb_cat

210

0.78
20

90

4 0.27
47

0.78
20

3.07
78

0.55
14

0.55
14
61

Terminal lugs (in / mm)

300 kcmil

FUSERBLOC 600 to 800 A

1.49
38

2
51

2.88
73.15
0.53
13.46

0.40
10.2

2 x 350 kcmil

sirco_116_b_1_x_cat

0.25
6.35

2.87
73

1.19
30.23

sirco-ul_026_a_1_cat

3.15
80

1.25
31.75

sirco-ul_010_a_1_x_cat

1.94
49.30

0.63
15.88

0.44
11.13

sirco_115_b_1_x_cat

1.8
46

600 kcmil

FUSERBLOC 400 A

0.4
4.7
2.8
71.5

0.45
11.6

1.12
28.6

1.52
38.8

FUSERBLOC 400 A
1.3
35

1
25

FUSERBLOC 200 A

2 x 600 kcmil max

General Catalogue 2013-2014

261

RM - RMS

new

The solution for

> Small outputs.

Strong points
> Improved safety.
> High breaking capacity.
> Specific format and
accessories.
> Label holder.
rm_060_a_1_cat

rm_061_a_1_cat

Large range

RM
32 A

> Pre-preak, please consult us.

rm_062_a_1_cat

Fuse protection

Fuse disconnect switches

for industrial and high speed cylindrical fuses up to 125 A

RM
50 A

RMS
100 A

Function
RM and RMS are modular fuse disconnect switches for cylindrical fuses. They provide safety
disconnection and protection against overloads and short-circuits in any low voltage electrical circuit.
- RM: fuse disconnect switches without signalisation (for fuses without striker).
- RMS: fuse disconnect switches with pre-break, position signalisation and blown indication
auxiliary contact.

Advantages
Improved safety
q Omnipolar and simultaneous breaking.
q High dielectric strength. Protection IP2X.
High breaking capacity
Protection against overloads and shortcircuits thanks to high breaking capacity fuses
(100 kA rms).

262

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Specific format and accessories.

q Modular DIN 45 mm cut-out.
q Interlocking with accessory available.

Conformity to standards
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

IEC 60269-2-1
IEC 60269-1
IEC 60269-2
NF EN 60269-1
NF C 63-210
NF C 63211
VDE 0636-10
DIN 43620

RM - RMS
Fuse disconnect switches
for industrial and high speed cylindrical fuses up to 125 A

References
RM - Device without signalisation
Basic device
Fuse size
No. of poles

32 A
10 x 38

50 A
14 x 51

To be ordered
in multiples of

1P

12

1 P + N (1 module)

12

1 P + N (2 modules)

1 P with LED signalling

12

2P

3P

3P+N

Reference

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

5702 5001

5703 5001

5702 5005
5702 0011
5702 5002
5702 5003
5702 5004
5702 5006
5702 5000

5703 5005
5703 0011
5703 5002
5703 5003
5703 5004
5703 5006
5703 5000

5701 0015
5601 5005
5701 0017
5701 0011
5701 0020
5701 0018
5701 0019

6
3
2
1

4P
N

100 A
22 x 58

1
12

5701 0016

6
3
2
1
1
6

RMS - Device with signalisation auxiliary contact(1)

No. of poles

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

1 P with 1 AC

2 P with 2 AC

3 P with 1 AC

5702 5011
5702 5012
5702 5013

5702 5014

3 P with 1 AC N
3 P + N with 1 AC
4 P with 2 AC

To be ordered
in multiples of

Reference

5703 5011
5703 5012
5703 5013
5703 5014

5703 5016

6
3
2

(1) The signalisation auxiliary contact provides the pre-break, fuse presence and also signals a blown fuse.

Think about it
10x38 RMs equipped with 0.5A gG fuses provide effective protection for voltage inputs and auxiliary
supplies for all our electronic devices (DIRIS, COUNTIS, ISOM, RESYS differential relays, etc.).

General Catalogue 2013-2014

263

RM - RMS
Fuse disconnect switches
for industrial and high speed cylindrical fuses up to 125 A

Accessories
Auxiliary contact

Contact type
NO/NC contact
Two level NO/NC contacts

References
NO/NC contact for RMS
Rating (A)
50
50
50
100
100
100

Contact(s)
1 P with 1 AC
3 P with 1 AC
3 P with 2 AC
1 P with 1 AC
3 P with 1 AC
3 P with 2 AC

Two-level NO/NC contact for RMS

Rating (A)
Contact(s)
50
1 P with 1 AC
50
3 P with 1 AC
100
1 P with 1 AC
100
3 P with 1 AC

acces_366_a
acces_367_a

Rating (A)
50 100
50 100

Operating
current Ie (A)
250 VAC
AC-13
5
0.1

Reference

5702 9901
5702 9903
5702 9030
5703 9901
5703 9903
5703 9030

Reference

5702 9911
5702 9913
5703 9911
5703 9913

acces_068_a_1_x_cat

Characteristics

acces_365_a

Use
q Pre-break, presence and fuse blown for RMS 50 and 100:
1 or 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts
Connection
By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.

Handle key interlocking accessories

Reference

32

5701 9040
5702 9040
5703 9040

50
100

rm_064_a_1

Rating (A)

rm_063_a_1

For RM and RMS

rm_058_a_1

Use
Padlocking of the handle (padlock not supplied).

Coupling system for RM

32
50 100

Reference

5704 0003(1)(2)
5702 9020(1)(2)

(1) 1 coupling device allows to link 2 RM/RMS.

(2) 1 reference = 1 pack of 12 coupling devices.
Also sold separately (packs of 100 pieces) for the
coupling of large quantities. Please consult us.

CLIC !

rm_030_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

Rating (A)

Reference

32

5701 9010(3)

(1) 1 coupling device allows to link 2 RM/RMS.

(2) 1 reference = 1 pack of 12 coupling devices.
Also sold separately (packs of 100 pieces) for the coupling of large quantities.
Please consult us.
(3) 1 reference = 1 pack for 10 RM devices.

264

General Catalogue 2013-2014

acces_227_a

Improved isolation kit

RM - RMS
Fuse disconnect switches
for industrial and high speed cylindrical fuses up to 125 A

Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

32 to 100 A
Thermal current Ith (20 C)
Fuse size
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

32 A
10 x 38
690

50 A
14 x 51
690

100 A
22 x 58
690

32
32

50
50
50

100/125
100/125
100/125

100

100

100

1
0.8
0.7
0.6

1
0.8
0.7
0.6

1
0.8
0.7
0.6

1.5
25(3)/16(4)
16(3)/10(4)
2.5

1.5
35(3)/25(4)

1.5
50(3)/35(4)

2.5 3

3.5 4

0.1

0.15
0.31
0.70

0.21
0.44
1.10

gG/aM

Fuse rating (A)

to 400 VAC
to 500 VAC
to 690 VAC

Fuse protected short-circuit withstand

Prospective short-circuit (kA rms)(1)

Design current derating coefficient for N pole side by side

N=13
N=46
N=79
-

Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2)(2)
Tightening torque

Mechanical characteristics
Weight of 1 P or N (kg)
Weight of 1 P + N (kg)
Weight of 3 p + N (kg)
(1) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.
(2) Connection for RM32 1pole + N (1 module).

(3) Rigid cable.

(4) Flexible cable.

Dimensions
Single and multipolar RM / RMS 50 A
70
52,5
35
17,5

58

40

78

45

35,3

20

49,5

106
79,5
53
26,5

110

rm_047_b_1_x_cat

40

100,7
76

rm_027_a_1_x_cat

RM 32 A

40
74,8

49,5

Single and multipolar RM / RMS 100 A

143
107,5
71,5

126,5

45
47

rm_028_a_1_x_cat

35,5

49,5

General Catalogue 2013-2014

265

Fuse bases
Fuse protection
For NH and high speed (UR) fuses 160 to 2500 A
Fuse protection

The solution for

socle_066_b_1_cat

socle_046_b_1_cat

> Motor output.

> Protection of industrial
cabinet.

Base
size 1

Strong points
Base
IP2X

> High electrical safety.

> Fuse blown detection.
> Different fixing types.

Function
SOCOMEC fuse bases provide fixed, unipolar or multipolar support for knife edge fuses.

Advantages
High electrical safety
q High dielectric strength.
q Protection IP2X (standard or optional
depending on models).
High breaking capacity
Protection against overloads and shortcircuits thanks to fuses with a high breaking
capacity (100 kA rms).

Fuse blown detection

When used with fuses with strikers, it is
possible to collect the fuse blow detection
information thanks to an auxiliary contact.
Different fixing types
DIN rail or back plate mounting available
(depending on models).

Functional diagram
Functional diagram
(for further details see
the installation
instructions supplied
with the product).

socle_016_c_1_x_cat

5
3
1. Fuse bases
2. Connecting block:
- block for assembling unipolar bases T00, T0, T1,
T2 and T3,
- screen support for phases T00, T1, T2 and T3
3. Phase separation shield
4. Terminal shrouds (mandatory for mounting
fuse covers)
5. Fuse cover (provides IP2 protection for
any brand of fuse).

266

General Catalogue 2013-2014

IP20 kit:
- unipolar = 2 connecting blocks + 2 phase separation
shields + 2 terminal shrouds + 1 cover
- tripolar = 2 connecting blocks for the ends + 2 phase
RDO@Q@SHNMRGHDKCRENQSGDDMCR
SDQLHM@KRGQNTCR
+ 3 covers.

Conformity to standards
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

IEC 60269-1
IEC 60269-2
IEC 60269-2-1
NF EN 60269-1
NF C 63211
VDE 0636-10
DIN 43620

Fuse bases

Fuse protection
For NH and high speed (UR) fuses 160 to 2500 A

References
Fuse bases for fuses with or without a striker from 160 to 630 (U = 690 V)
Back plate mounted device
Rating
Fuse size

160 A
00

160 A
0

250 A
1

400 A
2

630 A
3

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6500 1010
6500 1030

6501 1010
6501 1030

6501 1011
6501 1031

6501 1012
6501 1032

6501 1013
6501 1033

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6500 1110
6500 1130

6501 1110
6501 1130

6501 1111
6501 1131

6501 1112
6501 1132

6501 1113
6501 1133

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1 P (1)

6510 1010
6510 1030

6511 1010
6511 1030

6511 1011
6511 1031

6511 1012
6511 1032

6511 1013
6511 1033

To be ordered
in multiples of

No. of poles
1P

3P

DIN rail-mounted device

To be ordered
in multiples of

No. of poles
1P

3P

Options: IP20 kit

3 P(2)

(1) IP20 single-pole kit consisting of 2 connecting blocks, 2 phase separation shields, 2 terminal shrouds and 1 fuse cover.
(2) IP20 three-pole kit consisting of 2 connecting blocks for the ends, 2 phase separation shields for the ends, 6 terminal shrouds and 3 fuse covers.

Accessories
To be ordered
in multiples of

Description of accessories
Connecting block - set of 1 piece

Phase separation shield - set of 1 piece

Terminal shrouds - set of 1 piece

Fuse cover - set of 1 piece

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6500 0033
6500 0001
6500 0010
6500 0020

6500 0030
6500 0002
6500 0011
6500 0021

6500 0031
6500 0003
6500 0012
6500 0022

6500 0031
6500 0003
6500 0013
6500 0022

6500 0032
6500 0004
6500 0014
6500 0023

Dimensions
Fuse base 160 A size 00

Fuse base 160 to 630 A size 0, 1, 2 and 3

K

F
9

18.5

C
D

C
D

N
B
A

Rating
(A)

Fuse
size

160

00

122

100

37

22

86

59.5

23

160

170

150

47

24

122

63

29

250

200

175

60

28

148

77.5

35

400

225

200

60

32

148

88

630

240

210

60

38

148

97

114

38.5

85

74

144

48.5

91.5

80

192

66

123

35

80

192

66

35

80

224

82

M8

25

185

25

7.5

15

250

10

25

30

10.5

20.5

123

250

12

25

30

10.5

20.5

143

270

12

25

30

10.5

20.5

socle_076_a_1_x_cat

P
Q

E
L

N
B
A

Q
E
L

socle_075_a_1_x_cat

General Catalogue 2013-2014

267

Fuse bases

Fuse protection
For NH and high speed (UR) fuses 160 to 2500 A

References
Unipolar fuse bases for fuses with a striker from 160 to 630 A (U = 690 V)
Back plate mounted device without AC
Rating
Fuse size

160 A
0

250 A
1

400 A
2

630 A
3

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1P

6501 1010

6501 1011

6501 1012

6501 1013

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1P

6501 1110

6501 1111

6501 1112

6501 1113

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1P

6500 0040

6500 0041

6500 0042

6500 0043

16

16

16

16

DIN rail-mounted accessory without AC

Accessories
Presence and fuse blown signalling AC (DDMM)

Characteristics
NO/NC contact
Nominal current In (A) 250 VAC

Dimensions
Fuse base 160 to 630 A size 0, 1, 2 and 3
B

268

socle_057_a_1_x_cat

Rating (A)

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Fuse size

160

193

65,5

90

250

215

76

98

400

227

76

102

630

235

76

102

Fuse bases

Fuse protection
For NH and high speed (UR) fuses 160 to 2500 A

References
Multipolar fuse bases for fuses with a striker from 160 to 400 A (U = 690 V)
Back plate mounted device with presence and fuse blown signalling AC (DDMM)
Rating
Fuse size

160 A
0

250 A
1

400 A
2

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

2P

6301 2016
6301 3016
6301 4016

6301 2024
6301 3024
6301 4024

6301 2039
6301 3039
6301 4039

Reference

Reference

Reference

included

included

included

3994 1901

3994 1901

3994 1901

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

2P

3998 2016
3998 3016
3998 4016

3998 2025
3998 3025
3998 4025

3998 2025
3998 3025
3998 4025

3P
4P
Auxiliary contacts for fuse blown indication
Position AC
1st AC
2nd
Terminal shrouds (1 piece)

3P
4P

Dimensions
Fuse base 160 to 400 A size 0
socle_044_a_1_x_cat

C1

A
x. J
R

J1

J1

U
B

x. K

J2

J3

Rating
(A)

Fuse size A 2p.

160

250

400

A 3p.

A 4p.

C1

J1

J2

J3

111

161

211

162

229

136,5

174

50

60

20,5

5,4

140

50

20

2,5

141

8,5

19,5

131

191

251

195

251

146

185

60

60

7,5

6,4

162

60

32

2,5

166

11

19,5

143

209

275

205

260

149

200

66

66

2,5

6,4

172

66

50

175

11

20

General Catalogue 2013-2014

269

Fuse bases

Fuse protection
For NH and high speed (UR) fuses 160 to 2500 A

References
Fuse bases for fuses with or without a striker from 1000 to 2500 A (U = 690 V)
Device without presence and fuse blown signalling (DDMM)
Rating
Fuse size

1000 A
4

1250 A
4

2500 A
2x4

2500 A
2 x 4 (S)

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1P

6431 0004

6431 0005

6431 0006

No. of poles

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

1P

7304 0001

7305 0001

7306 0001

6433 0005

2500 A
6
Reference

6431 0007(1)

(1) Without solid link.

Device with presence and fuse blown signalling (DDMM)

Reference

Dimensions
Fuse base 1000 to 2500 A size 4

Fuse base 2500 A, size 2 x 4

118

90

90

70

9
30

45 30

11
5 13

40

17

25

30

380
25

25

340

socle_006_d_1_x_cat

118

145/188*
125

socle_007_b_1_gb_cat

65

20

T
25

Rating (A)
1000
1250

50

10
31

Y (mm)
25
30

* with fuse blown indicator

T (mm)
4
9

Fuse base 2500 A, size 2 x 4 (S)

Fuse base 2500 A, size 6 (for neutral)

118

410

30

25

14

360

25

30

socle_008_b_1_x_cat

100

206

150

socle_024_a_1_x_cat

298
253
181

270

General Catalogue 2013-2014

50
40
90

13

25

40
36

20

15

4
50

10
31

Fuse bases

Fuse protection
For NH and high speed (UR) fuses 160 to 2500 A

References
Unipolar fuse bases for UR fuses
L shape bracket 00/80 (distance between centres 80)

690 VAC

1000 VAC

1400 VAC

Type of fuse

Reference

Reference

Reference

200

00 bolted connection

170A 6080

400

00 bolted connection

Thermal current Ith at 40C

170H 1007

Knife-edge fuses /80 (distance between centres 80)

Thermal current Ith at 40C

Type of fuse

1250(1)

Reference

Reference

Reference

170H 3004

from 1* to 3

(1) For current > 1250 A, please consult us.

Knife-edge fuses /110 (distance between centres 110)

Thermal current Ith at 40C

Type of fuse

1250(1)

Reference

Reference

Reference

170H 3006

from 1* to 3

(1) For current > 1250 A, please consult us.

Dimensions
Bracket 00/80 - 200 A - 1000 VAC
Ref: 170H 1007

Knife-edge /80 - 1250 A - 1000 VAC

Ref.: 170H 3004
M8

M8

80

A-A

M10

145

27
43

A
A

77

60
85

205

126
80

40
4 x 7 (M6)

25

min. 14

socle_054_a_1_x_cat

150
25

socle_052_a_1_x_cat

64

19 6
40.5
50.5

M8

9
M10

Knife-edge /110 - 1250 A - 1400 VAC - Ref. : 170H 3006

M8

110

A-A

M10

27

64
77

M8
A
A

60
85

180

40

socle_053_a_1_x_cat

205

9
M10

General Catalogue 2013-2014

271

BS88 industrial fuselinks

Fuse protection
2 to 1250 A
Fuse protection

The solution for

B2 TF/DD
C1 TM/EF

fusib_154_a_1_cat

A2 TIA/AAO

fusib_142_a_1_cat

fusib_141_a_1_cat

fusib_139_a_1_cat

A1 NIT/NITD

Strong points
fusib_135_a_1_cat

fusib_134_a_1_cat

> Motor protection,

cable and device protection.

> High level performance.

> High reliability.
> Safety.

Conformity to standards(1)

D1 TLU/GH
F2 ES/ESD

Function
SOCOMEC industrial fuses protect installations and people against overcurrents for any low
voltage electrical circuit.

High reliability
q Absolute protection over time guaranteed
by the simplicity of manufacture and
function (Joule effect).
Safety
q The energy given off whilst eliminating the
fault is contained within the cartridge.

272

General Catalogue 2013-2014

IEC 60269-1
IEC 60269-2
IEC 60269-2-1
NF EN 60269-1
NF C 63-210
NF C 63211
VDE 0636-10
DIN 43620

(1) Product reference on request.

Advantages
High level performance
q High breaking capacity 120 kA at 500 V,
80 kA at 690 V.
q High short-cicuit limitation capacity.
q Simple, reliable discrimination.

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

Available on request
> EDF application:
T2 fuses, in accordance
with standard HN 63 - S20.
> 690 V knife-edge fuses.
> UL and CSA fuses for
North American markets.

BS88 industrial fuselinks

Fuse protection
2 to 1250 A

References
Distribution industrial fuselinks (type gG)
F1(1)
NS / NSD
Rating
(A)

Voltage
(VAC)

F2(1)
ES / ESD
Voltage (VAC)

Reference

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

6F10 0002
6F10 0004
6F10 0006
6F10 0010
6F10 0016
6F10 0020
6F10 0025
6F10 0032

550

550

6A10 0002
6A10 0004
6A10 0006
6A10 0010
6A10 0016
6A10 0020
6A10 0025
6A10 0032

550

6A20 0002
6A20 0004
6A20 0006
6A20 0010
6A20 0016
6A20 0020
6A20 0025
6A20 0032

40

550

50

550

63

550

6F20 0063

550

550

550

10

550

16

550

20

550

25

550

32

550

550
550
550
550
550
550
550

A3(1)
OS / OSD
Rating Voltage
(A)
(VAC)

A2(1)
TIA / AAO

Reference

6F20 0002
6F20 0004
6F20 0006
6F20 0010
6F20 0016
6F20 0020
6F20 0025
6F20 0032
6F20 0040
6F20 0050

A1(1)
NIT / NITD

Reference

550
550
550
550
550
550
550

Reference

550
550
550
550
550
550

A4(1)
TFP / DEO

Reference

550

550

550

10

550

16

550

20

550

6B10 0002
6B10 0004
6B10 0006
6B10 0010
6B10 0016
6B10 0020
6B10 0025
6B10 0032

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

25

550

40

550

50

550

63

550

80

550

100

550

6A30 0080
6A30 0100

550
550

6A40 0032
6A40 0040
6A40 0050
6A40 0063
6A40 0080
6A40 0100

550

B1(1)
TBC / BD
Voltage (VAC)

Reference

550

6B10 0040
6B10 0050
6B10 0063

550

415

160

415

200

415

(1) Offset blade type fuselinks

(2) Offset bolted tag type fuselinks

6A40 0125
6A40 0160
6A40 0200
(3) Centre bolted tag type fuselinks.
Note: pack quantity 3 pieces for each product.

B1(1)
TC / CD

B2(1)
TF / DD

CI(1)
TKM / EFS

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

125

415
415

200

415

6B20 0125
6B20 0160
6B20 0200

415

160

6C10 0125
6C10 0160
6C10 0200
6C10 0250
6C10 0315

B3(1)
TKF / ED

Reference

355

415

400

415

6B40 0355
6B40 0400

550

100

550

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

415

6B30 0250
6B30 0315

B4(1)
TMF / ED
Voltage (VAC)

80

Reference

6A30 0040
6A30 0050
6A30 0063

550

125

Rating Voltage
(A)
(VAC)

550

B1(1)
TBC / AD
Voltage (VAC)

550

Reference

550

32

Voltage (VAC)

550

A4(1)
TCP / CEO
Voltage (VAC)

550

A3(1)
TIS / BAO

6B10 0080
6B10 0100
415
415

250

415

315

415

415

General Catalogue 2013-2014

273

BS88 industrial fuselinks

Fuse protection
2 to 1250 A

References (continued)
Distribution industrial fuselinks (type gG)
C1(1)
TM / EF
Rating Voltage
(A)
(VAC)

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

450

550

500

550

560

550

630

550

6C20 0450
6C20 0500
6C20 0560
6C20 0630

C3(1)
TLM / GF

D1(1)
TLU / GH

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

710

550
550

6C30 0710
6C30 0800

550

800

6D10 0710
6D10 0800

D1(1)
TXU / GH
Voltage (VAC)

Reference

1000

550

1250

550

6D10 1000
6D10 1250

355

415

400

415

Reference

C2(1)
TTM / FF

6C10 0355
6C10 0400

550

(1) Centre bolted tag type fuselinks.

Note: pack quantity 3 pieces for each product.

Motor rated industrial fuselinks (type gM)

F1(1)
NS / NSD
Rating
(A)

Voltage
(VAC)

20M25

415

20M32

415

32M36

415

32M40

415

32M50

415

32M63

415

Reference

F2(1)

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

6F1M 0025
6F1M 0032
6F1M 0036
6F1M 0040
6F1M 0050
6F1M 0063

A1(2)
NIT / NITD
Voltage (VAC)

Reference

550

6A1M 0025
6A1M 0032

550
550
550
550

63M80

415

63M100

415

Rating (A)

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

200M250

415

200M315

415

6B2M 0250
6B2M 0315

400M500
(1) Offset blade type fuselinks
(2) Offset bolted tag type fuselinks
(3) Centre bolted tag type fuselinks.
Note: pack quantity 3 pieces for each product.

274

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

550

6A2M 0040
6A2M 0050
6A2M 0063

550
550

6F2M 0080
6F2M 0100

A3(2)
TIS / BAO
Voltage (VAC)

Reference

550

6A3M 0080
6A3M 0100

550

B2(3)
TF / DD

315M400

6A1M 0040
6A1M 0050
6A1M 0063

A2(2)
TIA / AAO

B3(3)
Voltage (VAC)

Reference

415

6B3M 0400

B4(3)
TMF / ED

C1(3)
TM / EF

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

Voltage (VAC)

Reference

550

6B4M 0500

550

6C1M 0500

BS88 industrial fuselinks

Fuse protection
2 to 1250 A

Accessories
Fuse holders for offset blade type fuselinks
Voltage
(VAC)

Color

Output
connection

Type

Pack qty

Reference

32

F1

550

black

front/rear

32NNSF

10

32

F1

550

black

front/rear

32NNNSFBS

10

32

F1

550

black

rear/rear

32NNSBS

10

32

F1

550

white

front/rear

32NNSFW

10

32

F1

550

white

front/rear

32NNSFBSW

10

32

F1

550

white

rear/rear

32NNSBSW

10

63

F2

550

black

front/rear

63ENSF

63

F2

550

black

front/rear

63ENSFBS

63

F2

550

black

rear/rear

63ENSBS

63

F2

550

white

front/rear

63ENSFW

63

F2

550

white

front/rear

63ENSFBSW

63

F2

550

white

rear/rear

63ENSBSW

5F10 0032
5F10 0132
5F10 0232
5F10 1032
5F10 1132
5F10 1232
5F20 0063
5F20 0163
5F20 0263
5F20 1063
5F20 1163
5F20 1263

fusib_144_a_1_cat

References
Rating
(A)
Size

Voltage: 550 VAC.

Accessories
Rating (A)

Size

Output connection

Type

Pack qty

Reference

F1

busbar connecting
systems

32BCSNNS

5F10 0001

63

F2

busbar connecting
systems

63BCSENS

5F20 0001

32

F1

solid neutral links

32NNL

63

F2

solid neutral links

63ENL

5F10 0002
5F20 0002

32

Fuse holders for offset bolted tag type fuselinks

Voltage
(VAC)

Color

Output
connection

Type

Pack qty

Reference

32

A1

660

black

front/front

CM32FC

10

32

A1

660

white

front/front

CM32FCW

10

32

A2

660

black

front/front

CM32F

10

32

A2

660

white

front/front

CM32FW

10

63

A3

660

black

front/front

CM63F

63

A3

660

white

front/front

CM63FW

100

as A3

660

black

front/front

CM100F

100

as A3

660

white

front/front

CM100FW

5A10 0032
5A10 1032
5A20 0032
5A20 1032
5A30 0063
5A30 1063
5A30 0100
5A30 1100

fusib_143_a_1_cat

References
Rating
(A)
Size

Voltage: 660 VAC.

Output connection: front / front.

Accessories
Size

Output connection

Type

Pack qty

Reference

32

Rating (A)

A1

rear connection studs

32BSC

10

32

A2

rear connection studs

32BS

10

5A10 0001
5A20 0001
5A30 0001
5A20 0002
5A30 0002
5A30 0003
5A30 0004
5A30 0005

63 ... 100

A3

rear connection studs

63 / 100BS

A1 - A2

lockable safety carrier

32LSC

63 ... 100

A3

lockable safety carrier

63 / 100LSC

32 ... 100

A1 - A3

ganging link pack

GLP

32 ... 100

A1 - A3 neon indicator (90 - 660 VAC)

32 ... 100

A1 - A3

32

security clip

NI

CMSC

10

General Catalogue 2013-2014

275

BS88 industrial fuselinks

Fuse protection
2 to 1250 A

Characteristics
Distribution industrial fuselinks (type gG)
Fuse cut off current

Rating (A)

F1
NS / NSD

F2
ES / ESD

A1
NIT / NITD

A2
TIA / AAO

A3
TIS / BAO

A3
OS / OSD

A4
TCP / CEO

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

0.5 / 0.6

0.5 / 0.6

0.5 / 0.6

0.5 / 0.6

0.9 / 1.0

0.9 / 1.0

0.7 / 0.8

1.0 / 1.1

1.4 / 1.6

1.4 / 1.6

1.0 / 1.1

1.5 / 1.8

10

2.4 / 2.6

2.4 / 2.6

1.7 / 2.0

2.4 / 2.8

16

2.5 / 2.9

2.5 / 2.9

2.5 / 3.0

2.6 / 3.0

20

3.2 / 3.8

3.2 / 3.8

2.5 / 3.0

3.4 / 4.0

25

3.5 / 4.0

3.5 / 4.0

3.5 / 4.0

3.8 / 4.1

32

4.1 / 4.9

4.1 / 4.9

3.5 / 4.0

4.2 / 5.0

4.4 / 5.0

40

5.0 / 5.9

5.1 / 6.0

50

5.2 / 6.0

7.0 / 8.0

5.0 / 6.0
6.6 / 7.8

63

5.8 / 6.6

9.0 / 10.0

8.9 / 10.0

80

9.5 / 11.0

9.5 / 11.0

100

12.0 / 14.0

12.0 / 14.0

Fuse cut off current

Rating (A)

A4
TFP / DEO

B1
TBC / AD

B1
TBC / BD

B1
TC / CD

B2
TF / DD

CI
TKF / ED

B3
TKF / ED

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

0.4 / 0.5

1.0 / 1.1

1.4 / 1.6

10

1.8 / 2.0

16

2.0 / 2.2

20

2.6 / 3.0

25

3.6 / 4.0

32

4.4 / 5.0

40

5.0 / 6.0

50

6.6 / 7.8

63

8.9 / 10.0

80

9.5 / 11.0

100

12.0 / 14.0

125

12.0 / 14.0

12.0 / 14.0

12.0 / 14.0

160

17.0 / 19.0

17.0 / 19.0

17.0 / 19.0

200

19.0 / 24.0

19.0 / 24.0

19.0 / 24.0

250

23.0 / 28.0

23.0 / 28.0

315

27.0 / 30.0

27.0 / 30.0

Fuse cut off current

B4
TMF / ED

276

C1
TM / EF

C2
TTM / FF

C3
TLM / GF

D1
TLU / GH

D1
TXU / GH

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

710

55.0 / 64.0

55.0 / 64.0

800

55.0 / 64.0

55.0 / 64.0

Rating (A)

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

355

30.0 / 34.0

30.0 / 34.0

400

30.0 / 34.0

30.0 / 34.0

450

40.0 / 48.0

500

42.0 / 50.0

560

46.0 / 54.0

630

51.0 / 60.0

1000

69.0 / 79.0

1250

90.0 / 105.0

General Catalogue 2013-2014

BS88 industrial fuselinks

Fuse protection
2 to 1250 A

Motor rated industrial fuselinks (type gM)

Fuse cut off current
F1
NS / NSD

F2

A1
NIT / NITD

A2
TIA / AAO

A3
TIS / BAO

A3
OS / OSD

A4
TCP / CEO

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

100M125

13.0 / 15.0

13.0 / 15.0

100M160

17.0 / 20.0

Rating (A)
20M25

3.4 / 4.0

4.6 / 5.5

20M32

4.0 / 5.0

4.6 / 5.5

32M36

4.5 / 5.1

32M40

4.8 / 5.5

5.0 / 6.0

32M50

5.3 / 6.2

6.5 / 7.5

6.6 / 7.8

32M63

5.9 / 6.9

7.5 / 10.0

8.5 / 9.0

5.0 / 6.0

63M80

9.0 / 10.0

9.5 / 12.0

63M100

10.1 / 10.3

12.0 / 13.0

100M200

17.0 / 20.0
20.0 / 23.0

Fuse cut off current

A4
TFP / DEO
Rating (A)

50 / 80 kA

B1
TC / CD

B2
TF / DD

B3

B4
TMF / ED

C1
TM / EF

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

50 / 80 kA

42.0 / 50.0

42.0 / 50.0

100M125

13.0 / 15.0

100M160

17.0 / 20.0

100M200

20.0 / 23.0

200M250

25.0 / 29.0

25.0 / 29.0

200M315

27.0 / 31.0

27.0 / 31.0

315M400
400M500

34.0 / 40.0

General Catalogue 2013-2014

277

Industrial fuses
NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves
from 0.16 to 1250 A
Fuse protection

The solution for

fusib_114_b_1_cat

fusib_103_c_1_cat

fusib_116_a_1_cat

> Motor protection.

> Cable and device protection.

Strong points
gG fuse
from 0.5 to 125 A

> High level performances.

> High reliability.
> Improved safety.
aM type fuse
from 6 to 1250 A

gG fuse
from 6 to 315 A

Conformity to standards
>
>
>
>
>

Function
SOCOMEC industrial fuses protect installations and people from overcurrents for any low
voltage electrical circuit.

Advantages
High level performances
q High breaking capacity - 120 kA at
5J @S5 
q High short-circuit
limitation capacity.
q Simple and reliable discrimination.
High reliability
q Absolute protection over time guaranteed
by the simplicity of manufacture and
function (Joule effect).
q No downgrading of fuse characteristics over
time.

278

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Improved safety
The energy released whilst eliminating the fault
(fuse blowing) is contained within the cartridge
(no degassing).

IEC 60269-1
DIN EN 60269-1
NF EN 60269-1
IEC 60269-2
NF EN 60269-2

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

References
gG type fuses (in multiples of 10)
10 x 38
without striker
Rating (A)

Voltage
(VAC)

0.5

500

500

500

500

500

500

10

500

12

500

16

500

20

500

25

500

32

400

Reference

6012 0000
6012 0001
6012 0002
6012 0004
6012 0006
6012 0008
6012 0010
6012 0012
6012 0016
6012 0020
6012 0025
6012 0032

14 x 51
without striker
Voltage
(VAC)


6022 0001
6022 0002
6022 0004
6022 0006
6022 0008
6022 0010
6022 0012
6022 0016
6022 0020
6022 0025
6022 0032
6022 0040
6022 0050










500

40

500

50

400

Reference

14 x 51
with striker
Voltage
(VAC)

Reference

6052 0002
6052 0004
6052 0006
6052 0008
6052 0010
6052 0012
6052 0016
6052 0020
6052 0025
6052 0032
6052 0040
6052 0050

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
400

22 x 58
without striker
Voltage
(VAC)



6032 0002
6032 0004
6032 0006
6032 0008
6032 0010
6032 0012
6032 0016
6032 0020
6032 0025
6032 0032
6032 0040
6032 0050
6032 0063
6032 0080
6032 0100
6032 0125













63





500

100

500

125

400

Reference

22 x 58
with striker
Voltage
(VAC)



Reference

6062 0004
6062 0006
6062 0008
6062 0010
6062 0012
6062 0016
6062 0020
6062 0025
6062 0032
6062 0040
6062 0050
6062 0063
6062 0080
6062 0100
6062 0125












500
500
400

Description of accessories

Solid cylindrical link

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6019 0000

6029 0000

6029 0000

6039 0000

6039 0000

aM type fuses (in multiples of 10)

10 x 38
without striker
Rating (A)

Voltage
(VAC)

0.16

500

0.25

500

0.5

500

500

500

500

500

500

10

500

12

500

16

500

20

400

25

400

Reference

6013 0007
6013 0005
6013 0000
6013 0001
6013 0002
6013 0004
6013 0006
6013 0008
6013 0010
6013 0012
6013 0016
6013 0020
6013 0025

14 x 51
without striker
Voltage
(VAC)













32

500

40

500

50

400

Reference

6023 0005
6023 0000
6023 0001
6023 0002
6023 0004
6023 0006
6023 0008
6023 0010
6023 0012
6023 0016
6023 0020
6023 0025
6023 0032
6023 0040
6023 0050

14 x 51
with striker
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
400

Reference

6053 0002
6053 0004
6053 0006
6053 0008
6053 0010
6053 0012
6053 0016
6053 0020
6053 0025
6053 0032
6053 0040
6053 0050

22 x 58
without striker
Voltage
(VAC)














63





500

100

500

125

400

Reference

6033 0002
6033 0004
6033 0006
6033 0008
6033 0010
6033 0012
6033 0016
6033 0020
6033 0025
6033 0032
6033 0040
6033 0050
6033 0063
6033 0080
6033 0100
6033 0125

22 x 58
with striker
Voltage
(VAC)













500
400
400

Reference

6063 0004
6063 0006
6063 0008
6063 0010
6063 0012
6063 0016
6063 0020
6063 0025
6063 0032
6063 0040
6063 0050
6063 0063
6063 0080
6063 0100
6063 0125

Description of accessories
Solid cylindrical link

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6019 0000

6029 0000

6029 0000

6039 0000

6039 0000

General Catalogue 2013-2014

279

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

References (continued)
*MHEDDCFDETRDR-'F&SXOD
000/00C
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Rating (A)

Voltage
(VAC)

500

10

500

16

500

20

500

25

500

32

500

40

500

50

500

63

500



500

100

500

Reference

00
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)

Reference

6600 0006
6600 0010
6600 0016
6600 0020
6600 0025
6600 0032
6600 0040
6600 0050
6600 0063
6600 0080
6600 0100

0
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

125

500

160

500

6692 0125
6692 0160

200

500
500
500

Reference

6702 0016
6702 0020
6702 0025
6702 0032
6702 0040
6702 0050
6702 0063
6702 0080
6702 0100
6702 0125
6702 0160
6702 0200

0
with striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)







500
500
500

Reference

6852 0032
6852 0040
6852 0050
6852 0063
6852 0080
6852 0100
6852 0125
6852 0160
6852 0200

1
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500
500
500

250

500

315

400

Reference

6712 0063
6712 0080
6712 0100
6712 0125
6712 0160
6712 0200
6712 0250
6712 0315

1
with striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)






500
500

Reference

6862 0080
6862 0100
6862 0125
6862 0160
6862 0200
6862 0250
6862 0315

Description of accessories

Neutral bar

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6420 0000

6420 0000

6421 0000

6421 0000

6421 0001

6421 0001

2
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Rating (A)

Voltage
(VAC)

100

500

125

500

160

500

200

500

250

500

315

500

400

500

500

500

Reference

6722 0100
6722 0125
6722 0160
6722 0200
6722 0250
6722 0315
6722 0400
6722 0500

2
with striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)





500
500

Reference

6872 0125
6872 0160
6872 0200
6872 0250
6872 0315
6872 0400
6872 0500

3
without striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500

630

500



500

Reference

6732 0315
6732 0400
6732 0500
6732 0630
6732 0800

3
with striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)




500

Reference

6882 0315
6882 0400
6882 0500
6882 0630

4
without striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500
500



500

1000

500

1250

500

Reference

6746 0315
6746 0400
6746 0500
6746 0630
6746 0800
6746 0900
6746 1000
6746 1200

4
with striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

Reference

6896 0315
6896 0400
6896 0500
6896 0630
6896 0800
6896 0900
6896 1000
6896 1200

Description of accessories

Neutral bar

280

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6421 0002

6421 0002

6421 0003

6421 0003

6441 0005

6441 0005

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

*MHEDDCFDETRDR-'@,SXOD

000/00C
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Rating (A)

Voltage
(VAC)

500

10

500

16

500

20

500

25

500

32

500

40

500

50

500

63

500



500

Reference

00
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)

Reference

6601 0006
6601 0010
6601 0016
6601 0020
6601 0025
6601 0032
6601 0040
6601 0050
6601 0063
6601 0080

0
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

100

500

125

500

160

500

6693 0100
6693 0125
6693 0160

200

500
500
500
500

Reference

6703 0016
6703 0020
6703 0025
6703 0032
6703 0040
6703 0050
6703 0063
6703 0080
6703 0100
6703 0125
6703 0160
6703 0200

0
with striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)









500

Reference

6853 0032
6853 0040
6853 0050
6853 0063
6853 0080
6853 0100
6853 0125
6853 0160
6853 0200

1
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)

Reference

1
with striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)


500
500
500
500

250

500

315

500

6713 0100
6713 0125
6713 0160
6713 0200
6713 0250
6713 0315

Reference

6863 0080
6863 0100
6863 0125
6863 0160
6863 0200
6863 0250
6863 0315






500

Description of accessories

Neutral bar

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6420 0000

6420 0000

6421 0000

6421 0000

6421 0001

6421 0001

2
without striker
(in multiples of 3)
Rating (A)

Voltage
(VAC)

100

500

125

500

160

500

200

500

250

500

315

500

400

500

500

500

Reference

6723 0100
6723 0125
6723 0160
6723 0200
6723 0250
6723 0315
6723 0400
6723 0500

2
with striker
(in multiples of 3)
Voltage
(VAC)






500

Reference

6873 0160
6873 0200
6873 0250
6873 0315
6873 0400
6873 0500

630

3
without striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500

Reference

6733 0315
6733 0400
6733 0500
6733 0630

3
with striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)




500

Reference

6883 0315
6883 0400
6883 0500
6883 0630

4
without striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500



500

1000

500

1250

500

Reference

6747 0315
6747 0400
6747 0500
6747 0630
6747 0800
6747 1000
6747 1200

4
with striker
(to this unit)
Voltage
(VAC)

500
500
500
500
500
500
500

Reference

6897 0315
6897 0400
6897 0500
6897 0630
6897 0800
6897 1000
6897 1200

Description of accessories

Neutral bar

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

Reference

6421 0002

6421 0002

6421 0003

6421 0003

6441 0005

6441 0005

General Catalogue 2013-2014

281

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

Accessories
Solid cylindrical link

To be ordered
in multiples of

Rating (A)

Size

32

W

10

50

14 x 51

10

100

W

10

Reference

6019 0000
6029 0000
6039 0000

fusib_123_a_1_cat

Use
Solid link to be used in conjunction with the neutral pole
of cylindrical fused disconnecting switches.
RHYDRWWW

Solid links

Rating (A)

Size

Tightening

Reference

160

000/00C/00

elastic

160

elastic

315

elastic

400

elastic

630

elastic

1250

blocked

6420 0000
6421 0000
6421 0001
6421 0002
6421 0003
6441 0005

fusib_124_a_1_cat

Use
Solid link to be used in conjunction with fuse bases or knife-edge
ETRDCCHRBNMMDBSHMFRVHSBGDRFDMDQ@KKXEHSSDCNMSGDMDTSQ@KONKD 
6 sizes: 000/00C/00-0-1-2-3-4.

Use
%NQHMRDQSHMF@MCDWSQ@BSHMFJMHEDDCFDETRDRRHYDRSN

282

Type

Reference

Operating handle

6401 0011

General Catalogue 2013-2014

fusib_122_a_1_cat

Operating handle

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

Dimensions
Cylindrical fuses (NF)
Without striker - with striker
Standard dimensions (mm) as per IEC 60269-2-1

Size
W

ETRHA>>A>>W>B@S

D
A

10.3



10.5

14 x 51

14.3

51

 

7.5

 

W

22.2



16.2

7.5

 

C
B

Knife-edge fuses (NH)

without striker

Standard dimensions (mm) as per IEC 60269-2-1

G
maxi

H
maxi

X
mini



15

54

21

41

35

11



15

54

30



35

11

127.5

15



40



35

11

137.5

20

75

52

53

40

11

152.5

25

75

60

61



11

152.5

32

75

75

76

60

11

203





105

110



11

F
maxi

E
mini

000/00C

ETRHA>>A>>W>B@S

B
mini

00

D
F
E
A

A
maxi

Size

C
G

16

150

With striker
Standard dimensions (mm) as per IEC 60269-2-1

X
L

D
F
E
A

C K
G

Size

ETRHA>>B>>W>B@S

M1
M2

A
maxi

B
mini

F
G
H
maxi maxi maxi

M1

14

25

M2
X
mini mini

127.5

15



45



35 11.5

137.5

20

75

52

53

40

152.5

25

75

60

61



16

14.5 25.5

13

11

152.5

32

75

75

76

60

21

14.5 25.5

13

11

203





105

110

 24.5 14.5

13

11

16 150

13

14.5 25.5

35

13

11

13

11

General Catalogue 2013-2014

283

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

Curves characteristic of NF and NH gG type fuses

Cut-off current diagram

1,5
100 kA cr.

1250

1000

7
6

800
630

5
500

400
315

250
200
2

160
125

1,5

100
80
63

10 kA
50
8

40
7

32

20

25
16

4
12
3

10
6

2
1,5

1 kA

2
8
7
6

1
5

catec_112_f_1_gb_cat

2
1,5

100 A

1,5

3
2

1,5

6
4

10 A

8
100 A

3
2

6
4

1,5
8
1 kA

Prospective current in A rms

284

General Catalogue 2013-2014

3
2

10 kA

6
4

8
100 kA eff.

gG fuse rated current

Cut-off current kA peak

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

catec_227_c_1_fr_cat

Diagram of thermal constraint limitation

2
107
5

7
3
2

106
5

690 V
500 V
440 V

A2t total
at rated voltages

A2t of pre-arcing

I2t (Amperes2 seconds )

3
2

catec_225_c_1_gb_cat

105
7
5
3
2
104
7
5
3
2
3
10
7
5
3
2
102
5

7
3
2

101
6

16
10

25
20

40
32

63
50

100
80

160
125

200

250
400
630
900 1250
315
500
800 1000

gG fuse rated current

80
100
125
160
200

63

25
32
40
50

10
12
16
20

Fuse In (A)

250
315
400
500
630
800
1000
1250

224
280
355
450
560
710
900

Time/current operation characteristics

4000
3000
2000
1500
1000

800
600
400
300
200
150

0,5

100
60

80
40
30
20
15

10

catec_111_c_1_gb_cat

Pre-arcing time (s)

8
6
4
3
2
1,5

0,25

0,8
0,6
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,15

0,1
0,07
0,05
0,025
0,015
0,01
0,007
0,004

1,5

3
2

1A

5
4

7
6 8

1,5

3
2

10 A

5
4

7
6 8
100 A

1,5

3
2

5
4

7
6 8

1,5

3
2

1 kA

5
4

7
6 8
10 kA

1,5

3
2

5
4

7
6 8
100 kA eff.

General Catalogue 2013-2014

285

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

Curves characteristic of NF and NH aM type fuses

Cut-off current diagram

IC (kA)
100
9

1250

8
7

1000

630

800

400

425
355

315
250

200
160
125

100
80
63
50

10
9

40

8
7

35

25

32

20

4
16
3

10
6
aM fuse rated current

Cut-off current (kA peak)

1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3

catec_114_g_1_gb_cat

0,1

286

3
2

0,1

5
4

7 9
6

5
4

7 9
6

10

Prospective current in kA rms

General Catalogue 2013-2014

5
4

7 9
6

100

Ip (kA)

Industrial fuses

NFC-DIN industrial fuselinks gG and aM curves

from 0.16 to 1250 A

catec_227_c_1_gb_cat

Diagram of thermal constraint limitation

690 V
500 V
440 V

Dissipated power without striker (W)

Rated
operational
currents

A2t total
at rated voltages

A2t of pre-arcing

108
5

7
3
2

107
5

7
3
2

I2t (Amperes2 seconds )

catec_226_c_1_gb_cat

10

0.33

00

0/0S
0.42

10

0.52

0.67

16

 

 

20

 

1.04

25

 

1.17

32

1.42

1.67

35

 

1.72

40

 

2.51

 

3.35

3.2



 

 

4.6

3
2

100

 

5.72

5.7

125

 

7.30

 

160

7.73

 

 

 

3
2

200

12.3

13.7

 

224

14.0

14.0

250

15.3

103
7
5
3
2
102
7

 

 

63

104
7
5
3
2

000

 

In (A)

50

106
5

Fuse size

7.6

17.0

315

26.0

20.6

355

25.2

 

400

 

26.5

425

 

500

 

630

 



3
2
1
6

16
10

25
20

35
32

50
40

80
63

23.5
34

70

1000



1250



125 200 315 400 500 800 1250

100 160 250 355 425 630 1000

aM fuse rated current

Time/current operation characteristics

1000

1000
1250

315
355
400
425
500
630
800

250

200

10

16
20
25
32
35
40
50
63
80
100
125
160

In fusibles (A)

5
2
100
5

Pre-arcing time (s)

2
10
5
2
1
5
2

catec_113_d_1_gb_cat

0,1
5
2
0,01
3
2
10

5
4

3
6

2
100

5
4

3
6

8
1000

5
4

3
6

5
4

10000

Prospective current (A eff)

General Catalogue 2013-2014

287

High speed fuses (UR)

gR and aR curves
5 to 2000 A

UR type fuses
with or without striker

DIN 43620 UR
Knife edge fuses

> Protection of power

semi-conductors (variable
speed drives, inverters, etc.)

fusib_072_a_2_cat

fusib_066_a_2_cat

fusib_071_a_2_cat

fusib_063_a_2_cat

Fuse protection

The solution for

DIN 43653
Bracket fuse

K/50/80/110 type UR fuses

Notched

EK/76/86/91 type fuses

Notched

BK/50/75/80 type fuses

Threaded bolted tag

fusib_070_a_2_cat

fusib_069_a_2_cat

fusib_076_a_2_cat

fusib_075_a_2_cat

Strong points

T/80 type fuses

Brackets

BT/60 type fuses

Threaded bolted tag

>
>
>
>

High level performances.

High reliability.
Improved safety.
Fuse blown detection.

A complete range
> Additional products are
available (FUSERBLOC,
disconnect switches,
fuse bases).

Function
High speed fuses (UR) protect power semi-conductors and DC circuits.

Advantages
High level performances
q Very high breaking capacity up to 300 kA.
q Very high limitation of short-circuit currents
(and therefore significant reduction in the
thermal and mechanical stress).
q High resistance to cyclic loads.
High reliability
q Absolute protection over time guaranteed
by the simplicity of manufacture and
function (Joule effect).
q No downgrading of fuse characteristics over
time.

288

General Catalogue 2013-2014

Improved safety
The energy released whilst eliminating the fault
(fuse blowing) remains contained within the
cartridge (no degassing).
Fuse blown detection
An auxiliary contact can be adapted for fuse
blown indication.

Conformity to standards
>
>
>
>
>

IEC 60269-1
NF EN 60269-1
IEC 60269-4
NF EN 60269-4
DIN EN 60269-4

High speed fuses (UR)

gR and aR curves
5 to 2000 A

References
690 VAC UR Fuses - Size 14 x 51

Pre-arcing I2t when

cold (A2s)

Operating I2t at 690 V

rms (A2s)

Losses at In
(W)

Protection

To be ordered
in multiples of

1.6

11

1.5

aR

10

10

3.6

38.5

aR

10

15

8.6

70

5.5

aR

10

20

26

230

aR

10

25

46.5

375

aR

10

32

68

600

7.6

aR

10

40

84

750

aR

10

50

200

1800

aR

10

In rms value
(A)

14 x 51 UR
without striker

14 x 51 UR
with striker

Reference

Reference

170N 1405
170N 1410
170N 1415
170N 1420
170N 1425
170N 1432
170N 1440
170N 1450

170L 1410
170L 1415
170L 1420
170L 1425
170L 1432
170L 1440
170L 1450

Description of accessories
Fuse combination switch recommended (see page 188)
Fuse holder recommended (see page 262)

Reference

Reference

FUSERBLOC

FUSERBLOC

RM 50

RMS 50

22 x 58 UR
without striker

22 x 58 UR
with striker

Reference

Reference

170N 2220
170N 2225
170N 2232
170N 2240
170N 2250
170N 2263
170N 2280
170N 2299

170L 2220
170L 2225
170L 2232
170L 2240
170L 2250
170L 2263
170L 2280
170L 2299

690 VAC UR fuses - Size 22 x 58

Pre-arcing I2t when

cold (As)

Operating I2t at 690 V

rms (A2s)

Losses at In
(W)

Protection

To be ordered
in multiples of

20

19

260

aR

10

25

34

410

aR

10

32

53.5

605

aR

10

40

68

750

aR

10
10

In rms value
(A)

50

135

1600

9.5

aR

63

280

3080

11

aR

10

80

600

6600

13.5

aR

10

100(1)

1100

12500

16

aR

10

(1) Voltage: 600 VAC (IEC) / 700 VAC (UL)

Description of accessories
Fuse combination switch recommended (see page 188)
Fuse holder recommended (see page 262)

Reference

Reference

FUSERBLOC

FUSERBLOC

RM 100

RMS 100

General Catalogue 2013-2014

289

High speed fuses (UR)

gR and aR curves
5 to 2000 A

References (continued)
6